Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
January 2017
Troubleshooting
2206F-E13TA, 2506F-E15TA and
2806F-E18TA Industrial Engines
P84 (Engine)
PP5 (Engine)
PP4 (Engine)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
Important Safety Information
Most accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to
observe basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially
hazardous situations before an accident occurs. A person must be alert to potential hazards. This
person should also have the necessary training, skills and tools to perform these functions properly.
Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous and
could result in injury or death.
Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you have
read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance and repair information.
Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these hazard
warnings are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other persons.
The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such as
“DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 3
Table of Contents
Table of Contents Diesel Particulate Filter Has High Ash Load ........ 206
Diesel Particulate Filter Has High Inlet Pressure .. 207
Diesel Particulate Filter Has Low Inlet Pressure... 209
Troubleshooting Section Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Is High ....... 210
Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Is Low ........ 213
Engine Cranks but Does Not Start ...................... 216
Introduction Engine Does Not Crank ..................................... 219
General Information ..............................................5 Engine Has Early Wear...................................... 220
Welding Precaution ...............................................6 Engine Has Mechanical Noise (Knock) ............... 222
Electronic Service Tools.........................................7 Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable........ 225
Engine Overcrank Occurrence ........................... 227
Electronic System Overview Engine Overspeeds........................................... 230
System Overview ................................................10 Engine Shutdown Occurrence............................ 231
Component Location ........................................... 11 Engine Shutdown Occurs Intermittently .............. 234
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration ...................29 Engine Shutdown While Idling ............................ 237
Engine Monitoring System ...................................30 Engine Stalls at Low RPM.................................. 237
Diagnostic Capabilities ........................................31 Engine Top Speed Is Not Obtained ..................... 240
Electrical Connectors ..........................................32 Engine Vibration Is Excessive ............................ 243
Exhaust Has Excessive Black Smoke ................. 244
Configuration Parameters Exhaust Has Excessive White Smoke................. 246
Configuration Parameters ....................................38 Exhaust System Contains Coolant...................... 250
Exhaust System Contains Fuel........................... 251
Diagnostic Trouble Codes Exhaust System Contains Oil ............................. 254
Diagnostic Trouble Codes....................................41 Exhaust Temperature Is High ............................. 256
Fuel Consumption Is Excessive.......................... 260
Event Codes Fuel Filter Is Restricted ...................................... 262
Event Codes ......................................................72 Fuel Pressure Is High ........................................ 263
Fuel Pressure Is Low ......................................... 269
Fuel System Water Separator Has Water ............ 273
Symptom Troubleshooting Fuel Temperature Is High................................... 275
Acceleration Is Poor or Throttle Response Is Poor .89 Idle Speed Is High ............................................. 279
Alternator Problem ..............................................91 Indicator Lamp Problem..................................... 280
ARD Combustion Supply Air Pressure Is Low........93 Inlet Air Is Restricted ......................................... 281
ARD Failed to Ignite ............................................97 Intake Manifold Air Pressure Is Low .................... 282
ARD Fuel Pressure Is High ................................ 106 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Is High.............. 285
ARD Fuel Pressure Is Low ................................. 115 NOx Conversion Is Low ..................................... 288
ARD Is Disabled................................................ 126 NRS Exhaust Gas Temperature Is High .............. 293
ARD Loss of Combustion................................... 130 Oil Consumption Is Excessive ............................ 297
ARD Temperature Is Low ................................... 137 Oil Contains Coolant ......................................... 299
Battery Problem ................................................ 142 Oil Contains Fuel .............................................. 302
Clean Emissions Module Has High Oxygen Level 143 Oil Pressure Is Low ........................................... 303
Coolant Contains Fuel ....................................... 144 Oil Temperature Is High ..................................... 307
Coolant Contains Oil ......................................... 145 Power Is Intermittently Low or Power Cutout Is
Coolant Level Is Low ......................................... 148 Intermittent...................................................... 309
Coolant Pressure Is Low .................................... 150 SCR Warning System Problem........................... 312
Coolant Temperature Is High.............................. 154 Valve Lash Is Excessive .................................... 316
Coolant Temperature Is Low .............................. 157 Valve Rotator or Spring Lock Is Free................... 318
Cooling Fan Is Always ON ................................. 159
Crankcase Fumes Disposal Tube Has Oil
Draining.......................................................... 160 Circuit Tests
Crankcase Pressure Is High............................... 161 Air Shutoff - Test................................................ 320
Crankcase Pressure Is Low ............................... 164 Aftertreatment Identification Module - Test........... 325
Cylinder Is Noisy ............................................... 166 ARD Combustion Air - Test ................................ 330
DEF Control Module Temperature Is High ........... 168 ARD Fuel Supply - Test...................................... 337
DEF Does Not Purge ......................................... 170 ARD Ignition - Test ............................................ 342
DEF Module Does Not Respond......................... 171 ARD Nozzle Heater - Test .................................. 347
DEF Pressure Is High ........................................ 174 Coolant Level - Test........................................... 356
DEF Pressure Is Low......................................... 177 Cooling Fan Control - Test ................................. 359
DEF Tank Level Is Low ...................................... 185 Cooling Fan Reversing - Test ............................. 362
DEF Tank Temperature Is High........................... 188 Cooling Fan Speed - Test................................... 364
DEF Temperature Is Low ................................... 192 Data Link - Test ................................................. 367
Desulfation Is Frequent...................................... 196 Data Link Configuration Status - Test .................. 376
Diesel Particulate Filter Collects Excessive Soot.. 200 DEF Control Module Power - Test....................... 379
Diesel Particulate Filter Has Changed Regeneration DEF Line Heater - Test ...................................... 383
Interval ........................................................... 203 DEF Pump Motor - Test ..................................... 391
DEF Pump Pressure Sensor - Test ..................... 395
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
4 M0070030-01
Table of Contents
Service
Service Tool Features........................................ 517
Service Tool Error Identifiers .............................. 565
Customer Passwords ........................................ 571
Factory Passwords............................................ 571
ECM Will Not Accept Factory Passwords ............ 571
Electronic Service Tool Does Not Communicate .. 572
Codes that Inhibit Operation of Aftertreatment
System ........................................................... 578
Test ECM Mode ................................................ 582
Injector Trim File - Install .................................... 583
ECM Software - Install ....................................... 584
ECM - Replace ................................................. 584
DEF Pump - Replace......................................... 587
ARD Combustion Air Valve - Replace ................. 589
Electrical Connectors - Inspect ........................... 590
Cooling Fan - Calibrate ...................................... 593
Timing - Calibrate .............................................. 594
Index Section
Index................................................................ 601
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 5
Introduction
i06632166 • Horsepower
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
6 M0070030-01
Introduction
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 7
Introduction
Table 1
NOTICE
Do NOT use electrical components (ECM or sensors) Service Tools
or electronic component grounding points for ground-
ing the welder. Part Description
Number
N/A 4 mm Allen Wrench
GE50038 Transducer
GE50039 Transducer Adapter
GE50040 Cable As
CVT0019 Adapter Cable As (3-PIN BREAKOUT)
Service Tools Two short jumper wires may be needed to check the
continuity of some wiring harness circuits by shorting
Most of the tools that are listed in Table 1 are two adjacent terminals together in a connector. A
required to enable a service technician to perform the
test procedures in this manual. Some of the devices long extension wire may also be needed to check the
may be specific to the type of Electronic Control continuity of some wiring harness circuits.
Module (ECM) that is being used.
Optional Service Tools
Table 2 lists the optional service tools that may be
needed during testing or repair.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
8 M0070030-01
Introduction
Table 2
Part Number Description Table 3
U5MK1092 Spoon Probe Kit (MULTIMETER) Service Tools for the Use of the Electronic Service
Tool
- Suitable Digital Pressure Indicator
or or Part Number Description
- Engine Pressure Group
-(1) Single Use Program License
- Suitable Battery Load Tester
-(1) Data Subscription for All Engines
- Suitable Temperature Adapter
(MULTIMETER) 27610164 TIPSS Adapter Kit (Electronic Service Tool to
the ECM interface)
2900A038 Harness as or
27610401 Perkins CA3 Kit
(1) Refer to Perkins Engine Company Limited.
Perkins Electronic Service Tool
The Electronic Service Tool can display the following Note: For more information on the Electronic Service
information: Tool and the PC requirements, refer to the
documentation that accompanies the software for the
• Status of all pressure sensors and temperature Electronic Service Tool.
sensors
• Logged events
• Histograms
The Electronic Service Tool can also be used to
perform the following functions:
• Diagnostic tests
• Calibrations
• Programming of flash file
• Parameter programming
• Copy configuration function for Electronic Control
Module (ECM) replacement
• Data logging
Illustration 2 g03738342
(1) Personal Computer (PC)
(2) Adapter Cable (Computer Serial Port)
(3) TIPSS adapter
(4) Adapter Cable Assembly
Note: Items (2), (3) and (4) are part of the TIPSS
adapter kit.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 9
Introduction
Use the following procedure in order to connect the Use the following procedure in order to connect the
Electronic Service Tool and the TIPSS Adapter. Electronic Service Tool and the CA3 Adapter.
1. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. 1. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
2. Connect cable (2) between the “COMPUTER” end 2. Connect cable (2) between the “COMPUTER” end
of TIPSS adapter (3) and the RS232 serial port of of CA3 adapter (3) and a USB port of PC (1).
PC (1).
3. Connect cable (4) between the “DATA LINK” end
Note: The Adapter Cable Assembly (4) is required to of CA3 adapter (3) and the service tool connector.
connect to the USB port on computers that are not 4. Place the keyswitch in the ON position. If the
equipped with an RS232 serial port.
Electronic Service Tool and the CA3 adapter do
3. Connect cable (4) between the “DATA LINK” end not communicate with the Electronic Control
of TIPSS adapter (3) and the service tool Module (ECM), refer to the diagnostic procedure
connector. Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tool Does
Not Communicate”.
4. Place the keyswitch in the ON position. If the
Electronic Service Tool and the TIPSS adapter do
not communicate with the Electronic Control
Module (ECM), refer to the diagnostic procedure
Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tool Does
Not Communicate”.
Illustration 3 g01121866
(1) Personal Computer (PC)
(2) Adapter Cable (Computer Serial Port)
(3) CA3 adapter
(4) Adapter Cable Assembly
Note: Items (2), (3) and (4) are part of the CA3 kit.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
10 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
The ECM uses the throttle position sensor to Other ECM Functions for
determine the desired engine speed. The ECM
compares the desired engine speed to the actual Performance
engine speed. The actual engine speed is The ECM may also provide enhanced control of the
determined through interpretation of the signals that engine for functions such as retarding the engine and
are received by the ECM from the engine speed/ controlling the cooling fan. Refer to Troubleshooting,
timing sensors. If the desired engine speed is greater “Configuration Parameters” for supplemental
than the actual engine speed, the ECM requests that information about the systems that can be monitored
more fuel is injected to increase engine speed. by the ECM.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 11
Electronic System Overview
Passwords
System configuration parameters are protected by
factory passwords. Factory passwords are calculated
on a computer system that is available only to
Perkins distributors. Since factory passwords contain
alphabetic characters, only the electronic service tool
may change system configuration parameters.
Customer parameters can be protected by customer
passwords. The customer passwords are
programmed by the customer. Factory passwords
can be used to change customer passwords if
customer passwords are lost.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Customer Passwords”
and Troubleshooting, “Factory Passwords” for
additional information on this subject.
i06633368
Component Location
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
12 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 4 g03332600
A5:E2 ECM
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 13
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 5 g03332642
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
14 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Sensor Locations
Table 4
Component Name Conversion to Electronic Service Tool Dis-
play Name
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 15
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 6 g03772736
(A) Refer to “View A” for a detailed (C) Refer to “View C” for a detailed (E) Refer to “View E” for a detailed
illustration. illustration. illustration.
(B) Refer to “View B” for a detailed (D) Refer to “View D” for a detailed (F) Refer to “View F” for a detailed
illustration. illustration. illustration.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
16 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
View A
Illustration 7 g06054635
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 17
Electronic System Overview
View B
Illustration 8 g03772750
(1) Charge air cooler outlet temperature (2) TDC probe connector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
18 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
View C
Illustration 9 g06054644
(1) NRS outlet pressure sensor (2) NRS differential pressure sensor (3) NRS temperature sensor
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 19
Electronic System Overview
View D
Illustration 10 g06054650
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
20 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
View E
Illustration 11 g03772793
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 21
Electronic System Overview
View F
Illustration 12 g03772806
(1) Intake manifold air pressure sensor (2) Camshaft speed/timing sensor
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
22 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 13 g03750043
CEM ( typical )
(1) DOC/Inlet Cap (4) DPF Outlet cap (7) SCR Inlet Cap
(2) DPF inlet temperature sensor (5) SCR Outlet cap
(3) Diesel Particulate Filter (6) Exhaust outlet
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 23
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 14 g03750046
CEM control panel ( typical )
(1) Combustion air intake (7) Differential pressure port (13) Pilot fuel pressure sensor
(2) Differential pressure port (8) Aftertreatment identification module (14) Main fuel pressure sensor
(3) ARD Nozzle heater relay (9) CEM Harness connector (15) Coil for the spark plug
(4) Combustion air inlet pressure sensor (10) Pilot fuel solenoid (16) Combustion air control group
(5) Differential pressure sensor (11) Main fuel solenoid
(6) Temperature sensor (12) Coolant in/out
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
24 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 15 g03772856
(1) Flame detection temperature sensor (4) Main fuel filter/fitting (7) Coolant in/out
(2) Heated nozzle port (5) ARD head (8) Ground point
(3) Pilot fuel filter/fitting (6) Spark plug (9) Combustion air inlet
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 25
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 16 g06054679
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
26 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 17 g03772896
(1) Coolant Supply Fitting (5) Suction Line (Line Heater #3) (9) DEF Header Connector
(2) Line Heater #1 Connector (6) DEF Header (10) Coolant Return Fitting
(3) Line Heater #3 Connector (7) Backflow Line (Line heater #1) (11) Pressure Line Connection (Line Heater
(4) Coolant Supply to DEF Header (8) Coolant Supply to DEF Pump #2)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 27
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 18 g03772909
(1) DEF Filter Housing Cover (4) Coolant Return Fitting (7) 53-pin Connector
(2) Sensor Interface Harness (5) Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control Unit (DCU) (8) Voltage Load Protection Module (VLPM)
(3) Power Supply Harness (6) 86-pin Connector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
28 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 19 g03750052
(1) Line Heater Relay (5) DEF Pump (9) Terminating Resistor
(2) Main Power Relay (6) Coolant Return Fitting (10) DEF Filter Housing Cover
(3) Coolant Supply Fitting (7) Power Supply Harness
(4) Coolant Diverter Valve (8) Sensor Interface Harness
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 29
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 20 g03772939
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
30 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
For additional information on the regeneration of the Note: Some parameters do not require a password
DPF, refer to Systems Operation/Testing and to be changed. Other parameters can be changed
Adjusting. with customer passwords. Some of the parameters
are protected by factory passwords. Some
i06896501 parameters cannot be changed. Some applications
do not allow any changes to the programmable
Engine Monitoring System monitoring system. Parameters that are protected by
factory passwords can only be changed by dealer
personnel.
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) provides a
comprehensive, programmable engine monitoring
Viewing or Changing the Settings
system for this engine. The ECM monitors specific of the Monitoring System
engine operating parameters to detect abnormal
conditions that may develop. The ECM will generate Use the following procedure to view the parameter
an event code if a specific engine parameter exceeds settings and/or change the parameter settings:
an acceptable range that is defined by the engine 1. Select the “Service/Monitoring System” screen on
monitoring system. The ECM will react with an action
that depends the severity of the condition. For the electronic service tool.
information on event codes, refer to Troubleshooting,
“Event Codes”. Note: Ensure that you select the correct ECM for the
parameters that are being changed before
The following actions may be initiated by the ECM. continuing.
These actions depend on the severity of the
condition. 2. Highlight the desired parameter. Then click the
“Change” button in the lower left corner of the
• Illumination of a warning lamp or warning alarm screen.
• Engine derates The “Change Monitor System” screen will appear.
• Engine shutdown 3. Change the “State” of the parameter.
Three possible responses may be available for each 4. Set the “Trip Point” and the “Delay Time” according
parameter. Some of the responses are not available to the “Allowed Values” that are displayed in the
for some of the parameters. Refer to Table 5 . lower half of the screen.
Table 5
5. Click the “OK” button.
Indicators (1), (2), and (3)
If a password is required, the “Enter Passwords”
Warning Category screen will appear. Enter the correct passwords
Indicator Severity and then click the “OK” button.
(1) Least Severe
Note: If a factory password is required, the “Enter
(2) Moderate Severity Factory Passwords” screen will appear. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “Factory Passwords” for information
(3) Most Severe that is related to obtaining factory passwords.
Use the electronic service tool to perform the The new settings will be effective immediately.
following activities for the monitoring system:
• Viewing parameters
• Parameter programming
• Set delay times
The default settings for the parameters are
programmed at the factory. To accommodate unique
applications and sites, some of the parameters may
be reprogrammed with the electronic service tool.
Use the electronic service tool to modify the
monitoring system parameters.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 31
Electronic System Overview
Note: Factory passwords are only available to Codes can have two different states:
service technicians from a Cat dealership.
Customers of Caterpillar do not have access to the • Active
Cat Factory Password System (FPS).
• Logged
i06633574
Active Codes
Diagnostic Capabilities An active code indicates that a problem is present.
Service the active code first. For the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure for a particular code, refer
to the following troubleshooting procedure:
Diagnostic Codes
• Troubleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble Codes”
The engines Electronic Control Module (ECM) can
monitor the circuitry between the ECM and the • Troubleshooting, “Event Codes”
engines components. The ECM can also monitor the
engines operating conditions. If the ECM detects a
problem, a code is generated. Logged Codes
There are two categories of codes: The codes are logged and stored in the ECM
memory. The problem may have been repaired and/
• Diagnostic code or the problem may no longer exist. If the system is
powered, an active diagnostic code may be
• Event code generated whenever a component is disconnected. If
the component is reconnected, the code is no longer
Diagnostic Code – A diagnostic code indicates an active but the code may become logged.
electrical problem such as a short circuit or an open
circuit in the engines wiring or in an electrical Logged codes may not indicate that a repair is
component. needed. The problem may have been temporary.
Logged codes may be useful to help troubleshoot
intermittent problems. Logged codes can also be
Event Code – An event code is generated by the used to review the performance of the engine and of
detection of an abnormal engine operating condition. the electronic system.
For example, an event code will be generated if the
oil pressure is too low. In this case, the event code
indicates the symptom of a problem. Generally, event
codes indicate abnormal operating conditions or
mechanical problems rather than electrical problems.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
32 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
An extra status screen is available for the Enhanced accessed through the electronic service tool.
Troubleshooting Indicator (ETI). The screen is
i06701508
Electrical Connectors
Illustration 21 g02141017
Locations of the components at the Engine ECM
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 33
Electronic System Overview
(1) P2 ECM connector (ECM side) (3) P2 ECM connector (harness side) (5) Engine ECM
(2) P1 ECM connector (ECM side) (4) P1 ECM connector (harness side)
Illustration 22 g03336833
Locations of the components at the Aftertreatment ECM
(6) P2 ECM connector (ECM side) (8) P2 ECM connector (harness side) (10) Aftertreatment ECM
(7) P1 ECM connector (ECM side) (9) P1 ECM connector (harness side)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
34 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 23 g03777256
Locations of the components at the Aftertreatment ECM
(11) 53-pin Connector (13) Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control Unit
(12) 86-pin Connector (DCU)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 35
Electronic System Overview
Injector Connectors
Connectors at the Valve Cover
Illustration 24 g01746753
Illustration 26 g03337498
Typical MR injector
Illustration 25 g01717773
Typical HD injector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
36 M0070030-01
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 27 g01240891
Illustration 30 g01155187
Illustration 28 g01241538
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 37
Electronic System Overview
Illustration 31 g02219254
Illustration 32 g02220494
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
38 M0070030-01
Configuration Parameters
Configuration Parameters
i06633590
Configuration Parameters
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
The engine Electronic Control
Module (ECM) detects that one
or more of the programmable
parameters have not been
Programmed Parameter Fault : Er-
630-2 268-2 programmed.
ratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
The ECM may use a default tor-
que map or the ECM may limit
the engine to low idle.
The code is active only.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 39
Configuration Parameters
Illustration 33 g03869427
Typical configuration screen
NOTICE
Changing the parameters during engine operation
can cause the engine to operate erratically and can
cause engine damage.
Only change the settings of the parameters when the
engine is STOPPED.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
40 M0070030-01
Configuration Parameters
Illustration 34 g06055236
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 41
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
i06918970
J1939 Code and Description PDL Code and Description Troubleshooting Procedure
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
42 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
91–3 91–3 Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”
Accelerator Pedal Position #1 : Voltage Above Throttle Position Sensor : Voltage Above
Normal Normal
91–4 91–4 Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”
Accelerator Pedal Position #1 : Voltage Below Throttle Position Sensor : Voltage Below
Normal Normal
91–8 91–8 Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”
Accelerator Pedal Position #1 : Abnormal Fre- Throttle Position Sensor : Abnormal Fre-
quency, Pulse Width, or Period quency, Pulse Width, or Period
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 43
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
157-3 1797-3
Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Engine Injector Metering Rail #1 Pressure : Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor : Voltage Above
tive) - Test”
Voltage Above Normal Normal
157-4 1797-4
Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Engine Injector Metering Rail #1 Pressure : Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor : Voltage Below
tive) - Test”
Voltage Below Normal Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
44 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
412–4 3386–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
EGR Temperature : Voltage Below Normal EGR Temperature Sensor : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
Normal
441–3 1836–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Auxiliary Temperature #1 : Voltage Above Auxiliary Temperature Sensor : Voltage Above sive) - Test”
Normal Normal
441–4 1836–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Auxiliary Temperature #1 : Voltage Below Auxiliary Temperature Sensor : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
Normal Normal
442–3 3683–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Auxiliary Temperature #2 : Voltage Above Auxiliary Temperature Sensor #2 : Voltage sive) - Test”
Normal Above Normal
442–4 3683–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Auxiliary Temperature #2 : Voltage Below Auxiliary Temperature Sensor #2 : Voltage Be- sive) - Test”
Normal low Normal
625–14 246–14 Troubleshooting, “Data Link Configuration Sta-
Proprietary Data Link : Special Instruction Proprietary CAN Data Link : Special tus - Test”
Instruction
626–5 2417–5 Troubleshooting, “Ether Starting Aid - Test”
Engine Start Enable Device 1 : Current Below Ether Injection Control Solenoid : Current Be-
Normal low Normal
626–6 2417–6 Troubleshooting, “Ether Starting Aid - Test”
Engine Start Enable Device 1 : Current Above Ether Injection Control Solenoid : Current
Normal Above Normal
630-2 268-2 Troubleshooting, “Programmable Parameters”
Calibration Memory : Erratic, Intermittent, or Programmed Parameter Fault : Erratic, Inter-
Incorrect mittent, or Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 45
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
653–5 3–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #03 : Current Below Cylinder #3 Injector : Current Below Normal
Normal
653–6 3–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #03 : Current Above Cylinder #3 Injector : Current Above Normal
Normal
654–5 4–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #04 : Current Below Cylinder #4 Injector : Current Below Normal
Normal
654–6 4–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #04 : Current Above Cylinder #4 Injector : Current Above Normal
Normal
655–5 5–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #05 : Current Below Cylinder #5 Injector : Current Below Normal
Normal
655–6 5–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #05 : Current Above Cylinder #5 Injector : Current Above Normal
Normal
656–5 6–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #06 : Current Below Cylinder #6 Injector : Current Below Normal
Normal
656–6 6–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #06 : Current Above Cylinder #6 Injector : Current Above Normal
Normal
677–5 444–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Engine Starter Motor Relay : Current Below Starter Motor Relay : Current Below Normal
Normal
677–6 444–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Engine Starter Motor Relay : Current Above Starter Motor Relay : Current Above Normal
Normal
678–3 41–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
ECU 8 Volts DC Supply : Voltage Above 8 Volt DC Supply : Voltage Above Normal
Normal
678–4 41–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
ECU 8 Volts DC Supply : Voltage Below 8 Volt DC Supply : Voltage Below Normal
Normal
723–8 342–8 Troubleshooting, “Speed/Timing - Test”
Engine Speed Sensor #2 : Abnormal Fre- Secondary Engine Speed Sensor : Abnormal
quency, Pulse Width, or Period Frequency, Pulse Width, or Period
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
46 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
1074–5 2232–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Engine (Exhaust) Brake Output : Current Be- Engine Retarder Solenoid : Current Below
low Normal Normal
1074–6 2232–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Engine (Exhaust) Brake Output : Current Engine Retarder Solenoid : Current Above
Above Normal Normal
1176–3 2738–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Engine Turbocharger #1 Compressor Inlet Turbocharger #1 Compressor Inlet Pressure tive) - Test”
Pressure : Voltage Above Normal Sensor : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 47
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
2813–5 3239–5 Troubleshooting, “Air Shutoff - Test”
Engine Air Shutoff Command Status : Current Air Shutoff Relay : Current Below Normal
Below Normal
2813–6 3239–6 Troubleshooting, “Air Shutoff - Test”
Engine Air Shutoff Command Status : Current Air Shutoff Relay : Current Above Normal
Above Normal
2948–3 1924–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Auxiliary Pressure Sensor : Voltage Above tive) - Test”
Pressure : Voltage Above Normal Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
48 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
2953–5 1904–5 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Be- Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Below Test”
low Normal Normal
2953–6 1904–6 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Above Test”
Above Normal Normal
2953–7 1904–7 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator Re-
Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Not Re- Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Not Responding sponse - Test”
sponding Properly Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 49
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
3251–2 2458–2 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Aftertreatment #1 DPF Differential Pressure : DPF #1 Differential Pressure Sensor : Erratic, tive) - Test”
Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect Intermittent, or Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
50 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
3363–5 3126–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank #1 Heater Coolant
Below Normal Diverter Solenoid : Current Below Normal
3363–6 3126–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank #1 Heater Coolant
Above Normal Diverter Solenoid : Current Above Normal
3363–7 3126–7 Troubleshooting, “DEF Temperature Is Low”
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst Reagent Tank
Heater : Not Responding Properly #1 Heater Coolant Diverter Solenoid : Not Re-
sponding Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 51
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
3510–4 2131–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
Sensor Supply Voltage 2 : Voltage Below 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply #2 : Voltage
Normal Below Normal
3511–11 3482–11 Troubleshooting, “DEF Pump Sensor Supply -
Sensor Supply Voltage 3 : Other Failure Mode Sensor Supply #3 : Other Failure Mode Test”
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
52 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
3662–5 2608–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #4 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #4 Injector Actuator #2 : Current Be-
rent Below Normal low Normal
3662–6 2608–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #4 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #4 Injector Actuator #2 : Current
rent Above Normal Above Normal
3663–5 2610–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #5 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #5 Injector Actuator #2 : Current Be-
rent Below Normal low Normal
3663–6 2610–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #5 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #5 Injector Actuator #2 : Current
rent Above Normal Above Normal
3664–5 2612–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #6 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #6 Injector Actuator #2 : Current Be-
rent Below Normal low Normal
3664–6 2612–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Engine Injector Cylinder #6 Actuator #2 : Cur- Cylinder #6 Injector Actuator #2 : Current
rent Above Normal Above Normal
3837–3 3493–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure : Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure tive) - Test”
Voltage Above Normal Sensor : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 53
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
4215–3 267–3 Troubleshooting, “Shutdown (Ground Level) -
Ground-Level Shutdown Activated : Voltage Remote Shutdown Input : Voltage Above Test”
Above Normal Normal
4215–4 267–4 Troubleshooting, “Shutdown (Ground Level) -
Ground-Level Shutdown Activated : Voltage Remote Shutdown Input : Voltage Below Test”
Below Normal Normal
4265–5 3180–5 Troubleshooting, “ARD Ignition - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 Transformer Secondary Out- Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer Secon-
put : Current Below Normal dary : Current Below Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
54 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
4360–3 3105–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst Intake Gas Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst Intake Gas tive) - Test”
Temperature : Voltage Above Normal Temperature Sensor : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 55
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
5491–5 3822–5 Troubleshooting, “DEF Line Heater - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Line Heater Relay : Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line
Current Below Normal Heater Relay : Current Below Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
56 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 7, contd)
5965–5 3838–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Control Module Relay Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing
Control : Current Below Normal Control Module Relay : Current Below Normal
PDL Code and Description J1939 Code and Description Troubleshooting Procedure
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 57
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
4–6 654–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #4 Injector : Current Above Normal Engine Injector Cylinder #04 : Current Above
Normal
5–5 655–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #5 Injector : Current Below Normal Engine Injector Cylinder #05 : Current Below
Normal
5–6 655–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #5 Injector : Current Above Normal Engine Injector Cylinder #05 : Current Above
Normal
6–5 656–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #6 Injector : Current Below Normal Engine Injector Cylinder #06 : Current Below
Normal
6–6 656–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #6 Injector : Current Above Normal Engine Injector Cylinder #06 : Current Above
Normal
41–3 678–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
8 Volt DC Supply : Voltage Above Normal ECU 8 Volts DC Supply : Voltage Above
Normal
41–4 678–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
8 Volt DC Supply : Voltage Below Normal ECU 8 Volts DC Supply : Voltage Below
Normal
91–2 91–2 Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”
Throttle Position Sensor : Erratic, Intermittent, Accelerator Pedal Position #1 : Erratic, Inter-
or Incorrect mittent, or Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
58 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
110–4 110–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor : Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
Below Normal Normal
168–3 168–3 Troubleshooting, “Electrical Power Supply -
Electrical System Voltage : Voltage Above Battery Potential / Power Input #1 : Voltage Test”
Normal Above Normal
168–4 168–4 Troubleshooting, “Electrical Power Supply -
Electrical System Voltage : Voltage Below Battery Potential / Power Input #1 : Voltage Test”
Normal Below Normal
171–3 171–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor : Voltage Ambient Air Temperature : Voltage Above sive) - Test”
Above Normal Normal
171–4 171–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor : Voltage Be- Ambient Air Temperature : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
low Normal Normal
174–3 174–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Fuel Temperature Sensor : Voltage Above Engine Fuel Temperature 1 : Voltage Above sive) - Test”
Normal Normal
174–4 174–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Fuel Temperature Sensor : Voltage Below Engine Fuel Temperature 1 : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
Normal Normal
190–8 190–8 Troubleshooting, “Speed/Timing - Test”
Engine Speed Sensor : Abnormal Frequency, Engine Speed : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse
Pulse Width, or Period Width, or Period
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 59
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
268-2 630-2 Troubleshooting, “Programmable Parameters”
Programmed Parameter Fault : Erratic, Inter- Calibration Memory : Erratic, Intermittent, or
mittent, or Incorrect Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
60 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
774–2 29–2 Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”
Secondary Throttle Position Sensor : Erratic, Accelerator Pedal Position #2 : Erratic, Inter-
Intermittent, or Incorrect mittent, or Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 61
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
1836–4 441–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Auxiliary Temperature Sensor : Voltage Below Auxiliary Temperature #1 : Voltage Below sive) - Test”
Normal Normal
1385–4
Auxiliary Temperature #1 : Voltage Below
Normal
1901–5 2950–5 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Below Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Be- Test”
Normal low Normal
1901–6 2950–6 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Above Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Test”
Normal Above Normal
1901–7 2950–7 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator Re-
Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Not Responding Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Not Re- sponse - Test”
Properly sponding Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
62 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
1906–5 2955–5 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Below Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Be- Test”
Normal low Normal
1906–6 2955–6 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator -
Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Above Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Test”
Normal Above Normal
1906–7 2955–7 Troubleshooting, “Variable Valve Actuator Re-
Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Not Responding Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Not Re- sponse - Test”
Properly sponding Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 63
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
2348–14 1231–14 Troubleshooting, “Data Link - Test”
SAE J1939 Data Link #2: Special Instruction J1939 Network #2 : Special Instruction
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
64 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
2489–13 3487–13 Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air Valve -
ARD Air Pressure Control Actuator : Out of Aftertreatment #1 Air Pressure Control : Out of Replace”
Calibration Calibration
2490–3 3488–3 Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air - Test”
ARD Air Pressure Control Actuator Position Aftertreatment #1 Air Pressure Actuator Posi-
Sensor : Voltage Above Normal tion : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 65
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
2612–5 3664–5 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #6 Injector Actuator #2 : Current Be- Engine Injector Cylinder #6 Actuator #2 : Cur-
low Normal rent Below Normal
2612–6 3664–6 Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”
Cylinder #6 Injector Actuator #2 : Current Engine Injector Cylinder #6 Actuator #2 : Cur-
Above Normal rent Above Normal
2738–3 1176–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Turbocharger #1 Compressor Inlet Pressure Engine Turbocharger #1 Compressor Inlet tive) - Test”
Sensor : Voltage Above Normal Pressure : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
66 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3118–6 4374–6 Troubleshooting, “DEF Pump - Replace”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Pump Motor Speed Aftertreatment #1 DEF Pump #1 Motor Speed
Sensor : Current Above Normal : Current Above Normal
3118–8 4374–8 Troubleshooting, “DEF Pump Motor - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Pump Motor Speed Aftertreatment #1 DEF Pump #1 Motor Speed
Sensor : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse Width, or : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse Width, or Period
Period
3126–5 3363–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank #1 Heater Coolant Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current
Diverter Solenoid : Current Below Normal Below Normal
3126–6 3363–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank #1 Heater Coolant Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current
Diverter Solenoid : Current Above Normal Above Normal
3126–7 3363–7 Troubleshooting, “DEF Temperature Is Low”
Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst Reagent Tank Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
#1 Heater Coolant Diverter Solenoid : Not Re- Heater : Not Responding Properly
sponding Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 67
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3372–3 2630–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Pas-
Engine Charge Air Cooler #1 Outlet Tempera- Engine Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature sive) - Test”
ture Sensor : Voltage Above Normal : Voltage Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
68 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3413–5 5424–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
ARD Fuel Flow Diverter Actuator : Current Be- Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Flow Diverter Valve
low Normal Control : Current Below Normal
3413–6 5424–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
ARD Fuel Flow Diverter Actuator : Current Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Flow Diverter Valve
Above Normal Control : Current Above Normal
3427–5 5423–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay : Current Be- Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pump Relay Control :
low Normal Current Below Normal
3427–6 5423–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay : Current Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pump Relay Control :
Above Normal Current Above Normal
3464–3 3609–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
DPF #1 Intake Pressure Sensor : Voltage DPF #1 Intake Pressure : Voltage Above tive) - Test”
Above Normal Normal
3464–4 3609–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
DPF #1 Intake Pressure Sensor : Voltage Be- DPF #1 Intake Pressure : Voltage Below tive) - Test”
low Normal Normal
3464–13 3609–13 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Calibration Required
DPF #1 Intake Pressure Sensor : Out of DPF #1 Intake Pressure : Out of Calibration - Test”
Calibration
3464–21 3609–21 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
DPF #1 Intake Pressure Sensor : Data Drifted DPF #1 Intake Pressure : Data Drifted Low
Low
3468–2 5576–2 Troubleshooting, “Aftertreatment Identification
Aftertreatment #1 Identification Number Mod- Aftertreatment #1 Identification : Erratic, Inter- Module - Test”
ule : Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect mittent, or Incorrect
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 69
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3493–13 3837–13 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Calibration Required
Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure : - Test”
Sensor : Out of Calibration Out of Calibration
3493–21 3837–21 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure :
Sensor : Data Drifted Low Data Drifted Low
3528–3 108–3 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Barometric Pressure Sensor : Voltage Above Barometric Pressure : Voltage Above Normal tive) - Test”
Normal
3528–4 108–4 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Ac-
Barometric Pressure Sensor : Voltage Below Barometric Pressure : Voltage Below Normal tive) - Test”
Normal
3528–21 108–21 Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”
Barometric Pressure Sensor : Data Drifted Barometric Pressure : Data Drifted Low
Low
3547–3 97–3 Troubleshooting, “Water in Fuel - Test”
Water in Fuel System Switch : Voltage Above Water In Fuel Indicator : Voltage Above
Normal Normal
3609–11 3226–11 Troubleshooting, “Sensor (Data Link Type) -
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet #1 NOx Level Sensor Aftertreatment #1 Outlet NOx : Other Failure Test”
: Other Failure Mode Mode
3609–12 3226–12 Troubleshooting, “Sensor (Data Link Type) -
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet #1 NOx Level Sensor Aftertreatment #1 Outlet NOx : Failure Test”
: Failure
3619–11 5759–11 Troubleshooting, “Electrical Power Supply -
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet #1 NOx Level Sensor Aftertreatment #1 Outlet Gas Sensor Power Test”
Power Supply : Other Failure Mode Supply : Other Failure Mode
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
70 M0070030-01
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3820–12 3360–12 Troubleshooting, “Sensor (Data Link Type) -
Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Con- Aftertreatment #1 DEF Controller : Failure Test”
troller : Failure
3821–5 3361–5 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Aftertreatment #1 DEF Dosing Unit : Current
Valve Actuator : Current Below Normal Below Normal
3821–6 3361–6 Troubleshooting, “Solenoid Valve - Test”
Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Aftertreatment #1 DEF Dosing Unit : Current
Valve Actuator : Current Above Normal Above Normal
3821–7 3361–7 Troubleshooting, “DEF Module Does Not
Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Catalyst Dosing Unit : Not Responding Respond”
Valve Actuator : Not Responding Properly Properly
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 71
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Table 8, contd)
3966–6 6309–6 Troubleshooting, “DEF Control Module Power
Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control Aftertreatment #1 DEF Control Module #1 - Test”
Module Power Supply #2 : Current Above Power Supply #2 : Current Above Normal
Normal
5856–9 1235–9 Troubleshooting, “Data Link - Test”
SAE J1939 Data Link #3 : Abnormal Update J1939 Network #3 : Abnormal Update Rate
Rate
5856–14 1235–14 Troubleshooting, “Data Link - Test”
SAE J1939 Data Link #3: Special Instruction J1939 Network #3 : Special Instruction
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
72 M0070030-01
Event Codes
Event Codes
i06636086
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 73
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
102–1 E1045 (3) Troubleshooting, “Intake Manifold Air Pressure
Engine Intake Manifold #1 Pressure : Low - Low Intake Manifold Pressure Is Low”
most severe (3)
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
74 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
168–31 E441 (1) Troubleshooting, “Idle Speed Is High”
Battery Potential / Power Input #1 Idle Elevated to Increase Battery Voltage
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 75
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
1761–17 E954 (1) Troubleshooting, “DEF Tank Level Is Low”
Afterteatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Low Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst Reagent
Level : Low - least severe (1) Tank #1 Level
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
76 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
3362–14 E114 (1) Troubleshooting, “DEF Does Not Purge”
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing
Unit Input Lines Unit Input Lines Not Purged
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 77
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
3703–31 E993 (2) Troubleshooting, “ARD Is Disabled”
Particulate Trap Active Regeneration Inhibited DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to In-
Due to Inhibit Switch hibit Switch
3711–31 E593 (2) Troubleshooting, “ARD Temperature Is Low”
Particulate Trap Active Regeneration Inhibited Aftertreatment Insufficient Temperature to
Due to Low Exhaust Gas Temperature Complete Regeneration
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
78 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
4077–16 E1051 (2) Troubleshooting, “ARD Fuel Pressure Is High”
Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure #2 : High - High Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure #2
moderate severity (2)
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 79
Event Codes
(Table 9, contd)
5392–31 E1370 (2) Troubleshooting, “DEF Pressure Is Low”
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing
Unit Loss of Prime Unit Loss of Prime
5480–16 E1430 (2) Troubleshooting, “DEF Control Module Tem-
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control- High Aftertreatment #1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid perature Is High”
ler Temperature : High - moderate severity (2) Controller Temperature
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
80 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 81
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
82 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 83
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
84 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 85
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
86 M0070030-01
Event Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 87
Event Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
88 M0070030-01
Event Codes
Troubleshooting
For the basic troubleshooting of the engine, perform
the following steps to diagnose a malfunction:
1. Obtain the following information about the
complaint:
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 89
Symptom Troubleshooting
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06635934
Acceleration Is Poor or
Throttle Response Is Poor
Probable Causes
• Codes
• Parameters
• Throttle Signal
• Engine Load
• Valve Lash
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
90 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 12
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Elevated altitude
4. Restriction in the Air Inlet and Exhaust System Result: There are no restrictions in the air inlet or exhaust
Restrictions system.
A. Observe the check engine lamp. Check for an air filter restric-
tion indicator. Replace any plugged air filters. Refer to the Opera- Proceed to Test Step 5.
tion and Maintenance Manual.
Result: There are restrictions in the air inlet or exhaust
B. Check the air inlet and exhaust system for restrictions and/or system.
leaks.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Refer to Systems
Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Air Inlet and Exhaust
System - Inspect” for additional information.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 91
Symptom Troubleshooting
C. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full
OPEN position.
G. Check for the proper operation of the fuel transfer pump. Refer
to Systems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System” for
test information.
A. Check accessories and parasitic loads on the engine. Proceed to Test Step 7.
7. Valve Lash Valve lash Result: The valve lash is not set correctly.
A. Check the valve lash. The valve lash can affect the perform- Repair: Set the valve lash. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,
ance of the engine. “Engine Valve Lash - Inspect/Adjust” for the correct
procedure.
Probable Causes
• Alternator
• Charging Circuit
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
92 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 13
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Condition of the Alternator Drive Belts Drive belt Result: The alternator drive belts are in good condition
and the belt tension is correct.
A. Inspect the condition of the alternator drive belts.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Check the belt tension. If the engine is equipped with an
automatic belt tensioner, check the automatic belt tensioner. Result: The alternator drive belts are not in good condition
or the belt tension is incorrect.
Excessive belt tension can result in damage to the alternator.
Repair: If the alternator drive belts are worn or damaged,
replace the belts. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly for
the correct procedure.
2. Condition of the Alternator Drive Pulley Alternator Drive Result: There is excessive wear on the alternator drive
Pulley pulley.
A. Check the condition of the alternator drive pulley. Look for
deep grooves that have been worn into the pulley by the belt. Repair: Replace the pulley.
Check that the nut for the pulley has not become loose.
Result: The alternator drive pulley nut was loose.
3. Wear of the Alternator Bearings Alternator bearings Result: The alternator bearings are OK.
A. Check the alternator bearings for signs of wear. Proceed to Test Step 4.
4. Operation of the Alternator or Regulator Regulator and Result: The regulator and alternator are operating
alternator properly.
A. Verify that the alternator or the regulator is operating cor-
rectly. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, Proceed to Test Step 5.
“Charging System - Test” for the proper testing procedures.
Result: The regulator and alternator are not operating
properly.
5. Inspection of the Charging Circuit Charging circuit Result: The charging circuit is not working properly.
A. Inspect the battery cables, wiring, and connections in the Repair: Clean all connections and tighten all connections.
charging circuit. Replace any faulty parts.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 93
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06636003
Table 14
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
System Operation
Note: The technician must perform an “ARD Air
System Service Test” to verify that the problem is
corrected. If the problem has been resolved, perform
a manual DPF regeneration before the unit is
returned to service.
The A5:E2 aftertreatment controller is responsible for
the control of many components on the CEM,
including the combustion air valve. The A5:E2
aftertreatment controller communicates on the CAN
data link to both the A4:E4 engine ECM and the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control Unit (DCU). The A5:E2
aftertreatment controller receives inputs from the
sensors on the CEM and on CAN from the other
controllers. The A5:E2 aftertreatment controller uses
these inputs to determine when and what position the
combustion air valve should be opened.
When the A5:E2 aftertreatment controller determines
that the combustion air valve should be opened, the
A5:E2 aftertreatment controller sends a pulse width
modulated (PWM) signal to the valve. This PWM
signal causes the valve to open. A position sensor
located in the combustion air valve assembly then
sends a signal back to the A5:E2 aftertreatment
controller showing the actual position of the valve.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
94 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 15
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
3487-5 2489-5
3487-6 2489-6
3487-13 2489-13
3488-3 2490-3
3488-4 2490-4
3837-3 3493-3
3837-4 3493-4
3837-13 3493-13
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Code Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not
present.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the diagnostic
connector. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Inspect the Piping Between the Compressor and Piping Result: The piping is damaged or cracked.
the ATAAC
Repair: Replace the piping or repair the piping. Pro-
A. Visually Inspect the piping between the compressor ceed to Test Step 6.
and the ATAAC.
Result: The piping is not damaged or cracked.
B. Check for cracks in the piping.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
C. Check for loose hardware or damaged hardware.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 95
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 36 g06055307
Table 17
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Inspect the Piping Between the Compressor and the Air Damaged or Result: The piping is damaged or cracked.
Valve cracked
piping Repair: Replace the piping or repair the piping. Proceed to
A. Inspect the piping (1) between the compressor and the air Test Step 6.
valve.
Result: The piping is not damaged or cracked.
B. Check for cracks in the piping.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
C. Check for loose hardware or damaged hardware.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
96 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 37 g03750740
CEM (typical)
(2) Clamps (3) Piping between the combustion air valve
and the pressure sensor
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 97
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 18
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Inspect the Piping from the Combustion Air Valve to the Piping Result: The piping is damaged or cracked.
Pressure Sensor
Repair: Replace the piping or repair the piping. Proceed
A. Inspect the piping from the combustion air valve to the pressure to Test Step 6.
sensor (3).
Result: The piping is not damaged or cracked.
B. Check for air leaks.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
C. Check for loose hardware or damaged hardware.
D. Check the clamps on the piping. Make sure that the clamps are
tight.
A. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, Turbocharg- Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Proceed to Test Step
er - Inspect to determine if the turbocharger has failed. 6.
6. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” Test Result: The test completed successfully.
A. Perform the “ARD Air System Service Test” . Repair: Perform a “Manual DPF Regeneration” and re-
turn the unit to service.
i06636109
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
98 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 38 g03750980
CEM (typical)
(1) ARD ignition coil (3) Cable for CEM electrical connector to (4) ARD combustion head
(2) Relay for the ARD nozzle heater ECM
System Operation The ARD ignition system has two circuits. The
primary circuit is between the A5:E2 Aftertreatment
Controller and the ARD ignition coil. The secondary
circuit is between the ARD ignition coil and the ARD
spark plug. The current flow through the primary
circuit indicates the condition of the primary circuit
and of the secondary circuit. The ECM monitors the
current flow through the primary circuit. In this way,
the ECM is able to detect problems with the primary
circuit and the secondary circuit.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 99
Symptom Troubleshooting
4301-5 3182-5
4301-6 3182-6
A problem with the ignition cir-
cuit is the most likely cause of a
No associated codes
logged E1025 (2) or 3473-31
code with no additional codes.
Table 21
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Codes Associated Result: An associated code is active or logged.
Codes
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Troubleshoot the associated codes before continu-
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). ing with this procedure.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
100 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
2. Inspect the Components Damaged Result: There is a problem with the wiring. A wire end is not
wiring or connected or a wire is damaged.
Carefully following this procedure is a good way to identify wiring connectors
problems. Repair: Repair the wiring. Replace parts, if necessary.
A. Visually inspect the components for the ARD ignition system.
Look for the following problems: Verify that the problem is resolved. If the problem is not re-
solved, proceed to Troubleshooting, “ARD Ignition - Test”.
1. Loose connections or damaged connectors
Result: The wiring is OK.
2. Moisture on the connectors or the wiring
Proceed to Test Step 3.
3. Damage that is caused by excessive heat
6. Damaged insulation
C. Push the boot on each end of the ignition wire. This action tests
whether the clip inside the boot is connected to the spark plug and
to the ignition coil. There should not be a “click” when you push
the boot onto either part. If you felt a “click” , the clip inside the
boot was not connected.
D. Pull on the end of each harness wire at the 3-pin connector for
the ignition coil. This test verifies that the wire is crimped to the ter-
minal and that the terminal is inserted into the connector.
3. Check the Current Flow to the Heating Element in the ARD 7.0 A and 14 Result: The current flow is between 7.0 A and 14 A for a 12
Combustion Head A for a 12 V V system. Or, the current flow is between 3.5 A and 7 A for a
system 24 V system.
Start the engine. Check the current flow to the heater. Refer to or Result: The current flow is OK.
Systems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Nozzle Heater 3.5 A and 7 A
(Current)- Test” for the correct procedure. for a 24 V Proceed to Test Step 4.
system
Result: The current flow is not between 7.0 A and 14 A for a
12 V system. Or, the current flow is not between 3.5 A and 7
A for a 24 V system.
4. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” Test passed Result The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the elec- Repair: There is a problem with the ARD combustion air.
tronic service tool to perform an “ARD Air System Service Test” . Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air - Test”.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air - Test”.
Result The “ARD Air System Service Test” passed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 101
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 39 g06058520
T400026 Spark Tester
Table 22
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check for Spark Voltage at the Spark Plug Spark Result: There are sparks inside the spark indicator.
A. Disconnect the ignition wire from the spark plug. Turn off the ARD ignition system by disabling the override.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Connect the T400026 Spark Tester between ignition wire and
the spark plug. Result: There are no sparks inside the spark indicator.
C. Use the “Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer Primary Over- Turn off the ARD ignition system by disabling the override.
ride” located in the electronic service tool to turn ON the ARD igni- Proceed to Troubleshooting, “ARD Ignition - Test”.
tion system. The override is located in the “Engine #1
Aftertreatment Controller” under “System Troubleshooting Settings”
.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
102 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 40 g03751077
Table 23
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Clean the Components in the ARD Combustion Head Spark Plug Result: The components are clean. The spark plug is
not damaged.
A. Remove the spark plug(5) from the ARD combustion head.
Install the spark plug.
B. Clean the ground probe inside the ARD combustion head by
running a T400005 Plug Bore Brush through the hole in the ARD Proceed to Test Step 7.
combustion head. Run the brush through the hole several times.
Result: If the spark plug probe is bent, cracked, or has
C. Inspect the spark plug. Look for the following problems: been dropped.
1. Carbon Deposits - Use a nonmetallic cleaning pad to clean the Repair: Replace the spark plug.
spark plug.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 103
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 41 g03751101
Table 24
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Clean the Flame Detection Temperature Sensor Sensor Result: The components are clean. The flame detection
temperature sensor is not damaged. Install the flame de-
A. Remove the flame detection temperature sensor (6). tection sensor.
B. Clean the flame detection temperature sensor. Use a nonmetal- Proceed to Test Step 8.
lic cleaning pad to clean the sensor.
Result: The flame detection temperature is damaged. Re-
place flame detection temperature sensor.
8. Check the ARD for Proper Operation Successful Result: The test is successful.
test
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the elec- Proceed to Test Step 11.
tronic service tool to perform an “ARD Ignition Test” to verify that
the problem is resolved. Result: The test is not successful.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot loading Proceed to Test Step 9.
is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the Man-
ual DPF Regeneration must be performed using the electronic Result: The test is not successful. There are additional
service tool. codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
104 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 42 g03751120
Components of the ARD combustion head
(7) ARD pilot filter connector (8) ARD main filter connector (If equipped)
Table 25
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
9. Replace the Pilot Filter Connector at the ARD Combustion Test Result: The test is successful.
Head
Proceed to Test Step 11.
A. Flush the ARD fuel system and replace the pilot filter connector
at the ARD combustion head. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing Result: The test is not successful.
and Adjusting, “Fuel System - Flush” for additional information.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Perform the
“ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool and verify that Result: The test is not successful. There are additional
there are no fuel leaks. Refer to System Operation/Testing and Ad- codes.
justing, “ARD Fuel System - Test”.
Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes. Refer to Trou-
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot loading bleshooting for the correct procedure.
is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the Man- Verify that the problem is resolved.
ual DPF Regeneration must be performed using the electronic serv-
ice tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 105
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 43 g06058714
Illustration 44 g06058733
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
106 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 26
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
10. Inspect ARD Swirl Plate Swirl Plate Result: The swirl plate is fouled.
A. Remove ARD head. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “Com- Clean the swirl plate. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Swirl
bustion Head Group (ARD) - Remove and Install - Clean Emissions Plate (ARD Combustion) - Inspect/Clean”.
Module” for the proper procedure to remove the ARD combustion
head. Repair: Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes.
Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” in the electronic service tool
Soot accumulation is normal. Slot fouling is defined as more than and verify that there are no fuel leaks.
half the inner row slots beingcompletely blocked. Partially blocked
inner row slots are normal and do not affect regeneration perform- The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot
ance. Refer to Illustrations 43 and 44 to verify if the swirl plate is loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
fouled. 80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed us-
ing the electronic service tool.
B. Inspect the swirl plate for fouled slots. Refer to Illustrations 43
and 44 to verify if the swirl plate is fouled. Proceed to Test Step 11.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Perform
the “ARD Ignition Test” in the electronic service tool and ver-
ify that there are no fuel leaks.
11. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Successful Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” completed suc-
test cessfully. There are no additional codes.
This test must be performed through the electronic service tool. The
electronic service tool enhances the diagnostics during the service Return the unit to service.
test.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
A. Clear all diagnostic codes. successfully. There are additional codes.
B. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle for 3 minutes. Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes. Refer to Trou-
bleshooting for the correct procedure.
Do not use the operators switch for stationary regeneration. The Verify that the problem is resolved.
service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are necessary for
proper troubleshooting and repair.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 107
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 27
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 28
Required Parts for Use with a 11/16 Fitting
T402294 Tee
T408416 O-Ring Seal (Tee)
CH11410 Fitting
CH11410 Fitting
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
108 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 29
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the current flow to the heating element in the ARD Current Result: The current flow is between 7.0 A and 14 A for a 12
combustion head Check V system. Or, the current flow is between 3.5 A and 7 A for
a 24 V system.
A. Start the engine. Use a clamp-on ammeter to check the current
flow to the heater. The current flow is OK. Proceed to Test Step 2.
STOP.
2. Perform an ARD Ignition Test and Record the Enhanced ETI Code Result : There is not an ETI for the diagnostic code.
Troubleshooting Indicator (ETI)
Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and
the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshooting, Result : The ETI code was recorded.
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Perform an ARD Ignition Test using the electronic service tool.
Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel
System - Test”.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 109
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 45 g06137788
Illustration 46 g06137795
Table 30
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check the Fuel Diverter Valve Pressure Result: The pressure reading was greater than 758 kPa
Checkout (110 psi).
A. Turn the engine OFF.
Repair : Replace the diverter valve. Perform an “ARD Igni-
B. Disconnect the ARD fuel line from the pump. tion Test” using the electronic service tool. Refer to System
Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel System -
C. Install the required parts listed in Table 28 at the outlet port of the Test”.
pump. The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot
loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. 80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed us-
ing the electronic service tool.
E. Establish communications between the electronic service tool
and the Engine ECM. Result: The pressure reading was less than 758 kPa
(110 psi).
F. Clear the active event code or the override will not activate.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
G. Select “Fuel Priming Command Override” in the electronic serv-
ice tool to activate the pump.
H. Override the pump and record the pressure from the pressure
gauge.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
110 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 47 g06059321
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 111
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 48 g03751240
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
112 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 31
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Check the Pump Pump Result: The pressure measured greater than
1900 ± 120 kPa (275 ± 17.4 psi).
A. Start the engine.
Result : Replace the pressure regulator. Perform an “ARD
B. Clear the active event code or the override will not activate. Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool. Refer to Sys-
tem Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel Sys-
C. Connect to the Engine #1 Aftertreatment ECM using the elec- tem - Test”.
tronic service tool.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot
D. Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” to activate loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
the pump. 80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed us-
ing the electronic service tool.
E. Override the pump and record the pressure from the pressure
gauge. Result: The pump is within specifications.
F. Deactivate the override. If you are troubleshooting an E1050 (1) or E1051 (1) code
with an ETI of 5 or 6, Proceed to Test Step 5.
G. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The pump is within specifications.
H. The pressure must be within specifications. The pump pressure
must be 1900 ± 120 kPa (275.5 ± 17.4 psi). If you are troubleshooting an E1050 (1) code with an ETI of
1 or an E1050 (2), Proceed to Test Step 6.
Illustration 49 g03751256
ARD head (typical)
(6) Pilot fitting that contains the filter (7) Main fitting that contains the filter (If
equipped)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 113
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 32
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Replace the Fittings that Contain the Filter in the ARD Head Replace fil- Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
ter fittings des were logged.
A. Replace the fittings that contain the filters in the ARD head. Return the unit to service.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the STOP
keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful and co-
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool. des were logged.
Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel
System - Test”. If troubleshooting an E1050 (1) code with an ETI of 5 or 6
or an E1050 (2) code, Proceed to Test Step 6.
Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful and co-
des were logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
114 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 50 g03751279
CEM (typical)
(8) Main solenoid valve (9) Pilot solenoid valve
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 115
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 33
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Replace the Pilot Solenoid Valve Pilot Sole- Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
noid Valve des were logged.
A. Replace the pilot solenoid valve. Return the unit to service.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the STOP
keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool.
Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel Proceed to Test Step 8
System - Test”.
7. Replace the Main Solenoid Valve Main Sole- Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
noid Valve des were logged.
A. Replace the main solenoid valve. Return the unit to service.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the STOP
keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool.
Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel Proceed to Test Step 8
System - Test”.
8. Replace the ARD Head ARD Head Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
des were logged.
A. Replace the ARD head. Return the unit to service.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the STOP
keyswitch to the OFF position.
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service tool.
Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel
System - Test”.
i06651024
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
116 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 34
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 35
Required Parts for Use with a 11/16 Fitting
T402294 Tee
T408416 O-Ring Seal (Tee)
CH11410 Fitting
CH11410 Fitting
Table 36
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 117
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 37
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Associated Di- Result: A 5580-18 or E198 code is not active. Proceed to
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool agnostic Trou- Test Step 2.
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshoot- ble Codes
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result: A 5580-18 or E198 code is active.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Fuel Pressure Is Low” for the
B. Check for associated diagnostic trouble codes. proper troubleshooting procedure. STOP.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
118 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 51 g06059283
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 119
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 52 g06059299
Table 38
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check for External Leaks
External Leaks Result: A leak or pinched line was not found.
A. Check for external leaks. Inspect the fuel lines from the pump Proceed to Test Step 4.
to the fuel manifold. Check for pinched lines or leaking lines.
Result: A leak or pinched line was found.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
120 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 53 g03504162
Table 39
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 121
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 54 g06059888
ARD electric pump
(1) Pump (2) Base Assembly
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
122 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 55 g03751417
ARD electric pump
(3) Output port of the pump
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 123
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 56 g06059891
Assembled required parts
Table 40
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check the Pump 1900 ± 120 Result: The pump is not within specifications.
kPa
A. Turn the engine “OFF” . (275.5 ± 17.4 Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Fuel Supply - Test”
psi) for troubleshooting information.
B. Disconnect the ARD fuel line from the pump. STOP
C. Install the required parts listed in Table 35 at the outlet port of Result: The pump is within specifications.
the pump.
If you are troubleshooting a E1052 (1) or 3480-17 diagnostic
D. Start the engine. code or a E1053 (1) or 4077-17 diagnostic code with an ETI
of 2 or 3, proceed to Test Step 6.
E. Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” in the
“Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” using the electronic service Result: The pump is within specifications.
tool to activate the pump.
If you are troubleshooting an E1052 (2) or 3480-18 diagnos-
F. Override the pump and record the pressure from the pressure tic code, proceed to Test Step 7.
gauge.
If you are troubleshooting a E1053 (2) or 4077-18 diagnostic
G. Deactivate the override. code, proceed to Test Step 8.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
124 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 57 g02220573
CEM (typical)
(4) Fuel filter fitting
Table 41
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Replace the Filter for the ARD Fuel Manifold Filter Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no codes
were logged. Return the unit to service.
A. Replace the filter for the ARD fuel manifold.
STOP
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using
the electronic service tool. Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
If you are troubleshooting an E1052 (1) or 3480-17 code with
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” by using the electronic serv- an ETI of 2, Proceed to Test Step 7.
ice tool. Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting,
“ARD Fuel System - Test”. Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
If you are troubleshooting an E1053 (1) or 4077-17 code with
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot an ETI of 2, Proceed to Test Step 8.
loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using
the electronic service tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 125
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 58 g02220575
CEM (typical)
(5) Main solenoid valve (6) Pilot solenoid valve
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
126 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 42
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Replace the Pilot Solenoid Valve Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
Pilot Valve des were logged. Return the unit to service.
A. Replace the pilot solenoid valve.
STOP
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using the
electronic service tool.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot load-
ing is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the
Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using the elec-
tronic service tool.
8. Replace the Main Solenoid Valve Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
Main Valve des were logged. Return the unit to service.
A. Replace the main solenoid valve.
STOP
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using the
electronic service tool.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot load-
ing is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the
Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using the elec-
tronic service tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 127
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 43
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit The regeneration system is disabled due to the ARD
3703-31 E993 (2)
Switch Disable Switch in the operator interface.
Aftertreatment Regeneration Cannot Start Due To There is an active fault related to the ARD combustion
3712-15 E1301 (1)
System Fault air system, ARD fuel system, or ARD ignition system.
Aftertreatment Regeneration Cannot Start Due To One or more conditions are not allowing an Aftertreat-
3750-15 E1302 (1)
Conditions Not Met ment Regeneration to start, Refer to Test Step 7.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
128 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 44
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Codes that are Active Diagnostic Code Result: A E1239 (1), E1239 (2), E1239 (3), 3750-31, 3750-
17, or 3750-18 diagnostic code is present, proceed to Test
A. Establish communication between the electronic service Step 2.
tool and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Trou-
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result: A E993 (3) or 3703-31 diagnostic code is present,
proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check and record any event codes that are active or
logged. Result: A E1040 (2) or 3530-31 diagnostic code is present,
proceed to Test Step 4.
2. A E1239 (1), E1239 (2), E1239 (3), 3750-31, 3750-17, or Forced Result: The “Forced Regeneration” was successful.
3750-18 Diagnostic Code is Present. Regeneration
Return the unit to service.
A. The operator did not allow regeneration to occur or auto-
matic regeneration did not occur within the required time limit. Result: The “Forced Regeneration” was not successful.
The operator must respond when the DPF lamp is illuminated.
Repair: Troubleshoot the active diagnostic codes.
B. Perform a “Forced Regeneration” by pressing the “Regen-
eration Force Switch” button.
3. A E993 (3) or 3703-31 Diagnostic Code is Present. Disabled Result: Perform a manual regeneration. Refer to the Opera-
Regeneration tion and Maintenance Manual, “Diesel Particulate Filter Re-
A. The operator has disabled the regeneration system and re- generation” for the proper operation of the regeneration
generation is necessary. system.
4. A E1040 (2) or 3530-31 Diagnostic Code is Present. Regeneration Result: Establish communication between the electronic
Disabled by the service tool and the engine ECM. Set the value of the “After-
A. The regeneration system is disabled by the electronic serv- electronic service treatment Regeneration Device” from “Disabled” to “En-
ice tool. tool. abled” .
5. Aftertreatment Regeneration Cannot Start Due To Low Low Engine Result: Raise the coolant temperature above 40° C
Engine Temperature Temperature (104° F) and the Diesel Particulate Filter inlet temperature
above 50° C (122° F). If the ambient temperature is −15° C
A. The engine temperature is too low for an aftertreatment (5° F) or below, the coolant temperature must be above
regeneration. 60° C (140° F) for active regeneration to begin.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 129
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Aftertreatment Regeneration Cannot Start Due to Sys- System Fault Result: Troubleshoot all active faults related to the ARD
tem Fault combustion air system, ARD fuel system, or ARD ignition
system. Clear any active codes after correcting the faults.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service Activate regeneration.
tool and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM).
Return the unit to service.
B. Check for active faults related to the ARD combustion air
system, ARD fuel system, or ARD ignition system.
7. Aftertreatment Regeneration Cannot Start Due to Con- Unacceptable Result: Correct any of the listed conditions. Activate
ditions Not Met Conditions regeneration.
If an excessive DPF intake temperature is present, reduce
A. Check for the following conditions: engine speed and/or load and perform a low speed
regeneration
1. Soot load is too high (116% plus 10 minutes after getting a
level 3 high soot warning) Return the unit to service.
8. Initial Assembly Aftertreatment #1 Regeneration Total Operating Result: The “Total Operating Hours” is less than 100 hours.
Required Hours
Repair: Complete an “Aftertreatment System Functional
A. Establish communication between the electronic service Test” using the electronic service tool to clear the E1305 or
tool and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM). 3483-11 code.
B. Under the “Information” menu, select “Current Totals” . Re- Result: The “Total Operating Hours” is greater than 100
cord the “Total Operating Hours” . hours.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
130 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06653269
The ARD has stopped generating heat at least four times during active
regeneration.
Associated codes may indicate the system that caused the loss of
Aftertreatment #1 Loss of combustion to occur.
3474-31 E1026 (2)
Combustion The code must be cleared with the “Reset All” button on the active di-
agnostics screen in the electronic service tool. If active regeneration is
initiated with the operator forced regeneration switch, the ECM clears
this code automatically.
System Operation
The combustion air system routes pressurized air
from the outlet of the turbocharger compressor to the
ARD. The combustion air is mixed with fuel inside the
ARD. The air/fuel mixture is ignited and the air/fuel
mixture is burned to provide heat for the diesel
particulate filter.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 131
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 59 g03751942
Typical combustion air system
(1) Outlet for the combustion air to ARD
combustion head
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
132 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 60 g03751976
Overview for the ARD combustion head
(2) Flame detection temperature sensor (4) ARD pilot filter connector (7) ARD spark plug
(3) Electrical connection for the ARD nozzle (5) ARD main filter connector (8) Inlet for the combustion air
heater (6) ARD combustion head
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 133
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 47
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Code Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not
present.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service
tool and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Trou- Proceed to Test Step 2.
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is
B. If troubleshooting a E1026 or a 3474 code, access the present.
“Aftertreatment Regeneration History” in the electronic serv-
ice tool. Click the information tab, then click History, and then Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble
click Aftertreatment Regeneration History. If there were three Codes” or Troubleshooting, “Event Codes”to trouble-
successful regenerations since the code was logged, do not shoot the associated diagnostic code.
troubleshoot this code. Clear the code and return the unit to
service.
2. Check the Current Flow Through the Heater Between 7.0 A and 14 Result: The current flow is OK.
A for a 12 V system.
A. Verify that the engine is off. Use a clamp-on ammeter to Or, between 3.5 A Proceed to Test Step 3.
check the current flow through the heater. and 7 A for a 24 V
system Result: The current flow is not between 7.0 A and 14 A
for a 12 V system. Or, the current flow is not between
3.5 A and 7 A for a 24 V system.
3. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” ARD Air System Serv- Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
ice Test
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the Repair: There is a problem with the ARD combustion air
electronic service tool to perform an “ARD Air System Service system. Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air
Test” to verify that the problem is resolved. - Test”.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
134 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 48
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Clean the Flame Detection Temperature Sensor Flame Detection Result: The components are clean. The flame detection
Temperature temperature sensor is not damaged.
A. Remove flame detection temperature sensor (2). Sensor
Repair: Install the flame detection sensor.
B. Clean the flame detection temperature sensor. Use a non-
metallic cleaning pad to clean the sensor. Proceed to Test Step 5.
5. Check the ARD for Proper Operation ARD Ignition Test Result: The test is successful.
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the Proceed to Test Step 8.
electronic service tool to perform an “ARD Ignition Test” to veri-
fy that the problem is resolved. Result: The test is not successful.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot Proceed to Test Step 6.
loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using
the electronic service tool.
Illustration 61 g03752096
ARD head (typical)
(9) Pilot fitting that contains the filter (10) Main fitting that contains the filter (If
equipped)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 135
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 49
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Replace the Fittings that Contain the Filter in the ARD Filter Fittings Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
Head des were logged.
A. Replace the fittings that contain the filters in the ARD head. Proceed to Test Step 8.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service
tool. Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting,
“ARD Fuel System - Test”.
Illustration 62 g03752156
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
136 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 63 g03752182
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 137
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 50
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Inspect ARD Swirl Plate Swirl Plate Result: The swirl plate is fouled.
A. Remove ARD head. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, Repair: Clean the swirl plate. Refer to Testing and Adjust-
“Combustion Head Group (ARD) - Remove and Install - Clean ing, “Swirl Plate (ARD Combustion) - Inspect/Clean”.
Emissions Module” for the proper procedure to remove the
ARD combustion head. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Perform
the “ARD Ignition Test” in the electronic service tool and
Soot accumulation is normal. Slot fouling is defined as more verify that there are no fuel leaks.
than 1/2 the inner row slots being completelyblocked. Partially
blocked inner row slots are normal and do not affect regenera- The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot
tion performance. Refer to Illustrations 62 and 63 to verify if the loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
swirl plate is fouled. 80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed us-
ing the electronic service tool.
B. Inspect the swirl plate for fouled slots. Refer to Illustrations
62 and 63 to verify if the swirl plate is fouled. Proceed to Test Step 8.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Perform
the “ARD Ignition Test” in the electronic service tool and
verify that there are no fuel leaks.
8. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Manual DPF Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” completed suc-
Regeneration cessfully. There are no additional codes.
This test must be performed through the electronic service
tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diagnostics Return the unit to service.
during the service test.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
A. Clear all diagnostic codes using the electronic service tool. successfully. There are additional codes.
B. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle for 3 minutes. Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes before returning
the unit to service. Refer to Troubleshooting for the correct
Do not use the operators switch for a stationary regeneration. procedure.
The service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are neces-
sary for proper troubleshooting and repair. Verify that the problem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
138 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 51
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
(code descriptions may vary) Comments
J1939 Code PDL Code
Active regeneration failed due to an inability of the
Aftertreatment Insufficient Temperature to Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) to reach a high
3711-31 E593 (2)
Complete Regeneration enough temperature. The code is logged. Engine
power is derated.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 52
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 139
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 64 g03752236
ARD combustion head (typical)
(1) Flame detection temperature sensor (3) ARD pilot filter connector (5) ARD combustion head
(2) Port for the heated nozzle (4) ARD main filter connector (6) Inlet for the combustion air
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
140 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 53
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Code Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not
present.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service
tool and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Trou- Proceed to Test Step 2.
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is present.
B. Table 52 lists the diagnostic trouble codes that are associ-
ated with the E593 (2) or 3711-31 code. Determine if any of the Repair: Troubleshoot the associated diagnostic code.
codes in Table 52 are present.
2. Check the Current Flow Through the Heater Between 7.0 A Result: The current flow is OK.
and 14 A for a 12
A. Verify that the engine is off. Use a clamp-on ammeter to V system. Or, be- Proceed to Test Step 3.
check the current flow through the heater. tween 3.5 A and
7 A for a 24 V Result: The current flow is not between 7.0 A and 14 A for
system a 12 V system. Or, the current flow is not between 3.5 A
and 7 A for a 24 V system.
3. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” ARD Air System Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
Service Test
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the Repair: There is a problem with the ARD combustion air
electronic service tool to perform an “ARD Air System Service system. Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air -
Test” to verify that the problem is resolved. Test”.
4. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Manual DPF Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” completed suc-
Regeneration cessfully. There are no additional codes.
This test must be performed through the electronic serv-
ice tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diagnos- Return the unit to service.
tics during the service test.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
A. Clear all diagnostic codes. successfully.
B. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle for 3 minutes. Repair: Check the list of active diagnostic codes. Trouble-
shoot the code that applies to the failed regeneration. Refer
Do not use the operators switch for a stationary regeneration. to Table 52 for associated codes.
The service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are nec-
essary for proper troubleshooting and repair. Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
successfully and there are no associated codes.
C. Start a “Manual DPF Regeneration” in the electronic service
tool. Proceed to Test Step 5.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 141
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 54
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Replace the Fittings that Contain the Filter in the ARD Filter Fittings Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful and no co-
Head des were logged.
A. Replace the fittings that contain the filters in the ARD head. Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
C. Perform the “ARD Ignition Test” using the electronic service
tool. Refer to System Operation and Testing and Adjusting,
“ARD Fuel System - Test”.
6. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Manual DPF Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” completed suc-
Regeneration cessfully. There are no additional codes.
This test must be performed through the electronic serv-
ice tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diag- Return the unit to service.
nostics during the service test.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
A. Clear all diagnostic codes. successfully.
B. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle for 3 minutes. Repair: Check the list of active diagnostic codes. Trouble-
shoot the code that applies to the failed regeneration. Refer
Do not use the operators switch for a stationary regeneration. to Table 52 for associated codes.
The service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are nec-
essary for proper troubleshooting and repair. Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
successfully and there are no associated codes.
C. Start a “Manual DPF Regeneration” in the electronic serv-
ice tool. Proceed to Test Step 7.
7. Replace the ARD Combustion Head ARD Combustion Result: The ARD head was replaced.
Head
A. Replace the ARD combustion head. Refer to Disassembly Proceed to Test Step 8.
and Assembly, “Combustion Head - Remove and Install”.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
142 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
8. Perform an ARD Ignition Test ARD Ignition Result: The ARD Ignition Test was successful.
Test
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Perform Proceed to Test Step 9.
an ARD Ignition Test. Refer to System Operation and Testing
and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel System - Test”.
9. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Manual DPF Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” completed suc-
Regeneration cessfully. There are no additional codes.
This test must be performed through the electronic serv-
ice tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diag- Return the unit to service.
nostics during the service test.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” did not complete
A. Clear all diagnostic codes. successfully.
B. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle for 3 minutes. There are additional codes.
Do not use the operators switch for a stationary regeneration. Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes before returning
The service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are nec- the unit to service. Refer to Troubleshooting for the correct
essary for proper troubleshooting and repair. procedure.
C. Start a “Manual DPF Regeneration” in the electronic serv- Verify that the problem is resolved.
ice tool.
i05959017
Battery Problem
Probable Causes
• Battery
• Switched Battery Circuit
Recommended Actions
Download the Product Status Report from the engine
ECM before performing any troubleshooting or
clearing diagnostic trouble codes. Troubleshoot any
active codes before continuing with this procedure.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 143
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 55
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
A. Verify that the battery is no longer able to hold a charge. Refer Proceed to Test Step 2.
to Systems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Battery - Test”.
Result: The battery is not OK.
2. Check the Switched Battery Circuit Switched Result: The switched battery circuit drained the battery by
battery being left in the ON position.
A. Verify that a switched battery circuit drained the battery by circuit
being left in the ON position. Repair: Charge the battery. Verify that the battery is able to
maintain a charge. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and
Adjusting for the correct procedure.
i06653528
Table 56
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Aftertreatment #1 Intake O2 : High - The Engine Out NOx Sensor is reading a higher than ex-
3217-16 E1407 (2)
moderate severity (2) pected level of Oxygen (O2).
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet O2 : High - The Tailpipe Out NOx Sensor is reading a higher than ex-
3227-16 E1408 (2)
moderate severity (2) pected level of Oxygen (O2).
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
144 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 57
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check if NOx Sensors are Installed Correctly Properly In- Result: The sensor is not installed properly.
stalled / Not In-
A. Locate the appropriate NOx Sensor. stalled Properly Repair: Install the sensor properly. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, Nitrogen Oxide Sensor - Remove and
B. Check if the sensor is installed properly. Install.
2. Check for Exhaust Leaks Exhaust Leaks Result: An exhaust leak was found.
A. Start the engine. Repair: Repair or replace the component causing the
exhaust leak.
B. Check the exhaust system for proper installation.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
C. Check for loose or broken exhaust joints.
Result: An exhaust leak was not found.
D. Inspect the exhaust system between the turbocharger outlet
and the tailpipe outlet for signs of an exhaust leak. Proceed to Test Step 3.
3. Perform an Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional Test Test Result: The “Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional
Test” was successful.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Control ECM” using
the electronic service tool. Result: The “Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional
Test” was not successful.
C. Start the engine.
Repair: Replace the failed sensor. Refer to Disassembly
D. Perform an “Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional Test” using and Assembly, Nitrogen Oxide Sensor - Remove and
the electronic service tool. Install.
i06245217
Probable Causes
• Leaking injector sleeve and/or damaged seal
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 145
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 58
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Leaking injector sleeve and/or damaged seal Result: The injector sleeve is leaking.
Injector sleeve
A. Remove the valve mechanism covers. Repair: Remove the injector sleeve that is leaking. Carefully
inspect the sleeve for damage. If there are visible signs of
B. Remove the fuel injectors from the cylinder head. damage to the injector sleeve, replace the sleeve. Replace the
O-ring seals for the injector sleeve and reinstall the sleeve. Re-
Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual for details. place any damaged components.
Do not allow the pressure on the cooling system to exceed Coolant may also be contaminating the fuel system. After the
103 kPa (15 psi) during the test. Damage to the cooling engine is shut down, the retention of pressure in the cooling
system may result from applying excessive pressure. system may cause the transfer of coolant into the fuel system.
Visually inspect the fuel tank for coolant. The contamination of
C. Pressurize the cooling system in order to identify the injector coolant in the fuel system may damage injectors and other fuel
sleeve that is leaking. Closely inspect the sealing joint around system components. Ensure that all of the fuel system compo-
the top of the injector sleeve. Small amounts of coolant will be nents are in good repair prior to returning the engine to
dripping from the injector sleeve that is leaking. service.
Coolant may also be contaminating the fuel system. After the Do not crank the engine if a cylinder is full of fluid. Cata-
engine is shut down, the retention of pressure in the cooling strophic damage can occur to the engine.
system may cause the transfer of coolant into the fuel system.
Visually inspect the fuel tank for coolant. The contamination of Evacuate all cylinders of fluid before trying to start the engine.
coolant in the fuel system may damage injectors and other fuel
system components. Ensure that all of the fuel system compo-
nents are in good repair prior to returning the engine to service.
i06245230
Probable Causes
• Engine Oil Cooler
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
146 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 59
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Leak in the Engine Oil Cooler Oil Cooler Result: A leak is found in the engine oil cooler.
A. Check for leaks in the engine oil cooler. Refer to Testing Repair: Install a new oil cooler core. Refer to the Disas-
and Adjusting for the proper procedure. sembly and Assembly manual.
Check the oil for coolant. If coolant is found in the oil, drain
the crankcase. Refill the crankcase with the proper oil after
the leak has been repaired. Refer to the Operation and
Maintenance Manual for the correct oil capacities and
viscosity.
2. Leak in the Power Train Oil Cooler Power train cooler Result: A leak is found in the power train oil cooler.
A. Check for leaks in the power train oil cooler. Refer to Test- Repair: Install a new oil cooler core. Refer to the Disas-
ing and Adjusting for the proper procedure sembly and Assembly manual.
Check the oil for coolant. If coolant is found in the oil, drain
the crankcase. Refill the oil after the leak has been re-
paired. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual
for the correct oil capacities and viscosity.
Result: A leak was not found in the power train oil cooler.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 147
Symptom Troubleshooting
A. Inspect the turbocharger for cracks. Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Refer to the engine
Disassembly and Assembly for the correct procedure.
B. Remove the oil drain line from the turbo and pressurize the
cooling system, Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling Sys- Flush the cooling system, Refer to the Operation and
tem - Test”. Maintenance Manual for the correct procedure.
C. Check the turbocharger for coolant leakage. Refill the cooling system with the proper coolant. Refer to
the Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct
coolant and capacities.
Check the oil for coolant. If coolant is found in the oil, drain
the oil. Refill the oil after the leak has been repaired. Refer
to the Operation and Maintenance Manual for the correct
oil capacities.
4. Cylinder Head Gasket Cylinder head Result: New cylinder head gasket and water seals were
gasket installed.
A. Remove the cylinder head. Refer to the Disassembly and
Assembly manual. Proceed to Test Step 5.
5. Cylinder Head Cylinder head Result: A crack is found in the cylinder head.
A. Check for cracks in the cylinder head. Perform a leak test Repair: Repair the cylinder head and/or replace the cylin-
on the cylinder head. Refer to System Operation, Testing and der head. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly
Adjusting for the proper procedure for checking the cylinder manual.
head.
Result: A crack is not found in the cylinder head.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
148 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06918995
Table 60
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
The engine has been running for 60 seconds. The engine cool-
ant level has fallen below the coolant level sensor for the
111-17 E2143 (1) Low Engine Coolant Level
specified delay time.
The code is logged.
The engine has been running for 60 seconds. The engine cool-
ant level has fallen below the coolant level sensor for the
111-18 E2143 (2) Low Engine Coolant Level
specified delay time.
Engine power is derated. The code is logged.
Probable Causes
• Low coolant level
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 149
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 61
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Low Coolant Level. Coolant Result: The engine coolant level is OK.
Level
A. Inspect the coolant level. Proceed to Test Step 7.
2. Check the Cooling System for Leaks. Cooling Result : The cooling system is OK.
system
A. Check the cooling system for leaks. Refer to Systems Opera- Proceed to Test Step 3.
tion, Testing and Adjusting, Cooling System - Inspect and Systems
Operation, Testing and Adjusting, Cooling System - Test. Result: The cooling system is NOT OK.
3. Check the NRS Cooler for Leaks. NRS Cooler Result : The NRS cooler is OK.
A. Check the NRS cooler for leaks. Refer to Systems Operation, Proceed to Test Step 4.
Testing and Adjusting, Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test.
Result : The NRS cooler is NOT OK.
4. Check for Air or Combustion Gas in the Cooling System. Cooling Result : The cooling system is OK.
system
Proceed to Test Step 5.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
150 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Check for Leakage at the ARD Nozzle Heater O-rings. ARD nozzle Result : The ARD nozzle heater o-rings are OK.
heater o-
Note : White exhaust smoke would be an indication of leakage rings Proceed to Test Step 5.
past the ARD nozzle heater o-rings.
Result : The ARD nozzle heater o-ring seals are NOT OK.
6. Check for the Correct Mixture of Antifreeze and Water. Antifreeze Result : The antifreeze and water mixture is OK.
mixture
A. Check for the correct mixture of antifreeze and water. Refer to Proceed to Test Step 7.
the Operation and Maintenance Manual for more information.
Result : The antifreeze and water mixture is NOT OK.
7. Check for a Faulty Coolant Level Sensor Coolant Lev- Result: The coolant level sensor is not operating properly.
el Sensor
A. If an electrical problem with the coolant level sensor is sus- Repair: Replace the coolant level sensor.
pected, refer to Troubleshooting, “Coolant Level - Test”.
i06657248
1937-2 Engine Coolant Flow Switch : Er- The ECM detects that the coolant
ratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect flow through the engine is differ-
ent than expected.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 151
Symptom Troubleshooting
109-18 E2112 (2) Engine Coolant Pressure : Low - The engine coolant pressure is
moderate severity (2) lower than expected for an ex-
tended period. The code is
logged.
109-1 E2112 (3) Engine Coolant Pressure : Low - The engine coolant pressure is
most severe (3) lower than expected for an ex-
tended period. The code is
logged.
1. Verify the Coolant Level Coolant Level Result: The coolant level is correct.
A. Verify that the coolant is filled to the correct level. If the Proceed to Test Step 2.
coolant level is too low, air will get into the cooling system.
Air in the cooling system will cause a reduction in coolant Result: The coolant level is not correct.
flow and pressure.
Repair: Determine the cause of the low coolant level. Refer to
B. Check the cooling system for coolant leaks. Troubleshooting, “Coolant Level Is Low”. Verify that the prob-
lem has been corrected.
2. Check the Cooling System Hose Routing Leaks or Kinks Result: The coolant clamps and hoses are installed properly.
A. Check that the cooling system clamps and hoses are in- Proceed to Test Step 3.
stalled in the proper location and the clamps are tight.
Result: The coolant clamps and hoses are not installed
B. Ensure that there are no kinks or tight bends that may properly.
cause excessive restriction.
Repair: Repair or replace the damaged cooling system com-
C. Check to make sure that the hoses are routed correctly. ponent. Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return
the unit to service.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
152 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Check the Expansion Tank (if equipped) Shunt Line Result: The shunt line is properly installed and there are no
restrictions.
A. Check the shunt line for a restriction. A restriction of the
shunt line from the expansion tank to the inlet of the jacket For a E2112 or 109 code, proceed to Test Step 4.
water pump will cause a reduction of water pump
efficiency. For a E563 or 1937 code, proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Inspect the expansion tank for a restriction that blocks Result: The shunt line is not properly installed or there are
the port to the shunt line. restrictions.
Note: The expansion tank may be integrated into the de- Repair: Install the shunt line correctly or replace the line if
sign of the radiator top tank and may not be separate. necessary. Remove any restrictions that are found.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
4. Check the Coolant Pressure Sensor For Accuracy Coolant Pressure Result: The pressure difference between the mechanical
Sensor gauge and the reading in the electronic service tool is less
A. Install a mechanical pressure gauge in the coolant jack- than 14 kPa (2 psi).
et near the coolant pressure sensor.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Start the engine.
Result: The pressure difference between the mechanical
C. Connect to the engine ECM using the electronic service gauge and the reading in the electronic service tool is greater
tool. than 14 kPa (2 psi).
D. Allow the engine to run and record the pressure on the Repair: Replace the coolant pressure sensor.
mechanical gauge.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
E. Check the pressure reading at various engine speeds. service.
5. Check the Coolant Flow Switch Coolant Flow Result: The coolant flow switch status changed in the elec-
Switch tronic service tool when the paddle was rotated.
A. Remove the coolant flow switch from the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Result: The coolant flow switch status did not change in the
C. Connect to the engine ECM using the electronic service electronic service tool when the paddle was rotated.
tool.
A failed coolant flow switch has been detected.
D. Rotate the paddle on the end of the coolant flow switch.
Repair: Replace the coolant flow switch.
E. Monitor the status of the coolant flow switch in the elec-
tronic service tool. Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 153
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Check the Water Pump Damaged Impeller Result: The water pump impeller is not damaged or loose and
there are no restrictions.
A. Remove the water pump and check for a damaged or
loose impeller, or a restriction in the water pump inlet or Proceed to Test Step 7.
outlet ports.
Result: The water pump impeller is damaged or loose, or
there are restrictions.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
7. NRS Cooler Leak NRS Cooler Result: The NRS cooler does not have a leak.
A. Check the NRS cooler for leaks. Refer to Testing and Proceed to Test Step 8.
Adjusting, “Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test”.
Result: The NRS cooler has a leak.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
8. Check the Radiator or Heat Exchanger Restrictions Result: There were deposits or restrictions in the radiator or
heat exchanger.
A. Check the radiator or heat exchanger for a restriction.
Check internally for dirt, debris, or deposits on the radiator Repair: Clean or replace the radiator or heat exchanger.
core.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
9. Check the Oil Cooler Restrictions Result: There was debris or restrictions in the oil cooler.
A. Check the inlet side of the oil cooler for debris or Repair: Clean or replace the oil cooler.
blockage.
Verify that the problem has been corrected. Return the unit to
service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
154 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06658232
Probable Causes
• Low Coolant Level and/or Coolant Leakage
• Coolant Temperature Sensor
• Heat Exchanger
• Engine Cooling Fan (if equipped)
• Coolant Pump
• Cylinder Head Gasket
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 155
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 65
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Coolant Level Engine Cool- Result: The engine coolant level is OK.
ant Level
A. Check the coolant level. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Coolant Temperature Sensor and/or the Circuit Coolant Tem- Result: The temperature sensor is working properly.
perature
A. Check the reading of the coolant temperature on the electronic Sensor Proceed to Test Step 3.
service tool. The temperature should rise steadily as the engine is
warmed. Ensure that the temperature is reasonable. Result: The temperature sensor is not working properly.
3. Water Temperature Regulator and/or Pressure Relief Valve Temperature Result: The pressure relief valve and/or the water temper-
Regulator ature regulator are operating properly.
A. Pressure-test the cooling system. Refer to Systems Operation,
Testing and Adjusting, Cooling System - Test for the correct Proceed to Test Step 4.
procedure.
Result: The pressure relief valve and/or the water temper-
B. Check that the seating surfaces of the pressure relief valve and ature regulator are not operating properly.
the radiator cap are clean and undamaged.
Repair: Clean the components and/or replace the
C. Check operation of the pressure relief valve and/or the water components.
temperature regulator.
4. NRS Cooler Leak NRS Cooler Result : The NRS cooler has a leak.
A. Check the NRS cooler for leaks. Refer to Systems Operation, Repair: Replace the NRS cooler. Refer to the Disassem-
Testing and Adjusting, “Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test”. bly and Assembly manual for the related procedure.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
156 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Radiator Radiator Result : The radiator fins are not damaged and the radia-
tor does not have an internal blockage.
A. Check the radiator fins for dirt, debris, and/or damage.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Check for collapsed hoses and/or other restrictions.
Result : The radiator fins are damaged.
C. Check the radiator for internal blockage.
Repair: Remove any dirt and/or debris and straighten any
Ensure that the radiator size is sufficient. An undersized radiator bent fins.
does not have enough area for the effective release of heat. An un-
dersized radiator may cause the engine to run at a temperature Result : The radiator has internal blockage.
that is higher than normal. The normal temperature depends on
the ambient temperature. Repair: Remove the blockage.
7. Faulty Engine Cooling Fan (if equipped) Fan Belt or Result : The fan belt is tensioned correctly.
Clutch
A. If the fan is belt driven, check for loose drive belts. Proceed to Test Step 8.
A loose fan drive belt will cause a reduction in the air flow across Result : The fan belt is not tensioned correctly.
the radiator.
Repair: Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt, if neces-
B. Check the fan clutch, if equipped. sary. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual.
A fan clutch or a hydraulic driven fan that is not turning at the cor- Result : The fan clutch is operating correctly.
rect speed can cause improper air speed across the radiator core.
The lack of proper air flow across the radiator core can cause the Proceed to Test Step 8.
coolant not to cool to the proper temperature differential.
Result : The fan clutch is not operating correctly.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 157
Symptom Troubleshooting
8. Inspection of the Coolant Pump Coolant Pump Result : The coolant pump is operating correctly.
A. Inspect the impeller of the coolant pump for damage and/or Proceed to Test Step 9.
erosion.
Result : The coolant pump is not operating correctly.
B. Make sure that the drive gear is not loose on the drive shaft of
the coolant pump. Repair: If necessary, replace the coolant pump. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly for the correct procedure.
Result : The cylinder head was checked for leaks and the
9. Cylinder Head Gasket Head Gasket gasket was replaced.
A. Remove the cylinder head. Refer to Disassembly and Assem- Verify that the problem was corrected.
bly, Cylinder Head - Remove.
D. Install a new cylinder head gasket and new water seals in the
spacer plate. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual.
i06658282
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Engine Coolant Temperature : Low - The coolant temperature did not rise above 65° C (149° F)
110-17 E199 (1)
least severe (1) after an extended period of operation under load.
Probable Causes
• Thermostat
Personal injury can result from hot coolant,
• Coolant temperature sensor steam and alkali.
At operating temperature, engine coolant is hot
• Extreme ambient temperatures and under pressure. The radiator and all lines to
heaters or the engine contain hot coolant or
• Engine cooling fan configuration steam. Any contact can cause severe burns.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
158 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
1. Make Sure the Engine is Properly Equipped for Ambient Engine Operation Result: The engine is equipped for the ambient
Conditions conditions.
A. Ensure that the engine is properly equipped for the ambient con- Proceed to Test Step 2.
ditions. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual for opera-
tion in cold ambient conditions. Result: The engine is not equipped for ambient
conditions.
2. Inspect the Cooling System Engine Coolant Result: The engine coolant level is OK.
Level
A. Check the coolant level. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check for signs of a coolant leak. Result: The engine coolant level is not OK.
3. Faulty Coolant Temperature Sensor Faulty Coolant Result The coolant temperature is not reasonable.
Temperature
A. Check the reading of the coolant temperature on the electronic Sensor Repair: A failed coolant temperature sensor has been
service tool. The temperature should rise steadily as the engine is detected. Replace the temperature sensor.
warmed. Ensure that the temperature is reasonable.
Result The coolant temperature is reasonable.
4. Check the Engine Coolant System Coolant Result: The coolant temperature comes up to opera-
Temperature tional temperature and the engine fan is functioning
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. properly.
C. Start the engine. Result The coolant temperature does not come up to
operational levels and the engine fan is functioning
D. Monitor the “Engine Coolant Temperature” in the status screen properly.
E. Ensure the engine cooling fan is properly configured for the am- Repair: A failed thermostat has been detected. Re-
bient conditions. place the thermostat.
F. Ensure that the engine cooling fan is operation properly. Result The coolant temperature does not come up to
operational levels due to the engine fan running
continuously.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 159
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06245307
Probable Causes
• Operation of the Cooling Fan
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
160 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 68
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Operation of the Cooling Fan Cooling fan Result: The parameter is not programmed to allow the fan
parameters to operate.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshoot- Repair: The ECM is not controlling the cooling fan. Refer to
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. the troubleshooting information for the application in order to
troubleshoot the cooling fan.
B. Check the value of the fan control parameters.
Result: The parameter is programmed to allow the fan to
operate.
i06658292
Probable Cause
Illustration 66 g03870454
Left side of the engine
(5) Check valve
Illustration 65 g02888198
(1) Crankcase pressure sensor
(2) Crankcase filter housing (if equipped)
(3) Fumes disposal tube
(4) Oil drain tube
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 161
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 69
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check Valve Check valve Result: The check valve was replaced.
The check valve at the bottom of the oil drain tube has failed. Verify the repair.
i06658294
J1939 Description
PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Code
The Engine Control Module (ECM) activates this code when the crankcase pres-
sure has exceeded the limit for a programmed time period. The amber warning
Engine Crankcase Pressure : lamp is illuminated. The code is logged. Engine power is derated.
101-15 E1036 (1)
High - Least Severe
This code can be caused by an obstructed tube, an obstructed filter (if equipped),
or an obstructed hose. Also, a plugged OCV system will cause the code.
The ECM activates this code when the crankcase pressure has exceeded the limit
for a programmed time period. The amber warning lamp is illuminated. The code
is logged. Engine power is severely derated.
Engine Crankcase Pressure :
101-16 E1036 (2)
High - Moderate Severity
This code can be caused by an obstructed tube, an obstructed filter (if equipped),
or an obstructed hose.
Also, a plugged OCV system will cause the code.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
162 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Illustration 67 g02211761
(1) Crankcase pressure sensor
(2) Crankcase filter housing (if equipped)
(3) Fumes disposal tube
(4) Oil drain tube
Illustration 68 g03870454
Left side of the engine
(5) Check valve
Probable Causes
• Engine oil level
• Plugged OCV system
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 163
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 71
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Engine Oil Level Engine Oil Result: The engine oil level is OK.
Level
A. Check the engine oil level. Proceed to Test Step 2.
3. Faulty Check Valve Check Valve Result: The check valve was replaced.
A faulty check valve can cause excessive crankcase pressure. A Verify that the problem is resolved.
faulty check valve will not allow the crankcase to vent properly.
If the problem is not resolved, Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Replace the check valve.
4. Plugged Oil Disposal Tube Plugged Oil Result The oil disposal tube is obstructed.
Disposal
A plugged disposal tube will not allow the crankcase to vent Tube Repair: Clean any obstructions from the tube.
properly.
Result The oil disposal tube is not obstructed.
A. Check the disposal tube for obstructions.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
164 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Faulty Sensor Crankcase Result The crankcase pressure reading is 0 kpa ± .5 kpa .
Pressure
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool Sensor Proceed to Test Step 6.
connector.
Result The crankcase pressure reading is not 0 kpa ± .5 kpa
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the engine. .
Remove the oil filler cap. Repair: Replace the crankcase pressure sensor.
6. Internal Engine Problem Damaged or Result There are worn or damaged engine parts.
Worn Engine
Damaged pistons or rings can cause too much pressure in the Parts Repair: Repair or replace the worn or damaged parts.
crankcase. This condition will cause the engine to run rough.
There will be more than the normal quantity of fumes (blowby) en-
tering the OCV system. The OCV system can then more quickly
become restricted, causing oil leakage at gaskets and seals that
would not normally have leakage. Blowby can also be caused by
worn valve guides or by a failed turbocharger seal.
i06659286
Table 72
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 165
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 69 g02211761
Typical crankcase ventilation system
(1) Crankcase pressure sensor
(2) Breather
(3) Filter housing (if equipped)
(4) Fumes disposal tube
Illustration 70 g03870454
Left side of the engine
(5) Check valve
Probable Causes
• The oil fill cap is off.
• The oil level gauge (dipstick) is not fully seated.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
166 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 73
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Make the necessary repairs.
and the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service
Tools”, if necessary. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the
electronic service tool to verify that the problem is resolved.
B. Inspect the engine. Look for the conditions that are listed
above.
i06245465
Cylinder Is Noisy
Probable Causes
• Active codes and logged codes
• Low quality fuel
• Injectors
• Lack of lubrication
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 167
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 74
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: A diagnostic trouble code is not active or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Proceed to Test Step 2.
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM).
Result: A diagnostic trouble code is active or logged.
A. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual for information on Proceed to Test Step 3.
the proper characteristics of the fuel for the engine. If necessary,
obtain a fuel analysis in order to confirm that the correct fuel is Result: The fuel quality is not OK.
being used for the engine. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and
Adjusting, “Fuel System Quality Test” for the proper procedure. Repair: Replace the fuel. Verify that the repair eliminated
the problem.
4. Lack of Lubrication Lubrication Result: The oil passages are not blocked and the engine
has proper lubrication.
A. Check for proper lubrication of the valve components. Check for
sufficient lubrication between the injector tappets and the rocker Proceed to Test Step 5.
arms.
Result: The oil passages are blocked or the engine does
B. Check for blocked oil passages. Oil passages must be clean. not have proper lubrication.
Clean any oil passages that are questionable. Refer to the Disas-
sembly and Assembly for additional information. Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
eliminated the problem.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
168 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Valve Train Components Valve train Result: The valve train components are not damaged.
A. Check the valve lash. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Valve Lash Is Proceed to Test Step 6.
Excessive”.
Result: The valve train components are damaged.
B. Check for damage to valve train components. Remove the valve
cover from the suspect cylinders. Check the following items for Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
damage: eliminated the problem.
1. Camshaft
2. Valve rotocoil
3. Valve springs
4. Camshaft followers
5. Rocker shaft
6. Bridges
7. Pushrods
8. Injectors
C. Check for valves that do not move freely. Remove the cylinder
head and inspect the valves.
Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly for additional information.
6. Gear Train and Components of the Lower End Gear train Result: The gear train or lower end components are
damaged.
A. Inspect the gear train and lower end components.
Repair: Replace any damaged parts.
i06659304
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 169
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 75
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Illustration 71 g02931976
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
170 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 76
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Source of the High Temperature Heat Source Result: The DCU is located close to a heat source.
A. Evaluate the installation location of the DCU. Repair: Eliminate the heat source by installing a heat
shield or moving the component creating the heat.
B. Check for heat sources close to the DCU.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
DCU
2. Replace the DCU Result: The DCU was replaced.
i06659311
Table 77
NOTICE
Wait 2 minutes after the engine has stopped before
turning the battery disconnect switch to the OFF posi-
tion. The DEF system requires 2 minutes to purge
diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) from system components
automatically. Failing to complete the purge could
damage the SCR system.
Table 78
Associated Codes
J1939 Code PDL Code
4374-5 3118-5
4374-6 3118-6
4376-5 3862-5
4376-6 3862-6
5966-6 3965-6
6309-6 3966-6
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 171
Symptom Troubleshooting
1. Review the “ Aftertreatment Abnormal Shutdown History”” in DEF Pump Result: The system was not allowed 2 minutes to purge
the Electronic Service Tool before the battery disconnect was turned to the OFF
position.
A. Connect to the Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller using the
electronic service tool. Inform the operator to wait 2 minutes after key-off before
turning the battery disconnect to the OFF position.
B. Proceed to “Aftertreatment Abnormal Shutdown History” . Se- Return the unit to service.
lect the “Information” tab, then select the “History” tab in the elec-
tronic service tool. Result: The system was allowed 2 minutes to purge be-
fore the battery disconnect was turned to the OFF
C. Review the engine shutdown type for cold shutdown position.
occurrences.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
D. If the “Aftertreatment Abnormal Shutdown History” shows that
the system was not allowed the full 2 minutes to purge, inform the
operator to wait 2 minutes after key-off before turning the battery
disconnect to the OFF position.
2. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Trou- Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is
ble Code present.
A. Connect to the Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller using the
electronic service tool. Repair: Troubleshoot the associated code.
i06919005
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
172 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 81
Required Tools
Table 82
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Resistance of the DEF Injector Ohms Result : The resistance of the DEF injector measured be-
tween 10 Ohms to 14 Ohms.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to
elapse before proceeding. Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Disconnect the DEF injector from the applicable harness. Result : The resistance of the DEF injector did not meas-
ure between 10 Ohms to 14 Ohms. A failed DEF injector
C. Inspect the connector for damage or debris. has been detected.
D. Connect Tooling (A) to the DEF injector. The connectors must Repair : Replace the failed DEF injector. Refer to the Dis-
be used to prevent damage to the DEF injector connector. assembly and Assembly manual for the correct
procedure.
E. Measure the resistance of the DEF injector.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
2. Check for a Short Circuit in the Wiring Harness Ohms Result : The resistance of the DEF injector wiring har-
ness measured greater than 10K Ohms.
A. Disconnect the injector from the applicable harness.
Repair : Connect the injector to the applicable harness.
B. Connect Tooling (B) to the DEF injector harness connector.
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DEF in- Proceed to Test Step 3.
jector connector.
Result : The resistance of the DEF injector wiring har-
C. Measure the resistance between the DEF injector positive wire ness did not measure greater than 10K Ohms.
and the DEF injector negative wire at the DEF injector connector.
Repair : There is a short circuit in the wiring harness be-
Note : The reading will measure the resistance in the wiring har- tween the DEF injector connector and the DCU. Repair or
ness between the DEF injector connector and the DCU. replace the wiring harness. Connect the injector to the ap-
plicable harness.
3. Check the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Quality. DEF Result : The DEF is not contaminated.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Die- Proceed to Test Step 4.
sel Exhaust fluid Quality - Test” for the correct procedure.
Result : The DEF is contaminated.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 173
Symptom Troubleshooting
4. Perform the “ DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test”” Using the DEF Dosing Result : The quantity collected is below 100 mL (3.4 oz).
Electronic Service Tool System Accu-
racy Test Proceed to Test Step 5.
A. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “Aftertreat-
ment SCR System Dosing - Test” for the correct procedure. Result : The quantity collected is within the desired
range. The desired range is 100 mL (3.4 oz) minimum to
130 mL (4.4 oz) maximum.
5 Check the DEF Pressure Line Restriction, Ob- Result : An obstruction was found.
structions, and
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Leaks Repair : Flush or replace the line.
elapse before proceeding.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
B. Visually inspect the lines for leaks or damage.
Result : An obstruction was not found.
C. Remove the DEF pressure line between the DEF pump and
the DEF injector. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual Proceed to Test Step 6.
for the correct procedure.
D. Inspect the DEF pressure line for obstructions. Flush the line
with water or low-pressure air, if necessary.
6. Replace the DEF Injector DEF Injector Result: The DEF injector was replaced.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
174 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
7. Perform the DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test Electronic serv- Result: The quantity collected is within the desired range
ice tool test (Min. 100 ml, Max. 130 ml).
A. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the elec-
tronic service tool. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Aftertreatment Proceed to Test Step 8.
SCR System Dosing Test” for the correct procedure.
Result: The quantity collected is not within the desired
range (Min. 100 ml, Max. 130 ml).
8. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Electronic serv- Result : The test was successful.
ice tool test
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the electronic service tool. Result : The test not was successful and more codes
were logged.
C. Perform an “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” using the
electronic service tool. Repair : Troubleshoot the additional codes, refer to Trou-
bleshooting, Event Codes Troubleshooting, Diagnostic
D. Download a warranty report. Refer to “Aftertreatment Abnormal Trouble Codes and for the correct procedure.
Shutdown History” under the “Information” tab in the “Engine #1
Aftertreatment Controller” .
i06660544
Table 83
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 175
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 72 g03755376
(1) Backflow line connection at DEF Header (2) Backflow line connection at DEF Pump
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
176 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 84
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Backflow Line for a Restriction Restriction Result: An obstruction was found.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Repair: Flush the line or replace the line.
elapse before proceeding.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Remove the backflow line from the DEF header and the DEF
pump. Result: An obstruction was not found.
C. Inspect the backflow line for obstructions. Flush line with water/ Proceed to Test Step 2.
low pressure air if necessary.
2. Replace the Backflow Fitting Replace Back- Result: The fitting was replaced.
flow Fitting
A. Replace the backflow fitting on the DEF pump. Refer to the Dis- Proceed to Test Step 3.
assembly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
3. Check for a Restriction in the DEF Pump DEF Present Result: DEF did not flow from the DEF backflow line into
the container.
A. Reinstall the backflow line onto the DEF pump. Place the other
end of the line into a bucket or beaker to collect the DEF. Repair: Replace the DEF pump and reinstall all DEF
lines. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual for
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the engine. the correct procedure.
C. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 ECM” in the Proceed to Test Step 4.
electronic service tool.
Result: DEF flowed from the backflow line into the
D. Perform the “DEF Dosing System Verification Test” . Refer to container.
Troubleshooting, “Service Tool Features” for more information.
Repair: Reinstall the backflow line onto the DEF header.
4. Perform a “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Diagnostic Code Result: The test was successful.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” in the Result: The test was not successful. There are additional
electronic service tool. codes.
C. Perform the “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” . Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes. Refer to Trou-
bleshooting for the correct procedure. Verify that the
problem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 177
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06919008
Table 85
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Table 86
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the DEF Tank Filler Cap. DEF Filler Cap Result : A blockage was not found.
A. Clean dirt and debris from around the tank cap before remov- Proceed to Test Step 2.
ing the cap. Blockages can be caused by a build-up of dirt and
debris around the cap. Result : A blockage was found.
Note : A blocked DEF filler cap can cause a 5392-31 or E1370 Repair : Rinse the cap gently with clean water or replace
(2) code. the cap. The cap contains a membrane so care must be
taken not to damage the membrane. If the cap cannot be
B. Remove and inspect the filler cap for blockages. cleaned, replace the cap.
2. Check the DEF Gauge DEF Gauge Result : The gauge did not move by adding or removing
DEF from the tank.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the
engine. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check the current position of the DEF gauge. Result : The gauge moved by adding or removing DEF
from the tank.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
D. Clean dirt and debris from around the tank cap before remov-
ing the cap. Add or remove DEF from the DEF tank.
Note : Only use DEF that meets ISO 22241 quality standards.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
178 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Check the Electrical Connection at the DEF Tank Header Electrical Result : The electrical connections are free of corrosion
Connections and loose wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Repair : Replace the DEF tank header. Refer to the Disas-
B. Inspect the electrical connections to the DEF tank header. sembly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for
further information. Proceed to Test Step 10.
C. Inspect the connections for corrosion or loose wires. Result : The electrical connections are not free of corro-
sion or loose wires.
4. Inspect the DEF Lines for Leaks DEF lines Result: A leaking or disconnected line was found.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the Repair : Repair or replace the failed DEF line.
engine.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
B. Connect to the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control-
ler #1” using the electronic service tool. Result: A leaking or disconnected line was not found.
E. Inspect all DEF lines from the tank to the DEF injector. Check
for pinched, damaged, disconnected, or leaking lines.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 179
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 73 g03777280
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
180 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 87
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check the DEF Quality DEF Result : The DEF is not contaminated.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Diesel Proceed to Test Step 6.
Exhaust Fluid Quality - Test” for the correct procedure.
Result : The DEF is contaminated.
6. Check for Suction Line Restrictions Restrictions Result: An obstruction or damage was found.
A. Disconnect the suction line from the DEF tank header and DEF Repair : Flush the line with water or low-pressure air or re-
pump. place the suction line.
B. Inspect the suction line for obstructions or damage. Also, check Proceed to Test Step 10.
that the line is connected in the proper locations.
Result: An obstruction or damage was not found.
Note : Possible obstructions are ice, DEF deposits, or debris.
Repair : Reinstall the suction line.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 181
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 74 g03670164
(2) DEF suction line filter fitting (3) DEF pump (4) DEF pump filter cap
Table 88
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Replace the DEF Pump Filters DEF Pump Result : The DEF pump filters were replaced.
Filters
A. Clean the area around the pump filters. Proceed to Test Step 8.
B. Replace the DEF pump suction line filter fitting and DEF pump
filter. Refer to Illustration 74 . Also, refer to the Disassembly and
Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
182 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 75 g03871038
Table 89
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
8. Check the DEF Pump DEF Pump Result : The DEF pump maintained at least 800 kPa
(116 psi) during the test.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 9.
B. Connect to the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller
#1” using the electronic service tool. Result : The DEF pump did not maintain at least 800 kPa
(116 psi) during the test.
C. Navigate to “Diagnostics Tests” .
Repair : Replace the DEF pump. Refer to the Disassembly
D. Perform the “DEF Dosing System Verification Test” to pressurize and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
the system.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
E. Monitor the DEF Pressure (5) on the electronic service tool
screen during the test to see if the pressure stabilizes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 183
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 76 g03777288
(6) DEF header (7) DEF header filter (8) Sock filter
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
184 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 90
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
9. Replace the Filters and Flush the DEF Tank DEF Tank Filters Result: The DEF tank was flushed and the filters were
replaced.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
B. Remove the DEF header from the DEF tank.
Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual for the correct
procedure.
D. Replace the DEF header filter and DEF header sock filter.
Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “Diesel Ex-
haust Fluid Tank - Flush” for the correct procedure.
10. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” “Aftertreatment Sys- Result: The test is successful.
tem Functional Test”
A. Start the engine. Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” using Result: The test is not successful.
the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
C. Navigate to “Diagnostics Tests” .
11. Perform a “ DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test”” “DEF Dosing System Result: The amount of DEF collected is below 100 ml.
Accuracy Test” A failed DEF injector has been detected.
A. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Repair : Replace the DEF injector. Refer to the Disas-
B. Navigate to “Diagnostics Tests” . sembly and Assembly manual for the correct
procedure.
C. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the
electronic service tool. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing Proceed to Test Step 12.
and Adjusting, “Aftertreatment SCR System Dosing Test” for
the correct procedure. Result: The amount of DEF collected is above 130 ml.
A failed DEF injector has been detected.
12. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” “Aftertreatment Sys- Result: The test is successful.
tem Functional Test”
A. Start the engine. Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” using Result: The test is not successful. There are more
the electronic service tool. codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 185
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06919127
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 92
Associated Diagnostic Codes
1235–9
5856–9
1235–14
5856–14
3516–12
3100–12
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
186 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
1. Check for Associated Codes Codes Result: An associated code is not present.
B. Determine if there are associated codes present. Result: An associated code is present.
2. Check the DEF Fluid Level Gauge Result: The gauge did not move by adding DEF to the
Position tank.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check the current position of the DEF gauge.
Result: The gauge moved by adding DEF to the tank. Turn
C. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes to allow the
DEF pump to purge, reset the code, and reset the Diesel
D. Clean dirt and debris from around the cap before removing the Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU).
cap.
Return the unit to service.
E. Add DEF to the DEF tank.
Only use DEF that meets ISO 22241 quality standards.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 187
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 77 g03777639
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
188 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 94
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check the Electrical Connection at the DEF Tank Header Electrical Result: The electrical connectors are free of corrosion and
Connections are not loose.
A. Inspect the electrical connections to the DEF tank header. Re-
fer to Troubleshooting, Electrical Connectors - Inspect for further Proceed to Test Step 4.
information.
Result: The electrical connections are not free of corrosion
Look for corrosion or loose wires. and/or are loose.
4. Inspect the DEF Tank Header Proper Opera- Result: The float was not operating properly.
tion of the
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Float Repair: Repair the float, if possible. If the float cannot be
repaired, replace the DEF tank header. Refer to the Disas-
B. Remove the tank header from the tank. Refer to the Disassem- sembly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
bly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
Return the unit to service.
C. Inspect the DEF tank header for a stuck float.
Result: The float was operating properly.
i06661471
Table 95
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank The code is logged when the DEF tank temperature ex-
3031-16 E960-2 ceeds 80° C (176° F).
Temperature : High - moderate severity (2)
Table 96
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 189
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 97
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Codes Associated Code Result: An associated code is present.
A. Connect to the electronic service tool. Repair: Troubleshoot the associated code. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble Codes” for the cor-
B. Determine if an associated code is present. rect procedure.
2. Check the Electrical Connections Corrosion or Result: The connections are free of corrosion and are
Loose wires not loose.
A. Inspect the electrical connections to the Coolant Diverter Valve.
Inspect all electrical connections to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Proceed to Test Step 3.
(DEF) tank header. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connec-
tors - Inspect” for further information. Result: The connections are not free of corrosion and/or
are loose.
B. Inspect for corrosion or loose wires.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
190 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 78 g03777672
Coolant line configuration may be different depending on the application.
(1) Coolant Supply Fitting (3) Coolant Return Fitting
(2) Coolant Diverter Valve (4) DEF Tank Header Connector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 191
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 98
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check the Coolant Supply and Return Lines for Proper Correct Result: The lines are installed correctly.
Installation Installation
Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Inspect the coolant supply and return lines from the engine to
the Pump Electronic Tank Unit (PETU). Make sure that the cool- Result: The lines are not installed correctly.
ant is flowing in the correct direction.
Repair: Correctly install the lines. Refer to the Disassem-
B. Refer to Illustration 78 . bly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure. Pro-
ceed to Test Step 5.
4. Check the Coolant Diverter Valve Solenoid for Proper Temperature Result: The tank temperature did not increase.
Operation Rise
Repair: Connect the coolant diverter valve to the wiring
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. harness.
B. Disconnect the coolant diverter valve wiring harness connector Proceed to Test Step 5.
from the coolant diverter valve.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Result: The tank temperature did increase.
D. Connect to “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1” using the elec- Repair: A failed coolant diverter valve has been detected.
tronic service tool. Replace the coolant diverter valve. Refer to the Disas-
sembly and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
E. Start the engine. Allow the engine to warm up to operating
temperature. Proceed to Test Step 5.
5. Replace the DEF DEF Result: The tank fluid was replaced.
A. Drain the DEF from the tank. Return the unit to service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
192 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06661526
Table 99
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 193
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 101
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Diagnostic Trou-
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes ble Codes Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not
present.
A. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Determine if an associated diagnostic code is present.
Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is present.
2. Check the Coolant Level of the Engine Coolant Level Result: The coolant level is full.
A. Check the entire engine cooling system for signs of coolant Proceed to Test Step 4.
leaks.
Result: There were leaks or damaged lines detected.
B. Inspect the coolant supply and return lines to the Pump Elec-
tronic Tank Unit (PETU) for leaks or damage that may cause Repair: Repair the leaks or damaged lines and refill the
restrictions. coolant system.
4. Check the Electrical Connection at the DEF Tank Header Electrical Result: The electrical connectors are free of corrosion
Connections and are not loose.
A. Inspect the electrical connections to the DEF tank header. Re-
fer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for further Proceed to Test Step 5.
information.
Result: The electrical connections are not free of corro-
sion and/or are loose.
Look for corrosion or loose wires.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs to the connectors.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
194 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 79 g03777678
(1) DEF tank header electrical connector (2) DEF tank header
Table 102
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check the Engine Coolant Temperature Coolant Result: The coolant temperature is greater than 50° C
Temperature (122° F).
A. Start the engine. Allow the engine to warm up to normal oper-
ating temperature. Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Connect to the electronic service tool. Result: The coolant temperature is not greater than
50° C (122° F).
C. Select the Status Parameters tab.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Coolant Temperature Is Low”
D. Check the coolant temperature. for troubleshooting information.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 195
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 80 g03777680
(3) Coolant diverter valve (4) Coolant return to the engine water pump
inlet
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
196 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 103
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Check the DEF Coolant Diverter Valve Operation “Aftertreatment Result: The “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Diesel Exhaust Heater Test” was not successful.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Fluid Tank Heat-
er Test” Repair: A failed coolant diverter valve has been de-
B. Start the engine. tected. Replace the coolant diverter valve. Refer to Dis-
assembly and Assembly for the correct procedure.
C. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
D. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller”
Result: The “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
E. Perform the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Heater Test” was successful.
Test”
Result: A failed DEF pump temperature sensor has been
The DEF tank temperature must be within 5° C (9° F) of ambi- detected. Replace the DEF pump. Refer to Disassembly
ent air temperature prior to performing this service test. and Assembly for the correct procedure.
7. Check the DEF Tank Temperature Sensor Operation “Aftertreatment Result: The “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Diesel Exhaust Heater Test” was successful. Return the unit to service.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Fluid Tank Heat-
er Test” Result: The “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
B. Start the engine. Heater Test” was not successful.
C. Connect to the electronic service tool. Repair: A failed DEF tank temperature sensor has been
detected. Replace the DEF tank header assembly.
D. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller”
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly for the correct
E. Perform the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater procedure.
Test”
Repeat the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
The DEF tank temperature must be within 5° C (9° F) of ambi- Heater Test"”
ent air temperature prior to performing this service test.
If the “Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater
Test” is successful, Return the unit to service.
i06919153
Desulfation Is Frequent
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Aftertreatment 1 SCR Desulfation Too This code indicates that the engine is regenerating more fre-
6322-31 E1465 (1)
Frequent quently due to SCR problems.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 197
Symptom Troubleshooting
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
198 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 106
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Quality DEF Result : The DEF is not contaminated and the concen-
tration is not within the acceptable range.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,
“Diesel Exhaust Fluid Quality - Test” for the correct procedure. Repair : Drain the DEF from the tank. Refill the tank with
DEF that meets ISO 22241 quality standards.
2. Perform a “ DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test”” DEF Dosing Sys- Result : The quantity collected is within specifications
tem Accuracy Test
A. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the Repair : Install the DEF injector.
electronic service tool. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing
and Adjusting, Aftertreatment SCR System Dosing Test for the Proceed to Test Step 4.
correct procedure.
Result : The quantity collected is below specification.
3. Check the DEF Pressure Line DEF Pressure Line Result : There are restrictions or leaks in the lines.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The Repair : Remove the restrictions or replace the pressure
keyswitch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to line.
purge, reset the code, and reset the Dosing Control Unit (DCU).
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Visually inspect the lines for leaks or damage.
Result : There are no restrictions or leaks in the lines.
C. Remove the DEF pressure line between the DEF pump and
the DEF injector. Proceed to Troubleshooting, “DEF Pressure is Low”.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 199
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 81 g03275163
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
200 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 107
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Inspect the Exhaust Mixer for DEF Deposits Exhaust Mixer Result : There were no DEF deposits on the exhaust
mixer.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Remove the DPF outlet. Refer to the Disassembly and As-
sembly manual for the proper procedure. Result : There were DEF deposits on the exhaust mixer.
The exhaust mixer is damaged.
C. Inspect the exhaust mixer for DEF deposits.
Repair : Replace the exhaust mixer.
5. Determine the Quality of the Fuel Fuel Quality Result : The fuel being used does not meet the specifica-
tions for the engine.
A. Take a fuel sample from the fuel tank.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test” Repair : Contact the owner of the equipment. Inform the
owner that Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel must be used in order
for the engine to operate properly.
Drain the fuel tank and replace the fuel with fuel that
meets the specifications for the engine.
6. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Aftertreatment Result: The test completed successfully.
System Functional
A. Start the engine. Test Return the unit to service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 201
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 108
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
The engine has been running for 10 minutes after the E995 (3)
DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to code was activated.
3714-31 E992 (3)
Temporary System Lockout The electronic service tool “Manual Diesel Particulate Filter Regen-
eration” must be initiated.
DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to The estimated soot load is high. The engine may not operate prop-
3715-31 E991 (3)
Permanent System Lockout erly. Factory passwords are required to clear this code.
The estimated soot load is high. The ECM shuts down the engine
when this code becomes active for the first time. The engine can
3719-16 E995 (2) High DPF #1 Soot Loading
be started and operated. Engine power is gradually derated as the
soot load increases.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to determine the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
202 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 109
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: A E991 (3) or 3715-31 code is present.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Proceed to Test Step 2.
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM).
Result: One of the following codes are present:
B. Look for the following codes:
1. E995 (2) or 3719-16
1. E995 (2) or 3719-16
2. E995 (3) or 3719-0
2. E995 (3) or 3719-0
3. E992 (3) or 3714-31
3. E991 (3) or 3715-31
Proceed to Test Step 3.
4. E992 (3) or 3714-31
2. E991 (3) or 3715-31 code DPF Result: An E991 (3) or 3715-31 code is present.
A. The E991 (3) or 3715-31 code indicates that the engine has con- Repair: Replace the DPF. Refer to the Disassembly and As-
tinued to run after repeated warnings and engine shutdowns. The sembly, “Diesel Particulate Filter - Remove and Install (Clean
DPF must be replaced. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly, Emissions Module)” for the correct procedure.
“Diesel Particulate Filter - Remove and Install (Clean Emissions
Module)” for the correct procedure. After the DPF has been replaced, clear the E991 (3) or 3715-
31 code ( a factory password will be necessary) and proceed
to Test Step 3
Table 110
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 111
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
B. Check the electronic service tool for any associated codes that Result: An associated code is not active or logged.
are listed in Table 110 .
Proceed to Test Step 4.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 203
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 112
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Current Flow through the Heating Element Between 7 A and Result: The current flow is acceptable.
14 A for a 12 V
A. Start the engine. system Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Use a clamp-on ammeter to check the current flow through Between 3.5 A Result: The current flow is not acceptable.
the heating element. and 7 A for a 24 V
system Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Nozzle - Test”
for the correct procedure.
5. ARD Combustion Air Test Combustion Air Result: The test results are unacceptable.
Test
A. Perform the “ARD Air System Service” . Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air
- Test” for information on the test, if necessary. Make the
necessary repairs.
6. Manual DPF Regeneration Manual DPF Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” was
Regeneration successful.
Do not use the cab switch for a stationary regeneration. The
service tests provide enhanced diagnostics that are necessary Return the engine to service.
for proper troubleshooting and repair.
Result: The “Manual DPF Regeneration” not was
A. Start a “Manual DPF Regeneration” in the electronic service successful.
tool.
Repair: Troubleshoot the diagnostic codes that are
present.
i06662141
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
204 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 113
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Regeneration History Regeneration Result: The engine has logged 5000 hours since the last
History ash service regeneration
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool
connector. Repair: Perform an ash service.
B. Open the “Information” tab. Contact your nearest Perkins Distributor if an ash service
is required.
C. Open the “History” tab.
Result: The engine has logged less than 5000 hours since
D. Open the “Aftertreatment Regeneration History” tab. the last ash service regeneration
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 205
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 82 g03755617
Illustration 83 g06064702
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
206 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 114
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
A. Remove the DPF Differential Pressure sensor and lines group. Repair: Replace the affected components. Perform a
Manual DPF Regeneration using the electronic service
B. Closely inspect the sensors, elbows, lines, and manifold for re- tool to verify that the problem is resolved.
strictions. Restrictions could be caused by an accumulation of
moisture, ice, or soot. Result: Restrictions were not found.
“EGR System
3. Perform an “ EGR System Test”” Test” Result: The “EGR System Test” failed.
i06662199
Table 116
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the active code, Active Code Result: A 3720–15 (E997 (1)) code is active.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Proceed to Test Step 2.
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM).
Result: A 3720–16(E997 (2)) is active.
B. Determine the code.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 207
Symptom Troubleshooting
2. Determine the Most Recent Cleaning of the DPF. DPF Result: The diesel particulate filter has not been cleaned ac-
Cleaning cording to the maintenance interval schedule. The mainte-
A. Determine the last time the DPF was cleaned. nance interval schedule is listed in the Operations and
Maintenance Manual.
A. Clean the DPF. Refer to Systems Operation and Testing and Verify that the problem is resolved.
Adjusting, “Diesel Particulate Filter - Clean” for the correct
procedure.
i06662334
3609-15 E1156 (1) High DPF #1 Intake Pressure The code is logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
208 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 118
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 119
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Diag- Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not
nostic Codes present.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM). Proceed to Test Step 2.
A. Determine the most recent cleaning of the Diesel Particulate Proceed to Test Step 3.
Filter (DPF).
Result: The diesel particulate filter was not cleaned
within the last 5000 hours.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 209
Symptom Troubleshooting
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using the Repair: Perform the following procedure:
electronic service tool.
1. Clean the DPF.
B. Remove the DPF.
2. Cleaning the DPF is not an ash service cleaning. Do
C. Check for contamination on the face of the DPF and the Diesel not reset the engine ash model. The ash cannot be re-
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). moved from the DPF if soot is present.
i06666633
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
210 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 120
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Codes PDL Code Comments
(code descriptions may vary)
3609-17 E1154 (1) Low DPF #1 Intake Pressure The code is logged.
3609-18 E1154 (2) Low DPF #1 Intake Pressure The code is logged.
1. Inspect the Exhaust System for Leaks Exhaust Leaks Result: The exhaust system has leaks.
A. Inspect the exhaust system for leaks between the exhaust Repair: Repair the exhaust. Return the engine to
manifold and the Aftertreatment Regeneration Device (ARD) as- service.
sembly inlet.
Result: The exhaust system does not have leaks.
B. Check the exhaust system for loose connections or open
ports. Proceed to Test Step 2.
Damaged DPF
2. Inspect the Diesel Particulate Filter Brick Result: The DPF has a damaged or missing DPF brick.
A. Inspect the inlet of the DPF. Inspect the DPF for a missing or Repair: Replace the damaged DPF or missing DPF
damaged DPF brick. brick. Return the engine to service.
i06666688
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 211
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 122
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 123
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 124
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Codes Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not ac-
tive or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic
service tool and the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, Proceed to Test Step 2.
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated code is active or logged.
B. Check for any active associated diagnostic codes Repair: Troubleshoot the associated codes before con-
listed in Table 123 . tinuing with this procedure.
2. Check for Boost Leaks Service Test Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
A. Establish communication between the electronic There is a problem with the ARD combustion air.
service tool and the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “ARD Combustion Air -
Test”.
B. Perform an “ARD Air System Service Test” .
Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” was
successful.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
212 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Check for High Exhaust Temperatures High Exhaust Result: The engine is experiencing high exhaust temper-
Temperatures atures. Repair the cause of the high exhaust temperature.
A. Several factors can cause a calculated high exhaust
temperature. Refer to Troubleshooting, Exhaust Tem- Result: The engine is not experiencing high exhaust
perature Is High for further information on calculated temperatures.
high exhaust temperatures
Proceed to Test Step 4.
4. Perform a Manual Cylinder Cutout Test. Faulty Injector Result: A faulty injector is found.
A. Remove the inlet section (DOC) from the DPF. Repair: Replace any injectors that cause the engine to
smoke and run rough when the cylinder is not cut out.
B. Use the electronic service tool to set the value of the Clean inside the inlet section of the DPF.
“ARD Manual Disable Status” configuration parameter Assemble the DPF. The engine must be run with no load
to “Disabled” to disable the ARD. at 1400 rpm for at least 15 minutes. If the white smoke
continues after 15 minutes, the engine must continue to
C. Perform a manual cylinder cutout test. Manually cut run until there is no white smoke.
out each cylinder whilst the exhaust is monitored. As
each cylinder is cut out, look for a decrease in white Set the value of the “ARD Manual Disable Status” configu-
smoke. ration parameter to “Not Disabled” to enable the ARD.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
A small amount of soot is a normal condition. Contact Result: Oil is not found.
your Perkins distributor if you suspect that the amount
of soot is excessive. Continue with this procedure after Proceed to Test Step 6.
you have received guidance from the Perkins
distributor.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 213
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Perform a “ Manual DPF Regeneration”” Test Result: The “Manual Diesel Particulate Filter Regenera-
tion” was successful.
This test must be performed through the electronic serv-
ice tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diag- Return the engine to service.
nostics during the service test.
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Result: The “Manual Diesel Particulate Filter Regenera-
tion” was not successful.
B. Start a “Manual DPF Regeneration” .
Repair: Troubleshoot any diagnostic codes that are
present, if no codes are present, Proceed to Test Step 7.
7. Replace the ARD Combustion Head Test Result: The ARD Ignition Test was successful.
i06666753
The exhaust piping between the outlet of the ARD and the intake
of the DPF is disconnected and/or the DPF Inlet Temperature sen-
sor has failed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
214 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 84 g03756736
1. Inspect the Exhaust Piping Damaged or Result: The piping is not damaged or missing.
Missing
A. Carefully Inspect the exhaust piping between the outlet of the Piping Proceed to Test Step 2.
ARD and the intake of the DPF. Look for the following problems:
Result: The piping is damaged or missing.
1. Missing piping, cracked piping, or disconnected piping
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Proceed to Test Step
2. Broken clamps or missing clamps 2.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 215
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 85 g03756816
Table 127
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Inspect the DPF Inlet Temperature Sensor and Wiring Damaged Result: The wiring and sensor are not damaged.
Wiring or
A. Carefully inspect the DPF Inlet temperature sensor wiring for Sensor Proceed to Test Step 3.
damage.
Result: The wiring and sensor are damaged.
B. Carefully inspect the DPF Inlet temperature sensor for damage.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Proceed to Test Step
3.
3. Perform an “ ARD Ignition Test”” Test Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was successful.
B. Select the Diagnostics tab. Result: The “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful.
C. Select the Diagnostic Tests tab. Repair: Replace the DPF inlet temperature sensor. Re-
peat the “ARD Ignition Test” .
D. Select the “ARD Ignition Test” tab.
If the “ARD Ignition Test” was successful, return the engine
The “ARD Ignition Test” cannot be performed if the DPF soot load- to service.
ing is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the
“Manual DPF Regeneration” must be performed using the elec- If the “ARD Ignition Test” was not successful, troubleshoot
tronic service tool. the generated codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
216 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06666956
1347–5 1779–5
1347–6 1779–6
1348–5 1780–5
1348–6 1780–6
5580–18 E198 (2)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 217
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 129
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspection of the Fuel Supply Fuel Level Result : The fuel level is OK.
A. Visually check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Do not rely Proceed to Test Step 2.
on the fuel gauge only.
Result : The fuel level is not OK.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the
full OPEN position. Repair : Fill the tank.
STOP
2. Check the Engine Shutdown Switches (if applicable) Engine Shutoff Result : The switches are in the OFF position.
Switches
A. The engine shutdown switches must be in the OFF Proceed to Test Step 3.
position.
Result : The switches are not in the OFF position.
B. Use the electronic service tool to verify the status of the
engine shutdown switches. When a shutdown occurs, the Repair : Turn the switches to the OFF position.
keyswitch must be turned to the OFF position for at least 15
seconds before restarting the engine. STOP
3. Check the Engine Starting Aids (if applicable) Starting Aids Result : The starting aid is operating correctly.
A. If cold ambient conditions exist, check the operation of Proceed to Test Step 4.
the starting aids. Verify that the starting aid is operating
correctly. Result: The starting aid is not operating correctly.
4. Restrictions in the Air Inlet and Exhaust System Air and Exhaust Result : There are no system restrictions.
System
A. Check for an air filter restriction indicator. Restrictions Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Check the air inlet and exhaust system for restrictions Result : There are system restrictions.
and/or leaks.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Air Inlet and Exhaust System
- Inspect” for more information on air system restrictions.
5. Check for Activation of the Theft Deterrent System (if Theft Deterrent Result : The theft deterrent system is not active.
applicable) System
Proceed to Test Step 6.
A. Verify that the theft deterrent system is not active.
Result : The theft deterrent system is active.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
218 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Check the Coolant Temperature Sensor for Proper Coolant Tempera- Result : The sensor is operating properly.
Operation ture Sensor
Proceed to Test Step 7.
A. The coolant temperature sensor must provide a correct
signal in order for cold mode operation to operate correctly. Result : The sensor is not operating properly.
Refer to "Cold Mode Operation" within the Systems Oper-
ation, “General Information”. Repair : Refer to Troubleshooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog,
Passive) - Test” for troubleshooting information.
B. Verify that the coolant temperature reading in the elec-
tronic service tool is reasonable for the conditions that are
present.
7. Check the Engine/Speed Signal for Proper Operation Timing Signal Result : The timing sensor is operating properly.
A. Crank the engine and observe the engine speed on the Proceed to Test Step 8.
electronic service tool status screen. Refer to Troubleshoot-
ing, “Speed/Timing - Test” for additional information. Result : The timing sensor is not operating properly.
Upon initial cranking, the status for engine speed may indi- Repair : Refer to Troubleshooting, “Speed/Timing - Test” for
cate that the engine speed signal is abnormal. This mes- troubleshooting information.
sage will be replaced with an engine speed once the ECM
is able to calculate a speed from the signal.
8. Inspect the Low-Pressure Fuel System Low-Pressure Fuel Result : The low-pressure fuel system is operating properly.
System
A. Inspect the fuel system. Refer to Systems Operation, Proceed to Test Step 9.
Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System” for additional
information. Result : The low-pressure fuel system is not operating
properly.
B. Cold weather adversely affects the characteristics of the
fuel. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual for in- Repair : Make the necessary repairs. Return the engine to
formation on improving the characteristics of the fuel during service.
cold-weather operation.
9. Inspect the High-Pressure Fuel System High-pressure Fuel Result : The high-pressure fuel system is not operating
System properly.
A. Perform the Testing and Adjusting, “Injector Bypass Fuel
Flow - Test” to test the high-pressure fuel system. Repair : Make the necessary repairs. Return the engine to
service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 219
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06251919
1. Inspection of the Batteries and Battery Cables Batteries are OK Result The batteries and cables are OK.
A. Inspect the main power switch, battery posts, and battery ca- Proceed to Test Step 2.
bles for loose connections and for corrosion. If the battery ca-
bles are corroded, remove the battery cables and clean the Result The batteries and cables are not OK.
battery cables. Tighten any loose connections.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. STOP.
B. Inspect the batteries.
2. Switches and/or Circuit Breakers (if applicable) Switches and/or Result The switches and/or circuit breakers are OK.
circuit breakers
A. If equipped, check any switches and/or circuit breakers that are OK Proceed to Test Step 3.
may interfere with the engine cranking. Refer to the applications
electrical schematic for additional information. Result The switches and/or circuit breakers are not OK.
3. Starting Motor Solenoid and Starting Circuit Starting motor Result The starting motor solenoid and circuit are OK.
solenoid and cir-
A. Test the operation of the starting motor circuit. Refer to Sys- cuit are OK. Proceed to Test Step 4.
tems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Electrical System” for
additional information. Result The starting motor solenoid and circuit are not OK.
4. Inspect the Starter Pinion and Flywheel Ring Gear Starter pinion Result The starter pinion and flywheel ring gear are OK.
and flywheel ring
A. Test the operation of the starting motor. gear are OK Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Check the pinion clearance. Inspect the pinion and the fly- Result The starter pinion and flywheel ring gear are not
wheel ring gear for damage. Refer to Systems Operation/Test- OK.
ing and Adjusting, “Electrical System” for additional information.
Make the necessary repairs. STOP.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
220 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Inspect Engine Accessories and the Transmission (if Engine accesso- Result The engine accessories and transmission are OK.
applicable) ries and trans-
mission are OK Proceed to Test Step 6.
A. Ensure free movement of the driveline.
Result The engine accessories and transmission are not
B. Remove any engine accessories that may lock up the engine OK.
and inspect any engine accessories that may lock up the
engine. Make the necessary repairs. STOP.
6. Hydraulic Cylinder Lock Hydraulic cylin- Result The engine has hydraulic cylinder lock.
der lock
A. If an injector has been replaced, evacuate any fluids from the Repair: Make the necessary repairs. STOP.
cylinder and attempt to start the engine. Fuel will flow from the
cylinder head into the cylinders when a unit injector is removed.
B. If the engine will not start, check for fluid in the cylinders (hy-
draulic cylinder lock) by removing the individual unit injectors.
Check for damaged seals. Determine the type of fluid that
locked up the cylinder.
1. Seizure
2. Broken components
3. Bent components
Complete the procedure in the order in which the • Low oil pressure
steps are listed.
• Leaks in the air system
i06251981
• Inspect the fuel filters for contamination.
Engine Has Early Wear
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Probable Causes
• Incorrect maintenance intervals and/or incorrect
oil
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 221
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 131
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Incorrect Maintenance Intervals and/or Incorrect Oil Maintenance Result: The engine oil was changed at the interval that is
intervals recommended by the engines Operation and Mainte-
A. Use engine oil that is recommended and change the engine oil nance Manual.
at the interval that is recommended by the engines Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Proceed to Test Step 2.
A. Check the engine oil for contamination. Repair: Determine the reason for any contamination of
the engine oil and make the necessary repairs. Drain the
B. Check the oil filter bypass valve. crankcase and refill the crankcase with clean engine oil.
Install new engine oil filters. Refer to the engines Opera-
If the oil filter bypass valve is open, the oil will not be filtered. tion and Maintenance Manual.
Check the oil filter bypass valve for a weak spring or for a broken
spring. If the spring is broken, replace the spring. Verify that the oil Result: The oil is not contaminated.
bypass valve is operating correctly. Refer to the Disassembly and
Assembly manual. Proceed to Test Step 3.
3. Low Oil Pressure Restriction Result: The inlet tube has a restriction.
A. Engine oil that is contaminated with another liquid can cause Repair: Clear the obstruction. Verify the repair.
low engine oil pressure. High engine oil level can be an indication
of contamination. Obtain an analysis of the engine oil. Result: The inlet tube does not have a restriction.
B. The inlet screen of the suction tube for the engine oil pump can Proceed to Test Step 4.
have a restriction. This restriction will cause cavitation and a loss
of engine oil pressure. Check the inlet screen on the suction tube
and remove any material that may be restricting engine oil flow.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
222 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
4. Leaks in Air System Air leak Result: There are no air leaks.
A. A leak in the air intake system may allow unfiltered air into the Proceed to Test Step 5.
engine. Inspect the air intake system for streaks which may indi-
cate a leakage of unfiltered air. Inspect all of the gaskets and the Result: There are air leaks.
connections.
Repair: Repair any leaks.
5. Inspect the Fuel Filters for Contamination Fuel filters Result: The fuel has contamination.
A. Remove the fuel filters. Inspect the fuel filters for contamina- Repair: Determine the cause of any contamination and
tion. Contaminants in the fuel such as hydrogen sulfide and sulfur make the necessary repairs.
can lead to the formation of acids in the crankcase. Obtain a fuel
analysis. Install new fuel filters. Refer to the Operation and Mainte-
nance Manual.
i06668262
Probable Causes
• Active codes and logged codes
• Electrical connections
• Fuel injection
• Fuel quality
• Proper lubrication
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 223
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 132
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: There are active codes.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continuing
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshoot- with this procedure.
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: There are no active codes.
B. Check for active diagnostic codes.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
A. Check for the correct installation of the ECM J1/P1 and the J2/ Repair: Repair connectors that are suspect or replace con-
P2 connectors. Check for correct installation of the fuel injector nectors that are suspect.
connectors.
Perform the “Wiggle Test” on the electronic service tool.
B. Access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the “Diagnostic Tests” Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the problem.
under the “Diagnostics” menu.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes.
C. Perform the “Automatic Cylinder Cutout Test” on the electronic
service tool. Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
A. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual for information on Proceed to Test Step 5.
the proper characteristics of the fuel for the engine. If necessary,
obtain a fuel analysis to confirm that the correct fuel is being used Result: The fuel quality is not OK.
for the engine. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting,
“Fuel System Quality Test” for the proper procedure. Repair: Replace the fuel. Verify that the repair eliminated
the problem.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
224 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Proper Lubrication Lubrication Result: The oil passages are not blocked and the engine
has proper lubrication.
A. Check for proper lubrication of the valve components. Check
for sufficient lubrication between the injector tappets and the rock- Proceed to Test Step 6.
er arms.
Result: The oil passages are blocked or the engine does
B. Check for blocked oil passages. Oil passages must be clean. not have proper lubrication.
Clean any oil passages that are questionable. Refer to the Disas-
sembly and Assembly for additional information. Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
eliminated the problem.
C. Inspect the engine oil filters for ferrous material.
6. Isolate the Source of the Noise Engine Result An engine accessory is the source of the noise.
accessory
A. If the source of the noise is the engine accessory, remove the Repair: Repair the engine accessory and/or replace the en-
suspect engine accessory. Inspect the suspect engine accessory. gine accessory, if necessary.
7. Valve Train Components Valve train Result: The valve train components are not damaged.
A. Check the valve lash. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Valve Lash Is Proceed to Test Step 8.
Excessive”.
Result: The valve train components are damaged.
B. Check for damage to valve train components. Remove the
valve cover from the suspect cylinders. Check the following items Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
for damage: eliminated the problem.
1. Camshaft
2. Valve rotocoil
3. Valve springs
4. Camshaft followers
5. Rocker shaft
6. Bridges
7. Pushrods
8. Injectors
C. Check for valves that do not move freely. Remove the cylinder
head and inspect the valves.
Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly for additional information.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 225
Symptom Troubleshooting
8. Gear Train and Components of the Lower End Gear train Result: The gear train or lower end components are
damaged.
A. Inspect the gear train and lower end components.
Repair: Replace any damaged parts.
9. Crankshaft Crankshaft Result: The crankshaft or the related components are dam-
aged or worn.
A. Inspect the crankshaft and the related components. Look for
worn thrust plates and wear on the crankshaft. Repair: Repair or replace any damaged parts. Verify that
the repair eliminated the problem.
B. Inspect the connecting rod bearings and the bearing surfaces
on the crankshaft. Make sure that the bearings are in the correct
position.
i06668280
Probable Causes
• Active codes and logged codes
• Lack of lubrication
• Valve train components
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
226 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 133
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: There are active codes.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continuing
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshoot- with this procedure.
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: There are no active codes.
B. Check for active diagnostic codes.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
Troubleshoot any active codes before continuing with this
procedure.
A. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual for information on Proceed to Test Step 3.
the proper characteristics of the fuel for the engine. If necessary,
obtain a fuel analysis to confirm that the correct fuel is being used Result: The fuel quality is not OK.
for the engine. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting,
“Fuel Quality - Test” for the proper procedure. Repair: Replace the fuel. Verify that the repair eliminated
the problem.
4. Proper Lubrication Lubrication Result: The oil passages are not blocked and the engine
has proper lubrication.
A. Check for proper lubrication of the valve components. Check for
sufficient lubrication between the injector tappets and the rocker Proceed to Test Step 5.
arms.
Result: The oil passages are blocked or the engine does
B. Check for blocked oil passages. Oil passages must be clean. not have proper lubrication.
Clean any oil passages that are questionable. Refer to the Disas-
sembly and Assembly for additional information. Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
eliminated the problem.
C. Inspect the engine oil filters for ferrous material.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 227
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Valve Train Components Valve train Result: The valve train components are not damaged.
A. Check the valve lash. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Valve Lash Is Proceed to Test Step 6.
Excessive”.
Result: The valve train components are damaged.
B. Check for damage to valve train components. Remove the
valve cover from the suspect cylinders. Check the following items Repair:Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
for damage: eliminated the problem.
1. Camshaft
2. Valve rotocoil
3. Valve springs
4. Camshaft followers
5. Rocker shaft
6. Bridges
7. Pushrods
8. Injectors
C. Check for valves that do not move freely. Remove the cylinder
head and inspect the valves.
Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly for additional information.
6. Gear Train and Components of the Lower End Gear train Result: The gear train or lower end components are
damaged.
A. Inspect the gear train and lower end components.
Repair: Replace any damaged parts.
i06668289
Table 134
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
228 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Probable Causes
• Diagnostic Codes
• Starting Aids (if applicable)
• Load
• Fuel Supply
• Battery
• Charging Circuit
• Starter
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Table 135
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not active
Codes or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Proceed to Test Step 2.
Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated code is active or logged.
B. Use the electronic service tool to check for active associated Repair: Troubleshoot the associated codes before continu-
diagnostic codes. ing with this procedure.
2. Starting Aids (if applicable) Starting Aids Result: The starting aid is operating correctly.
A. If cold ambient conditions exist, check the operation of the Proceed to Test Step 3.
starting aids.
Result: The starting aid is not operating correctly.
B. Verify that the starting aid is operating correctly.
Repair: Refer to the appropriate circuit test to troubleshoot
the starting aid.
3. Excessive Loads Excessive Result: The are excessive loads on the engine.
Load
A. Check for an excessive load on the engine. Repair: Reduce the load on the engine. Return the unit to
service.
B. If necessary, disengage the driven equipment and test the
engine. Result: The are not excessive loads on the engine.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 229
Symptom Troubleshooting
4. Inspection of the Fuel Supply Fuel Level Result: The fuel level is OK.
A. Visually check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Do not rely on Proceed to Test Step 5.
the fuel gauge only.
Result: The fuel level is not OK.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full
OPEN position. Repair: Fill the tank.
C. Check the fuel quality. If necessary, add fuel. If the engine has been run out of fuel,
purge the air from the fuel system.
Make sure that the fuel meets the requirements of Operation
and Maintenance Manual.
5. Worn Battery Battery Result: The battery will no longer hold a charge.
A. Verify that the battery is no longer able to hold a charge. Refer Repair: Replace the battery. Refer to Disassembly and As-
to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for the correct sembly for the correct procedure.
procedure.
Result: The battery will hold a charge.
6. Switched Battery Circuit Battery Circuit Result: The battery circuit is OK.
A. Inspect the battery cables, wiring, and connections in the Proceed to Test Step 7.
charging circuit.
Result: The battery circuit is not OK.
B. Verify that a switched battery circuit drained the battery by
being left in the ON position. Repair: Clean all connections and tighten all connections.
Replace any faulty parts, if necessary.
C. Charge the battery. Verify that the battery is able to maintain
a charge. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for
the correct procedure.
Alternator
7. Alternator Result: The condition of the alternator is OK.
A. Inspect the condition of the alternator. Refer to Troubleshoot- Proceed to Test Step 8.
ing, “Alternator Problem” for the correct procedure.
Result: The condition of the alternator is not OK.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
230 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Result: The relay for the starting motor indicates that the en-
gine should crank and cranking occurs.
Crank Cycle
9. Crank Cycle Result: The engine cannot be cranked for enough time.
A maximum of one crank cycle per overcrank is recommended. Repair: Use the electronic service tool to check the “Cycle
Crank Time” and the “Overcrank Time” parameters. Remem-
A. Make sure that the engine can be cranked for enough time. ber that the purge cycle is part of the total crank cycle. Repro-
gram the parameters, if necessary.
i06668332
Engine Overspeeds
Table 136
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
(code descriptions may
J1939 Code PDL Code vary) Comments
190-0 E362 (3) Engine Overspeed The code requires factory passwords to be cleared.
Probable Causes
• Proceeding down steep grades (if applicable)
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 231
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 137
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Proceeding Down Steep Grades (If Applicable) Steep Grades Result: Steep grades are the cause of the overspeed.
Engaging the engine brakes on a steep grade may be Repair: Control the engine speed during steep grades.
necessary.
Result: Steep grades are not the cause of the overspeed.
A. The operator needs to understand the proper operation of
the machine when using the engine brakes. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Proper Operation of the Turbocharger Turbocharger Result: The turbocharger is leaking oil into the inlet.
A. Check for proper operation of the turbocharger. Repair: Repair or replace the turbocharger.
B. Check for any oil that may be leaking into the air inlet. Result: The turbocharger is not leaking oil into the inlet.
3. Intake Air Air Quality Result: The atmosphere has combustible gases.
A. Check for combustible gases in the surrounding Repair: Do not operate the engine in an environment with
atmosphere. combustible gases.
i06668362
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
232 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 138
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Codes PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
- E265 (1) The inputs from the user-defined shutdown
switch to the Electronic Control Module
User Defined Shutdown
(ECM) have changed states. The engine will
shut down. The code is logged.
E268 (3) Unexpected Engine Shutdown The engine has stopped unexpectedly. The
5272–31 engine speed is 0 whilst the ECM is request-
E369 (3) Engine Stall Condition ing engine speed.
6588-31 E1466 (1) The Engine was stopped before cooling of the
Operator Shutdown With High Exhaust
exhaust system could complete. Allow De-
Temperature
layed Engine Shutdown to complete.
• Mechanical Failure
Table 139
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 233
Symptom Troubleshooting
- E1217 (3)
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Event Codes” to trouble-
and the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, shoot the associated diagnostic code.
if necessary. Troubleshoot the associated code before continuing
with this procedure.
2. Delayed Engine Shutdown Delayed En- Result: “Delayed Engine Shutdown” is enabled.
gine
A. Check if “Delayed Engine Shutdown” is enabled. Shutdown Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Connect to the electronic service tool and navigate to the “Con- Result: “Delayed Engine Shutdown” is not enabled.
figuration” tab in the engine ECM. Select the “Delayed Engine
Shutdown” tab and check the status of the parameter. Repair: Enable “Delayed Engine Shutdown” .
3. Proper Engine Operation Operator Result: The operator is operating the engine correctly.
A. Interview the operator and determine the events that caused Proceed to Test Step 4.
the engine to stall.
Result: The operator is not operating the engine correctly.
B. Delayed engine shutdown (DES) may not have completed.
Repair: Operate the engine correctly.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
234 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
A. Check the engine fuel supply. Repair: Supply the engine with an adequate fuel supply.
6. Activated Shutdown Switch Switch Result: The emergency stop shutdown was activated.
A. Interview the operator and determine the reason for the emer- Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the problem.
gency stop shutdown.
Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
7. Check the Emergency Shutdown Switch Circuit Emergency Result: The emergency stop shutdown switch is not operat-
Shutdown ing properly or there is a problem with the emergency shut-
A. Inspect the stop switches for evidence of damage that has been Switch down circuit.
caused by vibration, moisture, or corrosion. Circuit
Repair: Repair or replace the failed component.
B. Check the circuit for the shutdown switch. Refer to Trouble-
shooting, “Shutdown (Ground Level) - Test”. Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
- E265 (1)
• Unstable fuel supply
• Electrical connections
(continued)
• Switches
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 235
Symptom Troubleshooting
- E265 (3)
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Table 142
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Air Shutoff Air Shutoff Result: The air shutoff system is operating properly.
A. Check the operation of the air shutoff system. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: There are associated diagnostic trouble codes active
or logged.
A. Certain diagnostic codes and/or event codes may cause an
engine shutdown. Connect the electronic service tool and check Repair: Troubleshoot any active or logged associated diag-
for active codes and for logged codes. Troubleshoot any codes nostic trouble codes before continuing with this procedure.
that are present prior to continuing with this procedure.
Result: There are no associated diagnostic trouble codes ac-
B. Using the electronic service tool, check for associated diag- tive or logged.
nostic trouble codes. Refer to Table 141 .
Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Check for the correct installation of the ECM J1/P1 and the Repair: Repair connectors that are suspect or replace con-
J2/P2 connectors. Check for correct installation of the fuel injec- nectors that are suspect.
tor connectors.
Perform the “Wiggle Test” on the electronic service tool.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
236 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
If there is an immediate engine shutdown, troubleshoot the elec- Proceed to Test Step 5.
trical connectors before proceeding with this procedure.
Result: The fuel quality is not OK.
A. Inspect the fuel system. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing
and Adjusting, “Fuel System - Inspect” for additional information. Repair: Replace the fuel. Verify that the repair eliminated the
problem.
Cold weather adversely affects the characteristics of the fuel.
Refer to the engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for in-
formation on improving the characteristics of the fuel during
cold-weather operation.
B. Check fuel quality. Check the fuel tank for debris or foreign
objects which may block the fuel supply.
6. Switches Switches Result: The shutdown switches and wiring are OK.
B. Check any engine shutdown switches and associated wiring. Result: The shutdown switches and wiring are not OK.
8. Engine Speed/Timing Speed/Timing Result: The Speed/Timing sensor circuit is not operating
properly.
A. Thoroughly inspect the connectors for the engine speed/tim-
ing sensors. Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
eliminated the problem. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Speed/
B. Crank the engine, if the engine starts and no speed timing co- Timing `- Test”
des are logged, the speed timing circuit is operating properly.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 237
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06668971
Table 143
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Description
(code descriptions may
J1939 Code PDL Code vary) Comments
The engine has been idling for an extended amount of time.
This notification is for the operator. This notification is not a sus-
593-31 E1171 (1) Engine Idle Shutdown Occurred
pected engine problem.
The code is logged.
Probable Causes
• Extended idle time
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 144
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
• Incorrect parameters
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
238 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
• Engine accessories
• Parasitic loads
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Table 145
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Diagnostic Result: A code is active or logged.
code
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continuing
the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshooting, with this procedure.
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: A code is not active or logged.
B. Determine if a code is active or logged.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Incorrect Parameters Parameters Result: The correct parameters are being used.
A. Use the electronic service tool to verify that the correct parame- Proceed to Test Step 3.
ters are being used. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Configuration Pa-
rameters” for additional information. Result: The correct parameters are not being used.
3. Air Shutoff System (if equipped) Air shutoff Result: The air shutoff is operating correctly.
A. Check for proper operation of the air shutoff system. Refer to Proceed to Test Step 4.
Troubleshooting, “Air Shutoff - Test”.
Result: The air shutoff is not operating correctly.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 239
Symptom Troubleshooting
4. Low Pressure Fuel System Fuel system Result: The fuel system is operating properly.
A. Visually check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Do not rely on the Proceed to Test Step 5.
fuel gauge only.
Result: The fuel system is not operating properly.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full OPEN
position. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Verify that the re-
pair eliminates the problem.
C. Inspect the fuel system. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and
Adjusting, “Fuel System - Inspect” for additional information.
D. Check fuel quality. Check the fuel tank for debris or foreign ob-
jects which may block the fuel supply.
If service has been performed on the engine fuel system recently, Proceed to Test Step 6.
verify that the injector trim files are correct. Use the electronic serv-
ice tool to check that the injector trim files are correct for the injec- Result: The test was not successful.
tors that are installed on the engine.
Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the
A. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” on the electronic service tool problem.
in order to determine if all of the injector solenoids are being ener-
gized by the ECM. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes.
B. Access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the “Diagnostic Tests” under Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
the “Diagnostics” menu.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
240 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06669004
Probable Causes
• Active codes and logged codes
• Incorrect parameters
• Fuel injectors
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 241
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 147
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Codes Result: There are active codes.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continuing with
tool and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Trou- this procedure.
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: There are no active codes.
B. Use the electronic service tool to check for active or re- Proceed to Test Step 2.
cently logged diagnostic codes.
A. Use the electronic service tool to verify that the correct en- Proceed to Test Step 3.
gine parameters are being used. Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Configuration Parameters” for additional information. Result: The parameters are not configured correctly.
B. Verify that all the parameters for parasitic loads are Repair: Correctly configure the parameters.
correct.
Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
3. Accessory and/or Parasitic Loads Parasitic Loads Result: There is not an excessive load on the engine.
A. Check all accessory equipment for problems that may cre- Proceed to Test Step 4.
ate excessive load on the engine.
Result: There is an excessive load on the engine.
B. Check for any excess parasitic load on the engine.
Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the problem.
4. Incorrect Flash File Flash File Result: The latest flash file is installed in the ECM.
A. Verify that the latest flash file is installed in the Electronic Proceed to Test Step 5.
Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshooting, “ECM Soft-
ware - Install” for the proper procedure. Result: The latest flash file is not installed in the ECM.
Repair: Install the latest flash file. Verify that the repair elimi-
nated the problem.
5. Restriction in the Air Inlet and Exhaust System Restrictions Result: There are restrictions in the air inlet or exhaust
system.
A. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped. Clean
plugged air filters or replace plugged air filters. Refer to the Repair: Make the necessary repairs, Verify that the repair
Operation and Maintenance Manual. eliminated the problem.
B. Check the air inlet and exhaust system for restrictions Result: There are no restrictions in the air inlet or exhaust
and/or leaks. system.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
242 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Proper Operation of the Turbocharger Turbocharger Result: The turbocharger is operating properly.
7. Low-Pressure Fuel System Fuel System Result: The fuel system is operating properly.
A. Visually check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Do not rely on Proceed to Test Step 8.
the fuel gauge only.
Result: The fuel system is not operating properly.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full
OPEN position. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Verify that the repair
eliminates the problem.
C. Inspect the fuel system. Refer to Systems Operation, Test-
ing and Adjusting, “Fuel System - Inspect” for additional
information.
D. Check fuel quality. Check the fuel tank for debris or foreign
objects which may block the fuel supply.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 243
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06255992
Probable Causes
• Inspect the vibration damper.
• Engine supports
• Driven equipment
• Engine misfiring
• Running rough
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
244 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 148
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Vibration Damper Damper Result: The vibration damper or the mounting bolts are
damaged.
A. Clean any debris from around the damper. Check the vibration
damper for damage. Repair: Replace the damaged vibration damper or the dam-
aged mounting bolts.
B. Inspect the mounting bolts for damage and/or for wear. Refer to
the Disassembly and Assembly manual. Result: The vibration damper or the mounting bolts are not
damaged.
2. Engine Supports Engine Result: The mounts and brackets are loose and/or broken.
Supports
A. Inspect the mounts and the brackets while you run the engine Repair: Replace the mounts and brackets that are loose
through the speed range. Look for mounts and brackets that are and/or broken.
loose and/or broken.
Result: The mounts and brackets are not loose and/or
B. Check the alignment of the following before operating the en- broken.
gine under load for any length of time:
Proceed to Test Step 3.
1. Mounts
2. Coupling
3. Driven Equipment Driven Result: The driven equipment and the alignment are OK.
equipment
A. Inspect the mounting bolts for the driven equipment. Inspect the Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine Misfires, Runs
alignment and the balance of the driven equipment. Rough, or Is Unstable”, for more troubleshooting
information.
B. Inspect the coupling.
Result The driven equipment and the alignment are not OK.
Complete the procedure in the order in which the • Failed Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
steps are listed.
i06669032
Probable Causes
Note: An engine with a Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF) that has been removed will emit black smoke.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 245
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Illustration 86 g03777690
Obvious failure of a DPF
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 149
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
The outlet side of the DPF is the only side that can be used to Repair: Reinstall the DPF.
determine a failure.
Return the unit to service.
A. Remove the DPF and check for signs of a failure. Refer to
Illustration 86 for an example of an obvious failure. Most fail- Result: There are signs of failure.
ures are not obvious.
Repair: Reinstall the failed DPF and Proceed to Test Step 2.
A. Check for any logged or active codes associated with high Proceed to Test Step 3.
soot loading.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
246 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Perform the Automatic Cylinder Cutout Test using the Cylinder Cutout Result: The test was successful.
Electronic Service Tool Test
Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Perform the Automatic Cylinder Cutout Test.
4. Check for Boost Pressure Leaks Leaks Result: There are leaks found.
A. Check for boost pressure leaks. Repair: Repair the boost pressure leaks. Proceed to Test Step
6.
6. Perform the ARD Ignition Test ARD Ignition Result: The test was successful.
Test
A. Perform an ARD ignition test using the electronic service Return the unit to service.
tool to verify the correct operation of the Clean Emissions
Module (CEM).
B. If the DPF has failed, replace the DPF. Reset the ASH
model in the electronic service tool. Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Service Tool Features, DPF ASH Service” for additional
information.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 247
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 150
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Active Codes and Logged Codes Diagnostic Code Result: A code is active or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continu-
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshoot- ing with this procedure.
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: A code is not active or logged.
B. Determine if a code is active or logged.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Oil in the Exhaust System Oil in the Exhaust Result: The exhaust system contains oil.
System
A. Check for oil in the exhaust system. Repair: Determine the cause of oil in the exhaust sys-
tem and make the necessary repairs.
3. Clean Oil from the Exhaust System Oil in the Exhaust Result: Oil has been cleaned from the exhaust system
System and the white smoke has dissipated.
A. Remove excess oil from piping with a clean cloth.
Return the unit to service.
B. Inhibit regeneration with the inhibit switch.
Result: Oil has been cleaned from the exhaust system
C. Operate the engine at elevated idle (1500 RPM) for 10 but the white smoke did not dissipate.
minutes.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
248 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
4. Clean Oil from the Aftertreatment System Oil in the After- Result: Oil has been cleaned from the aftertreatment
treatment System system and the white smoke has dissipated.
A. Shut off the engine
Return the unit to service.
B. Remove the DPF center section, let the DPF drain on the inlet
side overnight. Result: Oil has been cleaned from the aftertreatment
system but the white smoke did not dissipate.
C. Remove the DOC, let the DOC drain on the outlet side
overnight For further assistance, confer with the Dealer Solutions
Network (DSN).
D. Once drained, install the DPF and DOC
5. Cold Mode Operation (if applicable) Cold Mode Result: The engine is operating in cold mode.
During cold mode operation, condensation may be present and is This situation is normal operation. Return the engine to
normal. service.
A. Cold mode is activated whenever the engine coolant tempera- Result: The engine is not operating in cold mode.
ture falls below a predetermined value. Monitor the status screen
on the electronic service tool to verify that the engine has exited Proceed to Test Step 6.
cold mode. Observe the reading for coolant temperature on the
electronic service tool.
6. Starting Aids (If Applicable) Starting Aid Result: The starting aid is operating correctly.
A. If cold ambient conditions exist, check operation of starting Proceed to Test Step 7.
aids. Verify that the starting aid is operating correctly. Refer to the
appropriate circuit test for information that is related to trouble- Result: The starting aid is not operating correctly.
shooting the starting aid.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Verify that the re-
If ether bottles are not installed, check the configuration screen on pair corrected the problem.
the electronic service tool to verify that ether is not enabled.
7. Noncurrent Flash File Flash File Result: The latest flash file is installed.
A. Verify that the latest flash file is installed in the ECM. Refer to Proceed to Test Step 8.
Troubleshooting, “ECM Software - Install” for the proper
procedure. Result: The latest flash file is not installed.
Repair: Install the latest flash file. Verify that the repair
eliminates the problem.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 249
Symptom Troubleshooting
B. Check the NRS cooler for leaks. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,
“Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test”.
9. Unstable Fuel Supply Fuel System Result: The fuel system is operating properly.
A. Visually check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Do not rely on the Proceed to Test Step 10.
fuel gauge only.
Result: The fuel system is not operating properly.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full
OPEN position. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Verify that the re-
pair eliminates the problem.
C. Inspect the fuel system. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing
and Adjusting, “Fuel System - Inspect” for additional information.
D. Check fuel quality. Check the fuel tank for debris or foreign ob-
jects which may block the fuel supply.
10. Fuel Injectors Injector Solenoid Result: The test was successful.
Test or Fuel Sys-
If service has been performed on the engine fuel system recently, tem Verification Return the unit to service.
verify that the injector trim files are correct. Use the electronic Test
service tool to check that the injector trim files are correct for the Result: The test was not successful.
injectors that are installed on the engine.
Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the
A. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” on the electronic service problem.
tool to determine if all the injector solenoids are being energized
by the ECM. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes.
B. Access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the “Diagnostic Tests” Verify that the repair eliminated the problem.
under the “Diagnostics” menu.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
250 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06669131
Probable Causes
• NOx Reduction System cooler leak
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
Note: After the repair has been made, an
Aftertreatment System Functional Test must be
performed using the electronic service tool. The test
will verify the proper functionality of both NOx
sensors.
Table 151
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. NRS cooler NRS Cooler Result : The NRS cooler has a leak.
A. Check the NRS cooler for leaks for utilizing the “On Engine Repair: Replace the NRS cooler. Refer to the Disassembly
Test Procedure” . Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Exhaust and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
Cooler (NRS) - Test”.
Proceed to Step 5.
2. Check the ARD head Coolant Leak Result : The ARD head is leaking coolant.
A. Pressurize the cooling system. Refer to Systems Opera- Repair: Replace the ARD head. Refer to the Disassembly
tion, Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling System - Test” for the and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
correct procedure.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Remove the ARD head. Refer to the Disassembly and As-
sembly manual for the correct procedure. Result : The ARD head is not leaking coolant.
C. Inspect the combustion canister for signs of coolant leaking Proceed to Test Step 3.
from the ARD nozzle heater O-ring seals.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 251
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Cylinder head gasket leak Cylinder Head Result : The cylinder head gasket is leaking.
Gasket
A. Check the cylinder head gasket for leaks. Refer to the Sys- Repair: Replace the cylinder head gasket. Refer to the Disas-
tems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for the proper proce- sembly and Assembly manual.
dure for checking the cylinder head.
Result : The cylinder head gasket is not leaking.
4. Cylinder head Cylinder Head Result : A crack is found in the cylinder head.
A. Check for cracks in the cylinder head. Perform a leak test Repair: Repair the cylinder head and/or replace the cylinder
on the cylinder head. Refer to the Systems Operation, Testing head. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual.
and Adjusting for the proper procedure for checking the cylin-
der head. Proceed to Test Step 5.
5. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” System Test Result : The test is successful.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” using Result : The test is not successful.
the electronic service tool.
There are additional diagnostic codes.
C. Navigate to “Diagnostics Tests” .
Repair: Troubleshoot the additional codes. Refer to the Trou-
D. Perform the “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” . bleshooting manual for the correct procedure.
i06669808
Probable Causes
• Short circuit in the ARD fuel pump relay wiring
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
252 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Illustration 87 g03689125
Tier 4 Final Schematic
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 253
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 152
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Components Damaged Wiring Result: There is a problem with the wiring or a
or Connectors connector.
A. Visually inspect the components for the ARD fuel pump system.
Look for the following problems: Repair: Repair the wiring or connector. Replace parts, if
necessary.
1. Loose connections or damaged connectors
Proceed to Test Step 4.
2. Moisture on the connectors or the wiring
Result: The wiring is OK.
3. Damage that is caused by excessive heat
Proceed to Test Step 2.
4. Damage that is caused by chafing
6. Damaged insulation
2. Check for Voltage at the Coil for the ARD Fuel Pump Relay Voltage Result: There is voltage between the relay coil and a
good ground source.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
There is a short from a power source in the wiring har-
B. Measure voltage between the relay coil and a good ground ness or there is moisture or corrosion in a connector be-
source. tween the ECM and ARD fuel pump relay coil.
There should not be voltage on the relay coil when the keyswitch Make the necessary repairs.
is in the OFF position. Low amounts of voltage can keep the relay
pulled in after the keyswitch has been turned to the OFF position. Proceed to Test Step 4.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
254 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
3. Check for Voltage at the Load Side of the ARD Fuel Pump Voltage Result: There is voltage between the load side of the
Relay ARD fuel pump relay and a good ground source.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Remove the relay. Check for voltage between the load
side of the ARD fuel pump relay and a good ground
B. Measure voltage between the load side of the ARD fuel pump source.
relay and a good ground source.
If voltage is present, there is a short in the wiring between
the relay and the ARD fuel pump. Repair or replace the
wiring.
4. Clean Fuel from the Exhaust System Excess Fuel Result: The excess fuel and white smoke did not return
after operating the engine for 20 minutes.
A. Remove excess fuel from the piping with a clean cloth.
Repair: Perform a Manual DPF Regeneration using the
B. Inhibit regeneration with the inhibit switch. electronic service tool.
C. Operate the engine at elevated idle (1500 RPM) for 20 minutes. Return the unit to service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 255
Symptom Troubleshooting
1. Failed Turbocharger Seals Turbo seals Result: Oil is present in the inlet or exhaust manifold.
A. Check the inlet manifold and the exhaust manifold for oil. Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Verify the repair.
2. Worn Valve Guide Seals or Faulty Valve Guide Seals Valve guide Result: The valve guide seals are damaged.
seals
A. Inspect the valve guide seals for wear and for damage. Repair: Replace the valve guide seals. Verify the repair.
3. Worn Valve Guides Valve guides Result: The valve guides are worn.
A. Inspect the valve guides for wear. Refer to the Specification Repair: If necessary, recondition the cylinder head. Verify
manual for the maximum permissible wear of the valve guides. the repair.
4. Worn Piston Rings Piston rings Result The piston rings are worn.
A. Piston rings that have excessive wear can cause too much Repair: Replace the piston rings. Verify the repair.
pressure in the crankcase. The additional pressure in the crank-
case will cause more than the normal amount of crankcase blowby Result The piston rings are not worn.
from the crankcase breather.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Inspect piston rings
5. Extended Idle Times Idle times Result The idle times are extensive.
A. Extended idle times will allow oil to pass into the exhaust Repair: Reduce the idle times.
system.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
256 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06671037
• Barometric pressure
• Intake manifold air temperature
• Engine speed
Certain operating conditions may cause the
calculated exhaust temperature to increase to a level
that may damage engine components. If a high
exhaust temperature occurs, the ECM derates the
engine to reduce the calculated exhaust temperature.
The engine is derated only to a level that allows the
calculated exhaust temperature to return to an
acceptable level.
Table 154
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Probable Causes
• Associated codes
• Boost Leak
• Engine operating conditions
• Obstructed aftercooler
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 257
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 155
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Codes Associated Di- Result: An associated diagnostic code is active or logged.
agnostic
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Codes Repair: Troubleshoot the associated code. Refer to Trou-
and the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service bleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble Codes” to troubleshoot the
Tools”, if necessary. associated diagnostic code.
B. Determine if a code is active or logged. Result: An associated diagnostic code is not active or
logged.
Table 156
DTC with associ- Data logged in this Interpretation
ated derate? histogram?
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
258 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 88 g03873652
Example of electronic service tool screenshot of the histogram. This histogram is populated when the engine
system has calculated a condition in which high exhaust temperatures are present. A fault code will not be logged
when the system calculates a high exhaust temperature condition. An engine derate will be activated to protect the
engine system. This situation is normal under most circumstances and no additional troubleshooting is necessary.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 259
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 157
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Check for Boost Leakage Boost Leaks Result: Boost leakage was found.
A. Apply a light load to the engine and check for boost leakage. Repair: Repair the leaks. Return the unit to service.
3. Check the Engine Operating Conditions Normal Result: The code was logged during a heavy load.
Operation
A. Check the histogram to determine if the high exhaust tempera- Repair: Reduce the load on the engine. Return the unit to
ture was due to normal operation. service.
When possible, interview the operator. Determine if the engine is
being operated under heavy load. Ensure that the engine is being Result: The code was not logged during a heavy load.
operated at the proper engine speed.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
If derates are suspected, reset histogram and return the unit to
service. If the histogram repopulates without fault codes, the en-
gine derate was under normal engine operation.
4. Check the Exhaust Balance Valve Failed Exhaust Result: The exhaust balance valve has failed.
Balance Valve
A. An exhaust balance valve that has failed in the closed position Repair: Repair or replace the balance valve. Return the unit
can cause high exhaust temperatures. Refer to Troubleshooting, to service.
“Exhaust Balance Valve - Test” for the correct troubleshooting
procedure. Result: The exhaust balance valve has not failed.
5. Check the Engine Operating Altitude High Opera- Result: The engine was operating at high altitudes.
tional Altitudes
A. Check the engine operating altitude. The high exhaust temperature was due to high altitudes.
Return the unit to service.
High altitudes can cause high exhaust temperatures, consider the
operational altitude when troubleshooting a high exhaust temper- Result: The engine was not operating at high altitudes.
ature. High exhaust temperatures are associated with high opera-
tional altitudes. Proceed to Test Step 6.
6. Check for an Obstructed Aftercooler Obstructed Result: The engine aftercooler was obstructed.
Aftercooler
A. The intake manifold air temperature can increase if the flow Repair: Clear any obstructions. Return the unit to service.
through the aftercooler is obstructed. Check the aftercooler for
obstructions or debris. Ensure that the flow of air or coolant
through the aftercooler is adequate.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
260 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06671043
Fuel Consumption Is
Excessive
Probable Causes
• Engine operation
• Diagnostic codes, event codes and derates
• Fuel quality
• Fuel injection
• Engine speed/timing
• Air inlet and exhaust system
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 158
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Use the electronic service tool to check the “Current Totals” for ex- Repair: Make the necessary changes. Ensure that the
cessive idle time and/or for a high load factor. Excessive idle time problem is resolved.
and/or for a high load factor would be indicative of poor operating
habits. Result: Excessive idling is not indicated.
2. Diagnostic Codes, Event Codes and Derates Codes and Result: Codes are active.
Derates
Certain diagnostic codes and/or event codes may cause poor Repair: Troubleshoot the codes that are present.
performance. Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the engine ECM. Result: No codes are active.
B. Use the electronic service tool to check for active diagnostic co- Proceed to Test Step 3.
des. Wait at least 30 seconds in order for any codes to become
active.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 261
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 160
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
A. Check fuel quality. Repair: Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Man-
ual for information on improving the characteristics of
Cold weather adversely affects the characteristics of the fuel. the fuel during cold-weather operation. Ensure that the
problem is resolved.
Table 161
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Fuel Injection Fuel Injection Result The “Fuel System Verification Test” failed.
A. Perform the “Fuel System Verification Test” in the electronic Repair: Diagnose the problem and then repair the
service tool. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Injector Solenoid - Test”. problem. Clear all logged diagnostic codes. Verify that
the repair eliminated the problem.
5. Engine Speed/Timing Engine Speed/ Result The speed/timing sensor calibration failed.
Timing
A. Perform a speed/timing sensor calibration. Refer to the calibra- Repair: Resolve the issue. Ensure that the problem is
tion procedure Troubleshooting, “Timing - Calibrate”. resolved.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
262 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Air Inlet and Exhaust System Air inlet and Ex- Result The air inlet and exhaust system is not func-
haust System tioning correctly.
A. Inspect the air filter for a restriction. If the air filter shows signs
of plugging, clean the air filter or replace the air filter. Repair: Make the proper repairs. Ensure that the
problem is resolved.
B. Check the air inlet and exhaust system for restrictions and/or for
leaks. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting. Result The air inlet and exhaust system is functioning
correctly.
C. Check the turbocharger and exhaust balance valve. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “Exhaust Balance Valve - Test”. Proceed to Test Step 7.
7. Check for Damaged Accessory Equipment Damaged Acces- Result Problems have been found with the accessory
sory Equipment equipment.
A. Check all accessory equipment for problems that may create
excessive load on the engine. Repair: Repair any damaged components or replace
any damaged components.
i06671060
Table 162
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Probable Causes Note: Change the primary filter, the secondary filter,
and the tertiary filter at the same time. Use clean fuel
Fuel Filter on the stud threads of filter base to reduce friction.
• Fuel filter
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 263
Symptom Troubleshooting
1. Change the Fuel Filters Fuel Filter Result: The code is no longer active
Change
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the Result: The event code becomes active after changing
keyswitch to the OFF position. Change the primary fuel filter. the fuel filters.
B. Prime the system with the electric priming pump. Repair: The problem may be electrical. Refer to Trouble-
shooting, “Sensor Signal (Analog, Active) - Test” for the
C. Start the engine and allow the engine to idle for few minutes. procedure to troubleshoot the circuit.
D. Turn the engine OFF and change the secondary fuel filter.
F. Start the engine and allow the engine to idle for few minutes.
G. Turn the engine OFF and change the tertiary fuel filter.
i06671209
• Fuel lines
• Fuel transfer pump
• Fuel return pressure regulator
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
264 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 164
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 165
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Code Diagnostic trou- Result: An E096 (2) or 5580-16 code is present.
ble code
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Proceed to Test Step 2.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: A code other than E096 (2) or 5580-16 code is
B. Determine if a diagnostic trouble code is present. present.
Illustration 89 g02893220
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 265
Symptom Troubleshooting
2. Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor Fuel pressure Result: The gauge value of the fuel pressure is within
137 kPa (20 psi) of the fuel pressure reading shown in
A. Record the fuel pressure from the electronic service tool. Re- the electronic service tool.
cord the data in Table 167 .
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Remove the fuel pressure sensor (3).
Result: The gauge value of the fuel pressure is not within
C. Install a suitable pressure gauge into the low-pressure fuel sys- 137 kPa (20 psi) of the fuel pressure reading shown in
tem with a tee fitting in the port for the fuel pressure sensor. the electronic service tool.
D. Connect the fuel pressure sensor to the tee fitting. Repair: Replace the pressure sensor. Reset all active co-
des and clear all logged codes by cycling the keyswitch to
E. Monitor the status for “Fuel Pressure” on the electronic service the OFF position. Verify that the problem has been
tool. resolved.
F. Crank the engine. If the problem is not resolved, proceed to Test Step 3.
After the pressure sensor is removed, a code for low fuel pressure
will become active. Reset all active codes and clear all logged co-
des by cycling the keyswitch to the OFF position, after the sensor
is reinstalled.
Table 167
Engine RPM Fuel pressure from Fuel pressure from
the Electronic Serv- the mechanical
ice Tool gauge
800
1800
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
266 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 90 g02893396
Fuel supply lines
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 267
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 91 g02893278
Return fuel line
Table 168
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Inspect the Fuel Supply Lines Restrictions, Result: The fuel lines and the cooler (if equipped) are
pinching, and OK.
A. Visually inspect the fuel lines between the primary filter base swelling
and the inlet to the cylinder head. Also, inspect the fuel cooler, if Proceed to Test Step 4.
equipped. Inspect the fuel return line from the head to the fuel
tank. Inspect the lines for restrictions, pinching, and swelling. Result: The fuel lines and the cooler (if equipped) are
not OK.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
268 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 92 g02893398
Table 169
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Replace the Return Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel pressure Result: The regulator was replaced. Reset all active
regulator codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the key-
A. Replace the fuel pressure regulator. switch to the OFF position. Verify that the problem is
resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 269
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 93 g06067511
Typical fuel transfer pump
(6) Relief valve
Table 170
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Inspect the Relief Valve for the Fuel Transfer Pump Relief valve Result: The relief valve is stuck CLOSED.
A. Inspect the relief valve for the transfer pump. The spring must Repair: Replace the fuel transfer pump. Reset all ac-
move freely. tive codes and clear all logged codes by cycling the
keyswitch to the OFF position. Verify that the problem
has been resolved.
i06672053
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
270 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 171
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Table 172
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Code Codes Result: A diagnostic code listed in Table 171 is active.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Proceed to Test Step 2.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: A diagnostic code other than those codes listed
B. Check for active diagnostic codes. in Table 171 is active.
2. Check the Fuel Level in the Tank Fuel level Result: The fuel level is OK.
A. Visually inspect the fuel level in the fuel tank. Ensure that the fuel Proceed to Test Step 3.
tank contains enough fuel to operate the engine.
Result: The fuel level is not OK.
B. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full OPEN
position. Repair: Fill the tank. Verify that the problem has been
resolved.
3. Inspect the Fuel System for Leaks Leaks in the Result: No leaks were found.
fuel system
A. Perform a visual inspection of the fuel system. Verify that there Proceed to Test Step 4.
are no fuel leaks. Inspect the fuel lines from the fuel transfer pump
to the secondary fuel filter base for restrictions. Refer to Systems Result: Leaks were found in the fuel system.
Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System - Inspect” for addi-
tional information. Repair: Repair the leaks. Verify that the problem is
resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 271
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 94 g03738965
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
272 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 173
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Verify the Operation of the Fuel Pressure Sensor Pressure Result: The gauge value of the fuel pressure is within
sensor 69 kPa (10 psi) of the fuel pressure reading shown in the
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. electronic service tool.
C. Install a suitable pressure gauge into the low-pressure fuel sys- Result: The gauge value of the fuel pressure is not within
tem with a tee fitting in the port for the fuel pressure sensor. 69 kPa (10 psi) of the fuel pressure reading shown in the
electronic service tool.
D. Connect the fuel pressure sensor to the tee fitting.
Repair: Replace the pressure sensor. Verify that the
E. Monitor the status for “Fuel Pressure” on the electronic service problem has been resolved.
tool.
If the problem is not resolved, proceed to Test Step 5.
F. Crank the engine.
5. Replace the Fuel Filters Fuel filters Result: The problem has been resolved.
A. Replace the primary filter, the secondary filter, and the tertiary Return the engine to service.
fuel filters.
The fuel system will need to be primed after the filters are re- Result: The problem has not been resolved.
placed. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual for the
correct procedure. Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Reset all active codes by cycling the keyswitch to the OFF posi-
tion for 2 minutes.
6. Check for Air in the Fuel System Air in the Result: Air is in the system.
system
A. Check for air in the fuel. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and Repair: Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and Adjust-
Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test” for the correct procedure ing, “Air in Fuel - Test” for the correct repairs.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 273
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 95 g03738967
Table 174
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Replace the Fuel Return Pressure Regulator Replace pres- Result: The problem has been resolved
sure regulator
A. Replace the fuel return pressure regulator. Return the engine to service.
8. Replace the Transfer Pump Transfer pump Result: The transfer pump was replaced.
A. Replace the transfer pump. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by using
For information about testing the transfer pump, Refer to Testing the electronic service tool.
and Adjusting, “Fuel System Pressure - Test”.
Verify that the problem has been resolved.
STOP
Complete the procedure in the order in which the Note: Some of the following codes may not be
steps are listed. applicable for certain applications.
i06672376
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
274 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 175
Diagnostic Codes Table
J1939
Code PDL Code Code Description Comments
97–15 E232 (1) High Fuel/Water Separator A high level of water is detected in the water separators.
Water Level If equipped, the action lamp will illuminate.
97–16 E232 (2) High Fuel/Water Separator A high level of water is detected in the water separators.
Water Level The level in the water separator has been high for at least an hour. The operator
needs to empty the water separator.
The engine will be derated.
If equipped, the action lamp will illuminate.
Troubleshooting Procedure
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 275
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 176
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Remove the Water from the Separator Bowl Water Result: The “Water in Fuel” warning disappeared.
A. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. Allow the engine to run for 5 minutes.
B. Drain the fuel/water separator bowl. Refer to the Operation and Repair: If the “Water in Fuel” warning reappears, the fuel
Maintenance Manual, “Fuel System Primary Filter (Water Separa- supply is contaminated with water. Drain the fuel tank and
tor) - Drain”. then fill the fuel tank with clean fuel.
C. If necessary, prime the fuel system. Refer to the Operation and Return the unit to service.
Maintenance Manual, “Fuel System - Prime”.
Result: The “Water in Fuel” warning did not disappear.
D. Turn the ignition key to the ON position. Do not start the
engine. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Check the Water Separator Switch for Correct Installation Sensor Result: There is a water separator switch installed.
Installed
A. Check the engine to determine if a water separator switch is Proceed to Test Step 3.
installed.
Result: There is no water separator switch installed.
3. Check the Water Separator Switch and Harness Open or Result: The “Water Separator Has Water” warning
Short Circuit disappears.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Repair: Replace the water separator switch. Return the unit
B. Disconnect the harness. to service.
C. Create a short in the harness. Result: The “Water Separator Has Water” warning did not
disappear.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
276 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 177
Diagnostic Trouble Code
174-16 E363 (2) Engine Fuel Temperature 1 High The fuel temperature is above an ac-
ceptable level.
If equipped, the action lamp will
E363 (3) Engine Fuel Temperature 1 High illuminate.
174-0
The code is logged.
There may be a decrease in power.
Table 178
Associated Codes
J1939 Code PDL Code
5580-17 E198 (1)
Table 179
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Code Diagnostic trou- Result: An associated code is active or logged.
ble code
A. Check for active codes and check for logged codes on the elec- Repair: Troubleshoot any active codes before continu-
tronic service tool. ing with this procedure.
B. Check the electronic service tool for any associated codes that Result: An associated code is not active or logged.
are listed in Table 178 . Troubleshoot any active codes before con-
tinuing with this procedure. Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Check the Fuel Level in the Fuel Tank Fuel level Result: The fuel level is acceptable.
A. Check the fuel level in the fuel tank. Proceed to Test Step 3.
Repair: Fill the tank. Verify that the problem has been
resolved. If the problem has not been resolved, proceed
to Test Step 3.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 277
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 97 g02024502
Fuel return line
Illustration 96 g02023433
Fuel supply lines
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
278 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 98 g02338176
Table 180
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Inspect the Fuel Supply Lines Dirt and debris or Result: The fuel lines and the cooler (if equipped) are
damage OK.
A. Visually inspect the fuel lines between the priming pump and
the inlet to the cylinder head. Also, inspect the fuel cooler for dirt, Proceed to Test Step 4.
debris, or damage, if equipped. Inspect the fuel return line from
the head to the fuel tank. Inspect the lines for restrictions, pinch- Result: The fuel lines and the cooler (if equipped) are
ing, and swelling. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjust- not OK.
ing, “Fuel System - Inspect” for additional information.
Repair: Replace damaged fuel lines and/or fuel cooler
B. Inspect the fuel cooler for dirt, debris, or damage, if equipped. (if equipped). Remove dirt or debris from fuel cooler fins
(if equipped). Verify that the problem has been resolved.
4. Replace the Temperature Sensor Active codes or Result: An E363 or 174 code is active or logged.
logged codes
A. Replace the fuel temperature sensor. Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Check for active codes or logged codes. Result: An E363 or 174 code is not active or logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 279
Symptom Troubleshooting
Illustration 99 g02024574
(1) Fuel return pressure regulator
Table 181
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Fuel Return Pressure Regulator Pressure Result: The problem has been resolved.
regulator
A. Replace the fuel return pressure regulator. Return the unit to service.
6. Perform a Cylinder Cutout Test Test was not Result: The Cylinder Cutout Test was not successful.
successful
A. Perform a “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the electronic service tool. Repair: Replace the identified injectors. Verify that all
trim files are installed into the ECM correctly. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “Injector Trim File - Install”. Repeat the
“Fuel System Verification Test” after making the neces-
sary repairs. Repeat the process until all the injectors
are operating properly.
i06672570
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
280 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 182
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (Code descriptions may vary) Comments
The battery voltage is below 24.5 VDC for 5 minutes.
168-31 E441 (1) Battery Potential / Power Input #1 The engine speed is increased to 1000 rpm. The code
is logged.
Probable Causes
• Charging circuit
• Low battery engine elevated idle
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 183
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Low Battery Engine Elevated Idle Normal Result: This condition is normal operation.
Operation
A. This condition is normal operation. The engine idle speed will Return the unit to service.
be elevated to 1000 rpm when all the following conditions occur:
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 281
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 184
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Circuit for the Lamp Lamp Circuit Result: The electrical circuit is OK.
A. Check the electrical circuit for the lamp. Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Indicator Lamp - Test”. Result: The electrical circuit is not OK.
2. Check the Systems on the Power Train Data Link Power Train Result: A system that is connected to the power train da-
Data Link ta link is illuminating the lamp.
A. A system that is connected to the power train data link may be illu-
minating the lamp. Check the systems that are connected to the Repair: Troubleshoot the system causing the illumina-
power train data link. tion of the lamp.
i06674816
Description
J1939 Code PDL Code System Response
(Code descriptions may vary)
The air filter differential pressure is above the trip
107-15 E583 (1) High Air Inlet #1 Differential Pressure point pressure for the delay time.
The code is logged.
Table 186
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
282 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 187
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Air Filter Element Plugged Air Filter Result: The air filter is clogged.
A. Check the air intake system for plugged air filters or for dam- Repair: Clean or replace the air filter. Verify that the
aged air filters. If the engine is equipped with an air intake pre- problem is resolved.
cleaner, verify the proper operation of the air intake precleaner.
Result: The air filter is not clogged.
2. Check the Air Inlet Piping Damaged Air Inlet Result: The air inlet piping is damaged or has
Piping restrictions.
A. Check the air inlet piping for damage or restrictions.
Repair: Repair the piping or replace the piping. Veri-
fy that the problem is resolved.
3. Check the Atmospheric Pressure Sensor, Turbocharger Damaged Sensors Result: The sensors and sensor circuits are OK.
Compressor Inlet Pressure Sensors, and/or Sensor Circuits
Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Use the electronic service tool to compare the value of the fol-
lowing parameters when the engine is off: Result: The sensors and sensor circuits are not OK.
The value for air filter restriction is a calculated value. Before the
electronic service tool reports the status parameters for air filter re-
striction, the engine must be running for 3 minutes. The electronic
service tool will report “Conditions Not Met” for these parameters
prior to this delay time.
4. Check the Enclosure Ventilation Enclosure Ventilation Result: The engine does not have sufficient
ventilation.
A. Check that the engine has been installed in an enclosure that is
sufficiently ventilated. Repair: Repair the ventilation for the enclosure. Ver-
ify that the problem is resolved.
i06674828
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 283
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 188
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Engine Charge Air Cooler Outlet The code is logged due to a restriction in the intake manifold
2630-1 E1107 (3)
Temperature : Low - most severe (3) that can be causes by icing.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 189
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Codes Result: An associated code is active.
A. Connect to the electronic service tool. Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Event Codes” to
troubleshoot the associated diagnostic code.
B. Determine if an associated code listed in Table 189 is active or
logged. Result: An associated code is not active or logged.
2. Check the Air Inlet System for Restrictions Restrictions Result: The air filter is clean and a restriction is not
found.
A. Visually inspect the air filter for cleanliness on engines without
an electronic monitoring system on the inlet air system. A me- Proceed to Test Step 3.
chanical indicator may be used to monitor inlet air restrictions.
Use the indicator to determine the cleanliness of the inlet air sys- Result: The inlet air system is restricted.
tem. Also, inspect the piping for restrictions.
Repair: Clean the filter or replace the filter. Remove all
obstructions in the inlet air piping. Verify that the prob-
lem has been resolved. If the problem still exists, pro-
ceed to Test Step 3.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
284 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 191
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Inspect the Air Piping and Connections Connections Result: The piping or hose connections were damaged.
A. Inspect the piping and the hose connections from the turbo- Repair: Replace the damaged piping or hose connec-
charger compressor outlet to the Air to Air Aftercooler (ATAAC) tions. Verify that the problem has been resolved.
inlet (if equipped). Remove the hose connections and inspect
the hose connections for cuts or damage. If the problem still exists, proceed to Test Step 4.
4. Perform an ARD Air System Service Test ARD Air Service Result: The ARD Air System Service Test did not com-
Test plete successfully.
A. Perform the “ARD Air System Service Test” in the electronic
service tool. The test will verify that the ARD air valve is working Repair: Replace the ARD air valve. Verify that the prob-
properly. lem has been resolved. Perform the ARD Air System
Service Test.
5. Inspect the Turbocharger Turbocharger Result: The turbocharger wheels are damaged.
A. Remove the connection for the inlet air and the exhaust con- Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Return the unit to
nection to the turbocharger. Verify that the compressor wheel service.
and the turbine wheel are spinning freely. Verify that the com-
pressor wheel and the turbine wheel are not damaged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 285
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06674830
Table 192
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 PDL (code descriptions may Comments
Code Code vary)
The code indicates that the temperature of the intake air into the engine has risen above
High Intake Manifold Air a predetermined threshold. The value is obtained from a virtual sensor. For information
105-0 E539 (3)
Temperature on virtual sensors, refer to System Operations, Testing and Adjusting.
Engine power may be derated.
The code indicates that the temperature of the intake air into the engine has risen above
High Intake Manifold Air a predetermined threshold. The value is obtained from a virtual sensor. For information
105-15 E539 (1)
Temperature on virtual sensors, refer to System Operations, Testing and Adjusting.
Engine power may be derated.
The code indicates that the temperature of the intake air into the engine has risen above
High Intake Manifold Air a predetermined threshold. The value is obtained from a virtual sensor. For information
105-16 E539 (2)
Temperature on virtual sensors, refer to System Operations, Testing and Adjusting.
Engine power may be derated.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 193
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
286 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 194
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Codes Result: An associated code is active.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Event Codes” to trou-
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshoot- bleshoot the associated diagnostic code.
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated code is not active or logged.
B. Determine if an associated code is active or logged. Table 193
lists associated diagnostic codes. Proceed to Test Step 2.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 287
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 195
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Check the Aftercooler for Leaks or Restrictions Restrictions Result: The ATAAC has an excessive buildup of dirt or
debris.
A. Inspect the exterior surface of the ATAAC for excessive buildup
of dirt or debris. Also verify that the fins of the ATAAC are not Repair: Clean the ATAAC. Refer to the machine Test and
damaged. Adjust manual. Verify that the problem has been
resolved.
3. Check the Operation of the Cooling Fan Cooling Fan Result: The fan drive system is not working properly.
A. Verify that the cooling fan that is being used to transfer heat Repair: Make the necessary adjustments to the clutch or
from the ATAAC is working properly. the belt tension if the fan is mechanically driven . Refer to
Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for the proper
B. If the fan is belt driven, verify that the belt tension is adequate. procedure. Repair leaks or make the necessary adjust-
Also, verify that the clutch is operating properly. ments to the motor or the hydraulic pump if the fan is hy-
draulically driven . Refer to Systems Operation, Testing
C. If the fan is hydraulically driven, verify that there is no leakage and Adjusting for the proper procedure.
around the motor and that the pressure for the fan is adequate.
If the problem still exists, proceed to Test Step 4.
4. Check the Operation of the Charge Air Cooler Outlet Tem- Sensor Result: The value of the charge air cooler outlet tempera-
perature Sensor ture sensor is within ± −9° C (±15° F) of the ambient
temperature.
A. Remove the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor. Allow
the charge air cooler outlet temperature sensor to rest in ambient Repair: Reinstall the sensor. Torque the sensor to the
air for 2 minutes. proper specifications. Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the engine ECM by using the electronic service Result: The value of the charge air cooler outlet tempera-
tool. ture sensor is not within ± −9° C (±15° F) of the ambient
temperature.
C. Monitor the value of the charge air cooler outlet temperature
sensor on the electronic service tool. Repair: Replace the charge air cooler outlet temperature
sensor. Return the unit to service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
288 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06917780
Table 196
Code Description
J1939 (code descriptions may
PDL Code Comments
Code vary)
3516-16 E1365 (2) Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) has a high concentration.
Fluid Concentration : High -
moderate severity (2)
3516-18 E1364 (2) Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) has a low concentration.
Fluid Concentration : Low - mod-
erate severity (2)
Table 197
Required Service Tools
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 289
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 198
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Code Result : An E1410 (2) or 4364-2 code is active or
logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Trouble- Proceed to Test Step 2.
shooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result : For all codes other than a E1410 (2) or 4364-
B. Determine the diagnostic trouble code that is active. 2, proceed to Test Step 3.
2. Check the NOx sensors for Correct Installation NOx Sensors Result : The “Aftertreatment System Functional Test”
completed successfully.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Return the unit to service.
B. Verify that the sensors are located in the correct position.
Note : The “Engine Out NOx” sensor wiring has a black sheath. Result : The “Aftertreatment System Functional Test”
The “Tailpipe Out NOx” sensor wiring has a gray sheath. did not complete successfully and other codes were
logged.
C. If the sensors are installed in the wrong positions, install the
sensors in the correct positions. Refer to Disassembly and As- Repair : Troubleshoot the logged codes. Refer to Trou-
sembly, Nitrogen Oxide Sensor - Remove and Install for the cor- bleshooting for the code that became active during the
rect handling procedures. test.
3. Check the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Quality. DEF Result : The DEF is not contaminated and the concen-
tration is not within the acceptable range.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to Systems Operation, Test-
ing and Adjusting, “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Quality - Test” for the Repair : Drain the DEF from the tank. Refill the tank
correct procedure. with DEF that meets ISO 22241 quality standards.
4. Determine the DEF Quality Sensor Installation Status Parameter Result : “Aftertreatment #1 DEF Quality Sensor Instal-
lation Status” is set to “Installed” .
A. Use Cat ET to check the status of the configuration parame-
ter “Aftertreatment #1 DEF Quality Sensor Installation Status” . Proceed to Test Step 5.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
290 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
5. Determine the Diagnostic Code Code Result : An E1365 (2), 3516–16, E1364 (2), or 3516–
18 code is active or logged.
A. Connect Cat ET
Repair : Replace the DEF tank header assembly.
B. Determine the code that is active.
Proceed to Test Step 14.
6. Inspect all the DEF lines for Leaks DEF Lines Result : The lines are leaking, damaged, pinched, or
disconnected.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the
engine. Repair : Make the necessary repairs.
B. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 ECM” in Proceed to Test Step 14.
the electronic service tool.
Result : The lines are not leaking, damaged, pinched,
C. Perform the “DEF Dosing System Verification Test” to pres- or disconnected.
surize the system. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Service Tool Fea-
tures” for more information. Proceed to Test Step 6.
D. Visually inspect all DEF lines from the tank to the DEF injec-
tor. Look for pinched, damaged, or disconnected lines.
7. Perform an “ Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional Test”” Aftertreatment NOx Result : The test completed successfully.
. Sensor Functional
Test Proceed to Test Step 8.
A. Start the engine.
Result : The test did not complete successfully. A failed
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Control ECM” us- NOx sensor was detected.
ing the electronic service tool.
Repair : Replace the failed NOx sensor. Refer to Disas-
C. Perform an “Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional Test” . sembly and Assembly, Nitrogen Oxide Sensor - Re-
move and Install for the correct handling procedures.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 291
Symptom Troubleshooting
8. Perform a “ DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test”” . DEF Dosing System Result : The quantity collected is within specifications.
Accuracy Test
A. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the Repair : Re-Install the DEF injector. Refer to Disas-
electronic service tool. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and sembly and Assembly for the correct procedure.
Adjusting, “Aftertreatment SCR System Dosing Test” for the
correct procedure. Proceed to Test Step 12.
9. Check the DEF Pressure Line DEF Pressure Line Result : An obstruction was found.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Repair : Flush the line or replace the line.
elapse before proceeding. Proceed to Test Step 11.
B.. Remove the DEF pressure line between the DEF pump and Result : There are no obstructions.
the DEF injector. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly man-
ual for the correct procedure. Repair : Reinstall the line.
C. Inspect the line for obstructions. Flush the line with water or Proceed to Test Step 10.
low-pressure air, if necessary. Possible obstructions are ice,
DEF deposits, or debris.
10. Replace the DEF Injector DEF Injector Result: The DEF injector was connected to the DEF
pressure line and the electrical connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
B. Replace the DEF injector. Refer to the Disassembly and As-
sembly manual for the correct procedure for replacing the DEF
injector.
11. Perform a “ DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test”” . DEF Dosing System Result : The quantity collected is within specifications.
Accuracy Test
A. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the Repair : Install the DEF injector.
electronic service tool. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and
Adjusting, “Aftertreatment SCR System Dosing Test” for the Proceed to Test Step 14.
correct procedure.
Result : The quantity collected is below specifications.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
292 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
12. Check for Exhaust Leaks Exhaust Leaks Result : There were exhaust leaks found.
A. Start the engine.
Repair : Repair or replace the component that is caus-
B. Check the exhaust system for leaks or damage. ing an exhaust leak.
C. Check all exhaust connections from the turbo outlet to the Proceed to Test Step 14.
tailpipe outlet.
Result : There were no exhaust leaks found.
D. Check for damage to the exhaust system insulation.
Proceed to Test Step 13.
13. Determine the Fuel Quality Fuel Quality Result : The fuel quality is OK.
A. Take a fuel sample from the fuel tank. Refer to Systems Op- Proceed to Test Step 14.
eration, Testing and Adjusting, Fuel Quality - Test.
Result : The fuel quality is NOT OK.
Drain the fuel tank and replace the fuel with fuel that
meets the specifications for the engine. Proceed to Test
Step 14.
14. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Aftertreatment Sys- Result : The test completed successfully.
tem Functional Test
A. Start the engine. Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Control ECM” us- Result : The test did not complete successfully.
ing the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 15.
C. Perform an “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” .
15. Replace both NOx Sensors NOx Sensors Result : The test completed successfully.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Return the unit to service.
B. Allow time for the exhaust system to cool down. Result : The test did not complete successfully.
C. Replace both NOx sensors. Refer to Disassembly and As- Proceed to Test Step 16.
sembly, Nitrogen Oxide Sensor - Remove and Install for the cor-
rect handling instructions.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 293
Symptom Troubleshooting
16. Check the exhaust mixer for damage. Exhaust Mixer Result : The exhaust mixer was not damaged.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Proceed to Test Step 17.
B. Allow the CEM sufficient time to cool down. Result : The exhaust mixer was damaged.
C. Remove the mixing tube between the DPF outlet and SCR Repair : Replace the exhaust mixing tube. Remove
inlet. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly for the correct any debris from the SCR inlet. Refer to Disassembly
procedure. and Assembly for the correct procedure.
D. Inspect the exhaust mixer for damage. Proceed to Test Step 18.
17. Replace the SCR Catalyst SCR Catalyst Result : The SCR catalyst was replaced.
A. Replace the SCR catalyst. Refer to Disassembly and As- Proceed to Test Step 18.
sembly for the correct procedure.
18. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Aftertreatment Sys- Result : The test completed successfully.
tem Functional Test
A. Start the engine. Return the unit to service.
i06675858
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
The temperature of the NRS exhaust gas has exceeded the
412-15 E1092 (1) High EGR Temperature
threshold for a set amount of time.
The temperature of the NRS exhaust gas has exceeded the
412-16 E1092 (2) High EGR Temperature
threshold for a set amount of time.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
294 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 200
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 295
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 201
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Result: There are associated codes.
Code
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshoot- Codes” to troubleshoot the associated diagnostic code.
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An E1092 or 412 code and an E1095 or 2659
B. Determine if an associated code is active or logged. Table 200 code are present.
lists associated diagnostic codes.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
296 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 202
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Perform a “ EGR System Test”” Test Completed Result: The “EGR System Test” did not complete due to
Successfully a E1092 (2) or 412-16 code.
A. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the elec-
tronic service tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to verify that Repair: Repair the vent line or replace the vent line from
the problem is resolved. the cooler to the shunt tank. Remove the exhaust lines
from the inlet and the outlet of the cooler. Inspect the in-
ternal passage of the cooler for coolant. If coolant is
found, replace the cooler.
Repair: Reset all active codes and clear all logged co-
des. Use the electronic service tool to perform an “EGR
System Test” to verify that the problem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 297
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 203
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Inspect the NRS Cooler Leakage Result: The cooler has internal leakage.
A. Remove the NRS cooler. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, Repair: Replace the cooler. Replace the connection for the
Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Remove and Install for the correct bellows at the inlet of the cooler.
procedure.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the
B. Perform a leak test on the cooler. Refer to System Operation, electronic service tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to
Testing and Adjusting, “Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test” for the proper verify that the problem is resolved.
procedure.
Return the unit to service.
i06260326
Probable Causes
• Incorrect oil level in the crankcase
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in order.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
298 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 204
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Excessive Oil in the Crankcase Oil level Result: The oil level is correct.
A. Check the engine oil level. Too much oil in the engine crankcase Proceed to Test Step 2.
can cause the engine to consume oil.
Result: The oil level is high.
B. Ensure that the dipstick is properly calibrated and/or that the dip-
stick is correct for the application. Calibrate the dipstick and/or re- Repair: Remove excessive engine oil from the
place the dipstick. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and crankcase.
Adjusting, “Lubrication System” for calibration of the dipstick gauge. Verify the repair.
2. Oil Leaks on the Outside of the Engine Oil leaks Result: There are oil leaks on the outside of the engine.
A. Check for oil leaks on the outside of the engine. Refer to Sys- Repair: Find the source of the oil leaks and make the
tems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Lubrication System”. necessary repairs.
3. Oil Leaks in the Combustion Area of the Cylinder Oil leaks Result: There are oil leaks in the combustion area of the
cylinder.
A. Check for oil leaks in the combustion area of the cylinders.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
B. Check for excessive engine blowby. Excessive engine blowby necessary.
will cause unnecessary oil consumption. Excessive engine blowby
can also cause unnecessary engine wear. Result: There are no oil leaks in the combustion area of
the cylinder.
4. Oil Leakage At the Injector Oil leakage Result: There is oil leakage at the injector.
A. Check for the excessive transfer of oil from the high-pressure oil Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
supply in the injector to the fuel return in the cylinder head. necessary.
A. Excessive consumption of engine oil can also result if engine oil Proceed to Test Step 6.
with the wrong viscosity is used. Engine oil with a thin viscosity can
be caused by fuel leakage into the crankcase or by increased en- Result: The engine oil viscosity is not correct.
gine temperature. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual
for additional information. Repair: Replace the engine oil, Refer to the Operation
and Maintenance Manual for additional information.
A. Check the turbocharger for leakage. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
necessary.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 299
Symptom Troubleshooting
i06260330
Probable Causes
• Leaks in the core of oil cooler
• Leaks in the core of the NRS cooler
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
300 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 205
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Leaks in Core of Oil Cooler Oil cooler Result: The oil cooler is leaking.
A. Check for leaks in the oil cooler core. Repair: Repair or replace the oil cooler.
2. Exhaust (NRS) Cooler NRS cooler Result: The exhaust (NRS) cooler is leaking.
A. Check the NRS cooler for leaks. Refer to Testing and Adjust- Repair: Repair or replace the exhaust (NRS) cooler.
ing, “Exhaust Cooler (NRS) - Test”.
Proceed to Test Step 9.
3. Liquid Cooled Turbochargers Turbocharger Result The turbocharger housing or center section has
cracks.
A. Inspect the turbocharger housing and center section for
cracks. Repair: Make any repairs, as required.
4. Leaks in the Cylinder Head Gasket Head gasket Result The cylinder head gasket is leaking.
A. Inspect the cylinder head gasket for leaks. Repair: Replace the cylinder head gasket.
5. Damaged Water Seals Water seals Result The water seal is damaged.
A. Inspect the water seal for damage. Repair: Repair or replace the damaged seal.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 301
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Cracks in the Cylinder Head Cylinder head Result The cylinder head is damaged.
A. Check for cracks in the cylinder head. Repair: Repair or replace the damaged cylinder head.
7. Cracks in a Cylinder Liner Cylinder liner Result The cylinder liner or seal is damaged or cracked.
and seals
A. Check for cracked cylinder liners. Repair: Repair or replace the damaged cylinder liner and
seal.
B. Check the liner seals for damage.
Proceed to Test Step 9.
8. Cracks in the Cylinder Block Cylinder liner Result The cylinder block is cracked.
A. Inspect the cylinder block for cracks. Repair: Repair or replace the damaged cylinder block.
9. Pressurize the Cooling System Leaks Result: The test indicates a drop in pressure.
A. Pressurize the cooling system. Refer to Systems Operation/ The leak still exists.
Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling System - Test”.
Repair: Make any repairs, as required.
D. Drain the engine oil, replace the oil filters, and refill the en-
gine with clean oil.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
302 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Measuring Fuel Dilution 2. Follow the instructions that are supplied with the oil
test kit.
Diesel fuel is chemically similar to the lubricants that
are used in diesel engines. A slow fuel leak will blend 3. Obtain a sample of the oil from the engine. Refer to
the fuel into the oil. Normal operating temperatures Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Fluid
may cause volatile parts of the fuel to vaporize. The Recommendations - Engine Oil”.
fuel that remains in the oil is less volatile.
4. Complete the form that is included with the oil test
A closed cup flash test can be performed in order to
detect fuel dilution. The flash test is designed to kit.
measure the volatile parts of the fuel that are 5. Send the oil sample for analysis. Follow the
remaining in the oil. Detecting less volatile fuel is instructions that are included with the oil test kit.
difficult. The less volatile fuel reduces the accuracy of
the flash test.
Probable Causes
Since the flash test does not accurately detect
fuel dilution, do not use the flash test as the only • Leaking seals
measure of fuel dilution. Instead, verify the dilution
by the following methods: • Fuel injector tip
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 303
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 207
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Leaking Seals O-ring seal Result: The injector O-ring seal is damaged.
A. Remove the injector from the affected cylinder and visually in- Repair: Replace the damaged seals. Install the injector onto
spect the injector O-ring seals for damage. the engine and confirm that the repair has resolved the
problem.
If leakage is found and the O-rings are in good repair, there may
be a problem with the injector. Replace the injector. Ensure that Result: The injector O-ring seal is not damaged.
the new trim files are installed. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Injector
Trim File - Install” for details. Use the electronic service tool to per- Proceed to Test Step 2.
form a “Fuel System Verification Test” . Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Injector Solenoid - Test” for details.
If the leakage is not located, add the appropriate dye to the fuel
tanks. Run the engine at high idle for several minutes. Shut down
the engine and remove the valve covers. Use a black light to
check for traces of dye around each injector.
2. Fuel Injector Tip Injector tip Result: The fuel injector tip is damaged.
A. Use the electronic service tool to perform the “Cylinder Cutout Repair: Replace the suspect injector.
Test” in order to identify any cylinders that may be overfueled.
Result: The fuel injector tip is not damaged.
B. A fuel injector tip that is broken or fractured is a possible cause
of a cylinder that is being overfueled. If a cylinder is identified by Proceed to Test Step 3.
the test, Remove the injector and check the injector tip for dam-
age. Check the fuel injector tip for cracks or breakage.
3. Fuel Transfer Pump Seal Pump seal Result: There is fuel leakage around the shaft seal.
A. Check for fuel leakage around the shaft seal for the fuel transfer Repair: Replace the fuel transfer pump.
pump. Ensure that the weep hole is not plugged.
Result There is not fuel leakage around the shaft seal.
4. Cracked Cylinder Head Cracked Result The internal passages for the fuel supply to the injec-
head tors are damaged.
A. Look for signs of damage to the internal passages for the fuel
supply to the injectors in the cylinder head. Check for pin hole Repair: Repair or replace the cylinder head.
leaks. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly.
Complete the procedure in the order in which the Use this procedure to troubleshoot low engine oil
steps are listed. pressure. Use this procedure if one of the following
event codes is active. Refer to Troubleshooting,
i06675910 “Event Codes” for information about event codes and
the default trip points for these codes. For information
on the engine monitoring system, refer to
Oil Pressure Is Low Troubleshooting, “Engine Monitoring System”.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
304 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 208
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
(code descriptions may
J1939 Code PDL Code vary) Comments
Oil pressure is lower than the specified pressure for at least 4 seconds. Engine
power is reduced. A snapshot is triggered. The code is logged. Factory pass-
100-1 E360 (3) Low Engine Oil Pressure words are required.
After 30 seconds, the ECM will shut down the engine if the “Engine Monitoring
Mode” parameter is programmed to “Shut down” .
Oil pressure is below the specified pressure for at least 8 seconds. A snapshot is
100-17 E360 (1) Low Engine Oil Pressure
triggered. The code is logged. Engine performance is not affected.
Oil pressure is lower than the specified pressure for at least 4 seconds. Engine
power is reduced. A snapshot is triggered. The code is logged. Factory pass-
100-18 E360 (2) Low Engine Oil Pressure words are required.
After 30 seconds, the Engine Control Module (ECM) will shut down the engine if
the “Engine Monitoring Mode” parameter is programmed to “Shut down” .
Probable Causes
• Low engine oil level
Recommended Actions
Complete the procedure in the order in which the
steps are listed.
Table 209
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Engine Oil Level Oil Result: The engine oil level is low.
A. Check the engine oil level in the crankcase. Refer to the Opera- Repair: Add engine oil to obtain the correct engine oil level.
tion and Maintenance Manual for calibration of the dipstick gauge. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil” for
The oil level can possibly be too far below the oil pump supply the recommendations of engine oil.
tube. The oil pump cannot supply enough lubrication to the engine
components. Start the engine. Inspect the exterior of the engine for oil
leaks. Repair any oil leaks.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 305
Symptom Troubleshooting
Foamy oil on the dipstick is a good indication of aeration. Result: The oil is not aerated.
3. Oil Viscosity Oil Viscosity Result: The oil viscosity is not correct.
A. Sample the engine oil viscosity. Repair: Replace the engine oil.
B. Access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the “Diagnostic Tests” Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil” for
under the “Diagnostics” menu. the recommendations of engine oil. If the symptom is cor-
rected, return the unit to service. If the symptom still exists,
C. Perform the “Automatic Cylinder Cutout Test” on the electronic proceed to Test Step 4.
service tool.
Result: The oil viscosity is correct.
A. Replace the engine oil filter. If the symptom is corrected, return the unit to service.
5. Oil Pump Oil Pressure Result: The oil pressure is meets specifications.
A. Manually check the engine oil pressure. Refer to Systems Oper- Proceed to Test Step 6.
ation, Testing and Adjusting, “Engine Oil Pressure - Test” for the
correct procedure. Result: The oil pressure does not meet specifications.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
306 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 307
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 210
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Sensor Result The pressure is within ± 34 kPa (± 5 psi).
A. Remove the connector and the oil pressure sensor. Proceed to Test Step 7.
B. Install an appropriate “T” fitting in the pressure sensor Result The pressure is not within ± 34 kPa (± 5 psi).
port.
Repair: Replace the sensor. If the symptom is cor-
C. Install a manual gauge on one side of the “T” fitting. In- rected, return the unit to service.
stall the oil pressure sensor on the other side of the pipe “T”
fitting. If the symptom still exists, proceed to Test Step 7.
7. Engine Oil Filter Bypass Filter Base Result: The oil filter base was replaced.
A. Replace the oil filter base. If the symptom is corrected, return the unit to service.
8. Oil Pump Suction Tube Suction Tube Result: The suction tube and seal are OK.
B. Inspect the suction tube. Check the joints of the tube for Result: The suction tube and seal are not OK.
cracks or for a damaged O-ring seal at the connection to the
pump. Repair: Replace any damaged parts.
9. Worn Engine Components Worn Parts Result: There are worn engine components.
A. Remove the valve covers. Repair: Replace parts, if necessary. Check the Reuse
and Salvage Guidelines for the reusability of existing
B. Inspect the camshaft and bearings. engine components.
i06675952
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
308 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 211
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may Comments
vary)
175-15 High Engine Oil Temperature - The code is logged.
E197 (1)
Least Severe (1)
175-16 E197 (2) High Engine Oil Temperature - The code is logged.
Moderate Severity (2) Engine power is derated.
175-0 E197 (3) High Engine Oil Temperature - The code is logged.
Most Severe (3) The engine is shut down.
110-15 E361(1)
110-16 E361(2)
Probable Causes
• Diagnostic codes and event codes
Recommended Actions
Note: The procedures have been listed in order of
probability. Complete the procedures in the order of
the listed test steps.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 309
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 213
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Result: An associated code is present.
Code
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connec- Repair: Troubleshoot any associated codes before continu-
tor. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if ing with this procedure.
necessary.
Result: A 175-0, 175-15, 175-16 or E197 code is present.
B. Determine if an associated diagnostic code is present.
Proceed to Step 2.
2. Check the Engine Oil Level Level Result: The engine oil level is OK.
Proceed to Step 3.
3. Check the Engine Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Valve Result: The valve is OK.
A. Ensure that the bypass valve is not stuck in the open position. Proceed to the next step.
Clean the bore for the valve.
Inspect the components of the engine oil cooler bypass valve for Result: The valve is NOT OK.
damage.
Repair: Free the valve or replace the valve.
4. Check the Engine Oil Cooler Core Cooler Result: The cooler core is NOT OK.
Check the engine oil cooler core for damage and for plugging. Repair: Clean the engine oil cooler core or replace the en-
Clean the engine oil cooler core or replace the engine oil cooler gine oil cooler core, if necessary.
core, if necessary.
Power Cutout Is Intermittent • Restriction in the air inlet and exhaust system
• Excessive temperatures of the turbocharger that
cause engine derates
Note: Use this procedure only if the engine does not
shut down completely. Recommended Actions
Note: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Service Tool Complete the procedure in the order in which the
Features” for information about service features. steps are listed.
Probable Causes
• Check for diagnostic trouble codes
• Electrical connections not properly connected.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
310 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 214
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Electrical connectors for the ECM Result: The connectors are not installed correctly.
2. Connectors for the wiring harness under the valve cover Repair: Install the connectors correctly. Refer toTrouble-
shooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for the proper
3. Connectors for the engine speed/timing sensors troubleshooting procedure.
3. Check for Intermittent Diagnostic Codes Intermittent Result: Intermittent codes are present.
Codes
A. Certain diagnostic codes may cause poor performance. Connect Repair: Troubleshoot any codes that are present before
the electronic service tool and check for active codes and/or for continuing with this procedure.
logged codes.
Result: Intermittent codes are not present.
4. Intermittent Throttle Signal Throttle Signal Result: The status for “Throttle Position” is stable.
A. Monitor the status for “Throttle Position” on the electronic service Proceed to Test Step 5.
tool.
Result: The status for “Throttle Position” is not stable.
B. Verify that the status for “Throttle Position” is stable and that the
engine is able to reach high idle speed. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Refer to Trouble-
shooting, “Speed Control - Test”.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Speed Control - Test”.
5. Fuel System Fuel System Result: The “Fuel System Verification Test” was
Verification successful.
A. Ensure that the fuel system is operating properly. Test
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Start the engine.
Result: The “Fuel System Verification Test” was not
C. Perform the “Fuel System Verification Test” on the electronic serv- successful.
ice tool.
Repair: Repair the cylinders that failed the “Fuel System
Verification Test” . Reset all active codes and clear all
logged codes. Verify that the repair has eliminated the
problem in the cylinder.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 311
Symptom Troubleshooting
6. Fuel Supply Pressure Fuel Supply Result: The fuel supply is stable.
A. Check the fuel pressure. Ensure that the fuel is stable. Refer to Proceed to Test Step 7.
Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for the procedure to
check the fuel pressure manually. Result: The fuel supply is not stable.
B. Visually check the fuel level. Do not rely on the fuel gauge only. If Make the necessary repairs.
necessary, add fuel. If the engine has been run out of fuel, purge the
air from the fuel system. Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
C. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) is in the full OPEN
position.
1. Restrictions
2. Collapsed lines
3. Pinched lines
4. Loose connections
F. Check the fuel tank for foreign objects which may block the fuel
supply.
H. Check the fuel quality. Make sure that the fuel meets the require-
ments of the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
7. Restriction in the Air Inlet and Exhaust System Restrictions Result: There are restrictions in the air inlet or exhaust
system.
Inlet air restrictions or exhaust system restrictions can cause a high
exhaust temperature. Repair: Repair the restrictions or remove the
restrictions.
The Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors the following parame-
ters to calculate an exhaust temperature:
· Barometric pressure
· Intake manifold air temperature
· Engine speed
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
312 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
B. Check the air filter restriction indicator. Clean plugged air filters or
replace plugged air filters.
C. Check the air inlet and exhaust system for restrictions and/or
leaks.
i06676072
Aftertreatment SCR Operator In- This code is a Level 1 inducement associated with
5246-15 E1389 (1)
ducement Severity (1) an emissions system fault.
Aftertreatment SCR Operator In- This code is a Level 2 inducement associated with
5246-16 E1389 (2)
ducement Severity (2) an emissions system fault.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 313
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 216
Associated Codes
J1939 Code PDL Code Code Description Inducement Type
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
314 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 315
Symptom Troubleshooting
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
316 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 217
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
i06262532
Probable Causes
• Valve lash setting is not at factory specifications.
• Bent pushrods
• Worn camshaft
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 317
Symptom Troubleshooting
Table 218
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Valve Lash Setting Valve lash Result: The valve lash is set to specifications.
A. Check the engine valve lash. If necessary, adjust the engine Return the unit to service.
valve lash. Refer to Systems Operation/Testing and Adjusting
for information on adjusting the engine valve lash. Result: The valve lash cannot be set to specifications.
2. Rocker Arms Rocker arms Result: The rocker arms are damaged.
A. Inspect rocker arms for pitting or spalling on the roller. Repair: Replace parts, if necessary. If the symptom remains,
proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check the rocker arm for a missing button.
If the problem has been corrected, return the unit to service.
3. Valve Springs Valve springs Result: The valve springs are not broken or cracked.
A. Check for cracked valve springs or broken valve springs. Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Check the pushrods for wear and straightness. Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Roll the pushrods on a flat surface in order to determine the Result: The pushrods are worn or bent.
straightness of the rod.
Repair: Replace parts, if necessary. If the symptom remains,
Proceed to Test Step 5.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
318 M0070030-01
Symptom Troubleshooting
A. Remove the camshaft in order to inspect the camshaft. Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Inspect the camshaft for large grooves. Result: The camshaft did not measure within specifications.
C. Measure the camshaft in order to determine if the camshaft Repair: Make the necessary repairs, If the symptom remains,
is in specifications. Refer to Specifications, “Camshaft” for the proceed to Test Step 6. If you replace the camshaft, replace
correct measurements. the valve lifters.
6. Cylinder Head Engine Result There are worn or damaged engine components.
components
A. Remove the cylinder head. Refer to the Reuse and Salvage Repair: Replace parts, if necessary.
Guidelines for the reusability specifications.
i06262547
Probable Cause
• Valve Components
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 319
Symptom Troubleshooting
Recommended Actions
Table 219
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
B. Ensure that the valve has not contacted the piston. If the
valve has contacted the piston, check the exhaust system for
debris.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
320 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Circuit Tests
i06677061
2813-5 3239-5 Air Shutoff Relay : Current Below The code is logged.
Normal
2813-6 3239-6 Air Shutoff Relay : Current Above The code is logged.
Normal
3667-2 E2088 (1) Engine Air Shutoff Status : Erratic, The inlet air shutoff valve switch
Intermittent, or Incorrect has been used, but the inlet air
shutoff valve feature is set as
“Disabled” in the configuration
parameters.
3667-31 E2087 (3) Engine Air Shutoff Status The engine air shutoff valve has
been activated. The engine was
shut down and injection is dis-
abled. Perform a key cycle and
reset the air inlet shutoff
system.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 321
Circuit Tests
Table 221
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Result: A 3667-31, or E2087 (3) code is active or
Code logged, or the air inlet shutoff valve is not working
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and properly.
the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Determine if a code is active or logged. Result: A 3239-5 or 2813-5 code is active or logged.
2. Perform the “ Air Inlet Shutoff Override”” Test Result: The engine is shut down when the “Air Inlet
Shutoff Override” is activated. The air inlet shutoff is
A. Turn the key switch to the OFF position. working correctly.
B. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Repair: Reset the air inlet shutoff system. Proceed to
Test Step 3.
C. Turn the key switch to the ON position.
Result: The engine did not shut down.
D. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL.
If the engine will not start, check the air inlet valve to ensure that the Proceed to Test Step 5.
valve is not stuck closed.
E. Start the engine. Increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm ± 100
rpm.
3. Check the Air Inlet Shutoff Switch Switch Works Result: The status of the switch changed in the elec-
Correctly tronic service tool.
A. Turn the key switch to the ON position.
The inlet air shutoff switch is operating properly.
B. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector.
Return to service.
C. Use the electronic service tool to monitor the status for the air in-
let shutoff switch when the switch is depressed. Result: The status of the switch did not change in the
electronic service tool.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
322 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
4. Check the Circuit to the Air Inlet Shutoff Switch Circuit Result: The status changed in the electronic service
tool.
A.Turn the key switch to the OFF position.
The wiring is OK. The switch is not working properly.
B. Remove the air inlet shutoff switch.
Repair: Replace the air inlet shutoff switch. Verify that
C. Turn the key switch to the ON position. the repair eliminates the problem.
D. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Result: The status did not change in the electronic serv-
ice tool.
E. Short the terminals of the air inlet shutoff switch together. This
short circuit will simulate the switch being closed. There is a problem with the wiring between the ECM and
the air inlet shutoff switch.
F. Use the electronic service tool to monitor the status for the air in-
let shutoff switch when the short is in place. Repair: Inspect the wiring between the ECM and the air
inlet shutoff switch. Repair the wiring or replace the wir-
ing. Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
5. Check the Transmission Neutral Switch Transmission Result: The status of the transmission neutral switch is
Neutral Switch ON.
A. Verify that the transmission neutral switch is wired correctly.
If a transmission neutral switch is installed, the transmission must Proceed to Test Step 6.
be in neutral.
Result: The status of the transmission neutral switch is
B. Turn the key switch to the ON position. OFF.
C. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Repair: Refer to the troubleshooting information for the
application.
D. Monitor the status for the “Transmission Neutral Switch” when
the transmission is in neutral. The status should be ON.
6. Inspect Electrical Connectors and Wiring Connectors Result: All the wires and connections are OK.
A. Turn the key switch to the OFF position. Proceed to Test Step 7.
B. Thoroughly inspect the J2/P2 ECM connector and all other con- Result: There is a problem with the wiring.
nectors in the circuit. Refer to Troubleshooting, Electrical Connec-
tors - Inspect for details. Repair: Repair the connectors or wiring and/or replace
the connectors or wiring. Ensure that all the seals are
C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on the wires that are associated properly in place and ensure that the connectors are
with the air inlet shutoff system. coupled.
D. Check the ECM connector (allen head screw) for the proper tor- Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
que. Refer to Troubleshooting, Electrical Connectors - Inspect for
details.
E. Check the harness and wiring for abrasion and for pinch points
from the components back to the ECM.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 323
Circuit Tests
Table 222
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Check the Supply Voltage to the Air Inlet Shutoff Solenoid ±5 VDC Result:The voltage is within ±5 VDC of battery voltage
when the test is active. The ECM is properly controlling
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. the relay for the air inlet shutoff solenoid, but the air in-
let shutoff solenoid is not working.
B. Turn the key switch to the ON position.
Repair: Replace the air inlet shutoff solenoid. Verify
C. Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test in the electronic serv- that the repair eliminates the problem.
ice tool.
Result: The voltage is not within ±5 VDC of battery
D. Measure the voltage across the two terminals of the air inlet shut- voltage when the test is active. The air inlet shutoff sol-
off solenoid. enoid is not receiving the correct signal.
8. Check the Signal Voltage to the Relay ±5 VDC Result: The voltage is within ±5 VDC of battery voltage
when the test is active.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector.
The relay is receiving the signal from the ECM. Pro-
B. Turn the key switch to the ON position. ceed to Test Step 9.
C. Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test in the electronic serv- Result: The voltage is not within ±5 VDC of battery
ice tool. voltage when the test is active.
D. Measure the voltage across the relay coil. The relay is not receiving the signal from the ECM.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
324 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
9. Check the Power Supply to the Relay ±5 VDC Result: The voltage is within ±5 VDC of battery volt-
age. The relay is receiving power.
A. Measure the voltage between the +Battery terminal of the relay
and the engine ground. Proceed to Test Step 10.
10. Check the Output Voltage of the Relay ±5 VDC Result: The voltage is within ±5 VDC of battery volt-
age. There is a problem in the wiring between the relay
A. Ensure that all the circuits connectors are connected. and the air inlet shutoff solenoid.
B. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness. Verify
that the repair eliminates the problem.
C. Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test in the electronic serv-
ice tool. Result: The voltage is not within ±5 VDC of battery
voltage. The relay is not sending power to the air inlet
D. Measure the voltage from the output terminal on the relay to the shutoff solenoid.
engine ground.
Repair: Replace the relay for the air inlet shutoff. Verify
that the repair eliminates the problem.
11. Check the Wiring for an Open Circuit Short Circuit Result: A -5 code became active during the test.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- The ECM did not detect the jumper wire. An open cir-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, to cuit in the wiring harness has been detected.
reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
B. Disconnect the air inlet shutoff relay from the wiring harness. Ver-
ify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corrosion, Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test again to
and securely connected. verify that the problem is resolved.
C. Connect a jumper wire between the terminals of the harness con- Result: A -6 code became active during the test.
nector for the relay coil. The coil is replaced with a short circuit.
The ECM detected the jumper wire. A failed relay has
D. Turn the key switch to the ON position. been detected.
E. Connect to the electronic service tool. Repair: Replace the air inlet shutoff relay.
F. Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test in the electronic serv- Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test again to
ice tool. verify that the problem is resolved.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 325
Circuit Tests
12. Check the Wiring for a Short Circuit Open Circuit Result: A -6 code became active during the test.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- The ECM did not detect the open circuit. A short circuit
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, to in the wiring harness has been detected.
reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
B. Disconnect the air inlet shutoff relay from the wiring harness. Ver-
ify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corrosion, Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test again to
and securely connected. verify that the problem is resolved.
C. Turn the key switch to the ON position. Result: A -5 code became active during the test.
D. Connect to the electronic service tool. The ECM detected the open circuit. A failed relay has
been detected.
E. Perform the “Air Inlet Shutoff Override” test in the electronic serv-
ice tool. Repair: Replace the air inlet shutoff relay.
13. Check the Configuration Parameters “Inlet Air Shutoff Result: The “Inlet Air Shutoff Valve” feature is “Dis-
Valve” Feature is abled” and a switch is installed.
A. Turn the key switch to the ON position. “Disabled”
Repair: Change the configuration parameter to “En-
B. Connect to the electronic service tool and navigate to the “Con- abled” .
figuration Tools” screen.
Return the unit to service.
C. Check the status of the “Inlet Air Shutoff Valve” in the “Engine
Configuration Parameters” menu.
i06677080
Aftertreatment Identification
Module - Test
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
326 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 223
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 PDL (code descriptions may Comments
Code Code vary)
The installed Clean Emissions Module (CEM) #1 is not a certified match with the
engine.
Aftertreatment #1 Identification The code is a confirmed emissions regulation violation. A financial penalty and/or le-
5576-2 3468-2 : Erratic, Intermittent, or gal action may result, if the problem is not corrected immediately. Do not operate the
Incorrect engine with the active fault.
Emissions do not conform to regulations. Do not continue to operate the engine with
Aftertreatment #1 Identification
the active fault.
5576-8 3468-8 : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse
Width, or Period
Engine power is derated.
The installed Clean Emissions Module (CEM) #2 is not a certified match with the
engine.
Aftertreatment #2 Identification The code is a confirmed emissions regulation violation. A financial penalty and/or le-
5577-2 3469-2 : Erratic, Intermittent, or gal action may result, if the problem is not corrected immediately. Do not operate the
Incorrect engine with the active fault.
Emissions do not conform to regulations. Do not continue to operate the engine with
Aftertreatment #2 Identification
the active fault.
5577-8 3469-8 : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse
Width, or Period
Engine power is derated.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Result: A 3468-2, 3468-8, 5576-2, 5576-8, 3469-2, 5577-
Trouble 2, 3469-8, or 5577-8 diagnostic code is active.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Codes
the Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Troubleshooting, Proceed to Test Step 2.
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 327
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
328 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 225
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Manually Enter the Aftertreatment Identification Information Certified Result: The affected CEM is a certified match with the
Match engine.
The CEM identification plate is on the electronics panel.
Factory Passwords are required for this procedure. Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Confirm that a certified CEM is installed on the engine. Result: The affected CEM is not a certified match for the
Contact your local Perkins distributor for a list of approved CEM and engine.
RF configurations for your engine.
Repair: Remove the affected CEM and replace the af-
B. Record the affected CEM serial number and the configuration fected CEM with a certified match for the engine. Refer to
group from the CEM Identification Plate. Disassembly and Assembly for removal and installation
procedures. When the new CEM is installed, the “After-
C. Verify that the affected CEM is a certified match with the engine. treatment Identification Number Module” will begin com-
Contact the Dealer Solutions Network (DSN), if necessary. municating with the ECM and the diagnostic code will be
cleared.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 329
Circuit Tests
Table 226
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
330 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06677124
Table 227
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Description
(code descriptions may vary) Comments
J1939 Code PDL Code
There is low current flow in the wiring between the
ARD Air Pressure Control Actuator : Current combustion air valve and the A5:E2 aftertreatment
3487-5 2489-5
Below Normal controller. Regenerations are disabled. The code
is logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 331
Circuit Tests
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Result: A E1041 (1) or a 3487-7 code is logged or
Code active.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and
the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . Refer to Troubleshooting, Proceed to Test Step 2.
“Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: A 2490-3, 2490-4, 3488-3, or a 3488-4 code is
B. Record the logged codes or the active codes. logged or active. There is a problem with the wiring be-
tween the A5:E2 aftertreatment controller and the com-
bustion air valve.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
332 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 229
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Inspect the Wiring to the Actuator Damaged Wire or Result: A damaged wire or damaged connector was
Connector not found.
A. Inspect the wiring from the A5:E2 aftertreatment controller to
the actuator for the combustion air. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check all connectors. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Result: A damaged wire or damaged connector was
Connectors - Inspect”. found.
C. Check the wires for damage to the insulation. Repair: Repair the damaged wire or the damaged
connector. Proceed to Test Step 3.
D. Inspect the wires for the following conditions:
1. Exposed insulation
3. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” Test Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” passed.
A. Perform the “ARD Air System Service Test” in the electronic Proceed to Test Step 12
service tool.
Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 333
Circuit Tests
Table 230
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Inspect the Piping Between the Compressor and the Com- Damaged Result: The tube is damaged or cracked.
bustion Air Valve Tubing
Repair: Replace the tubing or repair the tubing. Proceed
A.Inspect the tube between the compressor and the combustion air to Test Step 6.
valve.
Result: The tube is not damaged or cracked.
B. Check for cracks in the tubing.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
C. Check for loose hardware or damaged hardware.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
334 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 335
Circuit Tests
Table 231
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Inspect the Tubing from the Combustion Air Valve to the Com- Damaged Result: The tube is damaged or cracked.
bustion Air Absolute Pressure Sensor Tubing
Repair: Replace the tubing or repair the tubing. Pro-
A. Inspect the tubing from the combustion air valve to the combustion ceed to Test Step 6.
air absolute pressure sensor.
Result: The tube is not damaged.
B. Check for cracks in the tubing.
Repair: Replace the combustion air valve. Proceed to
C. Check for air leaks. Test Step 6.
D. Check the clamps on the tube. Make sure that the clamps are tight.
6. Perform the “ ARD Air System Service Test”” Test Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” passed.
A. Perform the “ARD Air System Service Test” in the electronic serv- Proceed to Test Step 12.
ice tool.
Result: The “ARD Air System Service Test” failed.
7. Check the Voltage on the Combustion Air Valve Circuit +5 VDC Result: There is 5 VDC between the SUPPLY and RE-
TURN on the combustion air valve connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 8.
B. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corrosion
and securely connected. Result: There is not 5 VDC between the SUPPLY and
RETURN on the combustion air valve connector.
C. Disconnect the combustion air valve from the wiring harness.
There is a problem with the wiring harness or the A5:
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. E2 aftertreatment controller.
E. Verify that there is +5 VDC between the SUPPLY (terminal 1) and Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
RETURN (terminal 2) on the combustion air valve wiring harness necessary.
connector.
Proceed to Test Step 12.
F. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
8. Create an Open at the Combustion Air Valve Connector Active -3 Code Result: A -3 diagnostic code became active after dis-
connecting the combustion air valve.
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
Proceed to Test Step 9.
B. Disconnect the combustion air valve from the wiring harness.
Result: A -3 diagnostic code did not become active
C. Turn the keyswitch ON. after disconnecting the combustion air valve.
D. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check There is a problem with the wiring harness or the A5:
for an active -3 diagnostic code for the combustion air valve. E2 aftertreatment controller.
E. Turn the keyswitch OFF. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
necessary.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
336 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
9. Create a Short at the Sensor Connector Active -4 Code Result: A -4 diagnostic code became active after cre-
ating the short at the combustion air valve connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
The wiring is OK. Replace the combustion air valve.
B. Create a short between the SIGNAL (terminal 3) and RETURN
(terminal 2) at the combustion air valve connector. Proceed to Test Step 12.
C. Turn the keyswitch ON. Result: A -4 diagnostic code did not become active
after creating the short at the combustion air valve
D. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check connector.
for an active -4 diagnostic code for the combustion air valve.
There is a problem with the wiring harness or the A5:
E. Turn the keyswitch OFF. E2 aftertreatment controller.
10. Create an Open at the Combustion Air Valve Connector Active -5 Code Result: A -5 diagnostic code became active after dis-
connecting the combustion air valve.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
The wiring is OK. Replace the combustion air valve.
B. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corrosion
and securely connected. Proceed to Test Step 12.
C. Disconnect the combustion air valve from the wiring harness. Result: A -5 diagnostic code did not become active
after disconnecting the combustion air valve.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
There is a problem with the wiring harness or the A5:
E. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check E2 aftertreatment controller.
for an active -5 diagnostic code for the combustion air valve.
Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
F. Turn the keyswitch OFF. necessary.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 337
Circuit Tests
11. Create a Short at the Sensor Connector Active -6 Code Result: A -6 diagnostic code became active after cre-
ating the short at the combustion air valve connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
Repair: The wiring is OK. Replace the combustion air
B. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corrosion valve.
and securely connected.
Proceed to Test Step 12.
C. Disconnect the combustion air valve from the wiring harness.
Result: A -6 diagnostic code did not become active
D. Create a short between the Command (+) (terminal 6) and Com- after creating the short at the combustion air valve
mand (-) (terminal 4) at the combustion air valve connector. connector.
E. Turn the keyswitch ON. There is a problem with the wiring harness or the A5:
E2 aftertreatment controller.
F. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check
for an active -6 diagnostic code for the combustion air valve. Repair: Make the necessary repairs. Replace parts, if
necessary.
G. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
Proceed to Test Step 12.
12. Perform an ARD Ignition Test Test Result: The ARD ignition test completes successfully.
A. Perform an ARD ignition test using the electronic service tool. Re- Return to service.
fer to System Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “ARD Fuel System -
Test”. Result: The ARD ignition test is not successful and
additional codes are logged.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot loading is
above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the Manual Repair: Troubleshoot the codes. Refer to Trouble-
DPF Regeneration must be performed using the electronic service shooting for the correct procedure.
tool.
i06677212
1. Check the Fuel Level Fuel Level Result: The fuel level is OK.
A. Remove the fuel tank cap from the fuel tank. Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Check the vent port that is in the cap for debris. Remove any de- Result: The fuel level is low.
bris with compressed air.
Repair: Fill the tank with fuel. Proceed to Test Step 6.
C. Visually inspect the fuel level in the tank. Ensure that the fuel
tank has enough of fuel to operate the engine.
D. Check the position of the fuel supply valve (if equipped). The
valve must be in the full OPEN position.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
338 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 233
Required Tools
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 339
Circuit Tests
Table 234
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Check the Fuel Pressure at the ARD Fuel Supply 1900 ± Result:The pressure measured 1900 ± 120 kPa
120 kPa (276 ± 17 psi).
A. Disconnect the ARD fuel line from the pump. (276 ± 17
psi) Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Install the pressure gauge at the pump outlet port.
Result:The pressure is less than1900 ± 120 kPa
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start the engine. (276 ± 17 psi).
D. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Repair: Replace the primary fuel filter. Proceed to Test Step
the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . 3.
E. Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” to activate Result:The pressure measured 0 kPa (0 psi).
the pump.
Inspect the wiring at the pump. If the wiring is OK and the
F. Override the pump and record the pressure from the pressure pump does not activate, replace the pump cartridge. Refer to
gauge. Disassembly and Assembly, Fuel Priming Pump - Remove
and Install.
G. Deactivate the override.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
340 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 341
Circuit Tests
Table 235
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check the Pressure Regulator 1900 ± 120 kPa Result: The pressure measured 1900 ± 120 kPa
(276 ± 17 psi) (276 ± 17 psi).
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start the
engine. Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Establish communication between the electronic serv- Result: The pressure did not measure
ice tool and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . 1900 ± 120 kPa (276 ± 17 psi).
Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” to Repair: Replace the fuel pressure regulator on the
activate the pump. pump base.
4. Check the ARD Fuel Pump 1900 ± 120 kPa Result:The pressure measured 1900 ± 120 kPa
(276 ± 17 psi) (275.5 ± 17.4 psi).
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” .
Result:The pressure did not measure 1900 ± 120 kPa
C. Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” to acti- (275.5 ± 17.4 psi).
vate the pump.
Repair: Replace the ARD fuel pump cartridge. Refer to
D. Record the pressure on the pressure gauge. Disassembly and Assembly, Fuel Priming Pump - Re-
move and Install
E. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
5. Check the Fuel Diverter Valve 1900 ± 120 kPa Result:The pressure measured 1900 ± 120 kPa
(276 ± 17 psi) (275.5 ± 17.4 psi).
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” .
Result:The pressure did not measure 1900 ± 120 kPa
C. Select the “Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override” to acti- (275.5 ± 17.4 psi).
vate the pump.
Repair: Replace the fuel diverter valve.
D. Record the pressure from the pressure gauge.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
E. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
6. Perform a Manual DPF Regeneration Successful Result:The manual DPF regeneration completed
Regeneration successfully.
This test must be performed through the electronic service tool.
The electronic service tool enhances the diagnostics during the Return to service.
service test.
Result:The manual DPF regeneration did not complete
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start the engine. successfully.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Check the list of active diagnostic codes. Trou-
and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . bleshoot the code that applies to the failed regeneration.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
342 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06677711
Table 236
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code Comments
(code descriptions may vary)
The current flow through the primary ignition circuit is below the
Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer
3484-5 2465-5 threshold. A snapshot is triggered. If active regeneration is in
Primary : Current Below Normal
progress, the ARD completes the regeneration.
The current flow through the primary ignition circuit is above the
Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer
3484-6 2465-6 threshold. A snapshot is triggered. If active regeneration is in
Primary : Current Above Normal
progress, the ARD completes the regeneration.
The ARD has attempted to ignite three times. All the attempts
were unsuccessful. The ECM has detected a problem with the
current flow through the secondary circuit. The primary circuit is
OK.
The spark plug is fouled.
Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer or
4265-5 3180-5
Secondary : Current Below Normal There is a problem with the ignition wire between the ignition
coil and the spark plug. These problems usually occur because
the ignition wire has been damaged by excessive heat or im-
proper routing.
or
The ignition coil has a problem.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 237
Required Tooling for the Procedure
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 343
Circuit Tests
Table 238
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Result: A 2465-5, 2465-6, 3484-5 or 3484-6 code is
Code present.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Use the “Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer Primary Override”
on the electronic service tool to turn on the ARD ignition system. The Result: A 3180-5 or 4265-5 code is present or a diagnos-
ARD ignition system must operate for 20 seconds in order for a diag- tic code is not present.
nostic trouble code to become active. securely.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
C. Determine the diagnostic code that is present.
2. Inspect the Ignition Wire Damaged Result: The ignition wire is not damaged.
Wire
A. Visually inspect the ignition wire between the ignition coil and the Proceed to Test Step 3.
ARD combustion head. Look for the following problems:
Result: The ignition wire is damaged.
1. Loose connections or damaged connectors
Repair: Replace the ignition wire. Proceed to Test Step
2. Moisture on the connectors or the ignition wire 7.
B. Push the boot on each end of the ignition wire. This action tests
whether the clip inside the boot is connected to the spark plug and to
the ignition coil. There should be a “click” when you push the boot
onto either part. If you felt a “click” , the clip inside the boot was not
previously connected.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
344 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 239
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check for Spark at the Coil Output, Using the Spark Indicator Spark Result: Spark is present in the indicator.
A. Assemble the T400026 Spark Tester as shown in Illustration 117 Proceed to Test Step 4.
.
Ensure that the alligator clip is secured to a good ground source. Result: Spark is not present in the indicator.
B. Install the spark indicator as shown in illustration 118 . Repair: Replace the ignition coil. Proceed to Test Step 7.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 345
Circuit Tests
Table 240
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Check for Spark to the Spark Plug Spark Result: Spark is present in the indicator.
A. Assemble the T400026 Spark Tester as shown in Illustration 119 Repair: Replace the spark plug. Proceed to Test Step 7.
.
Result: Spark is not present in the indicator.
B. Install the spark plug indicator between the spark plug and the
end of the spark plug wire. Repair: Replace the ignition wire. Proceed to Test Step 7.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
346 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 241
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check for Voltage at the Ignition Coil Greater than Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 3 is
1.5 VDC ±.5 greater than 1.5 VDC ±.5 VDC.
A. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil. VDC
Not all connectors may be shown in the illustration above, refer to Proceed to Test Step 6.
the electrical schematic.
Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 3 is
B. Turn the keyswitch to the “ON” position. less than 1.5 VDC ±.5 VDC.
C. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Repair: The problem is in the wiring between the ECM
the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if and the ignition coil connector. Repair the wiring or replace
necessary. the wiring. Proceed to Test Step 7.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 347
Circuit Tests
Table 242
6. Check the Ground for the Ignition Coil Greater than Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 2 is
1.5 VDC ±.5 greater than 1.5 VDC ±.5 VDC.
A. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil. VDC
Repair: Replace the ignition coil. Proceed to Test Step 7.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 2 is
C. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and less than 1.5 VDC ±.5 VDC.
the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if
necessary. Repair: The problem is in the wiring between the ground
point and the ignition coil connector. Repair the wiring or
Use the Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer Primary Override in replace the wiring. Proceed to Test Step 7.
the electronic service tool to turn ON the ARD ignition system.
Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 2 on the
Clean Emissions Module (CEM) harness connector for the ignition
coil.
7. Check the ARD for Proper Operation Successful Result: The test is successful.
Test
A. Perform the ARD Ignition Test using the electronic service tool. Return the unit to service.
The test runs for approximately 5 minutes.
Result: The test is not successful and additional codes
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot are logged.
loading is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above
80%, the Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using Repair: Troubleshoot the codes. Refer to Troubleshooting,
the electronic service tool. Event Codes or Troubleshooting, Diagnostic Trouble Co-
des for the correct procedure.
i06677795
NOTICE
On some industrial engine applications, the engine
may be fitted with a power converter. This device al-
lows a 24V Clean Emissions Module (CEM) to be in-
stalled on a 12V engine. If this component fails, the
A5: E2 Aftertreatment Controller may log codes re-
lated to the ARD nozzle heater.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
348 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 243
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code Comments
(code descriptions may vary)
Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Injector #1 Heater High voltage or an open circuit has been detected in the ARD
4301-3 3182-3
Control : Voltage Above Normal nozzle heater circuit
Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Injector #1 Heater Low voltage or a short circuit has been detected in the ARD noz-
4301-4 3182-4
Control : Voltage Below Normal zle heater circuit.
1. Check the Device that is Used for Circuit Protection 12V to 16V Result: The voltage is equal to system voltage on both
on a 12V sides of the device that is used for circuit protection.
References will be made to system voltage. The system voltage of a System
typical 12V system is usually 12V to 16V. or Proceed to Test Step 4.
24V to 28V
The system voltage of a typical 24V system is usually 24V to 28V. on a 24V Result: The voltage is not equal to system voltage on the
System supply side of the circuit protection device.
A. Measure the voltage on the supply side of the device that is used
for circuit protection. Refer to the application-specific schematic for Repair: The problem is in the wiring to the battery. Repair
the location of the circuit protection device. the wiring. Proceed to Test Step 11.
B. Measure the voltage on the load side of the device that is used for Result: The voltage is not equal to system voltage on the
circuit protection. load side of the circuit protection device.
On industrial engines, refer to the appropriate schematic to deter- Proceed to Test Step 2.
mine if a power converter is installed. On these systems the device
used for circuit protection is on the 12V side.
2. Reset the Protection Device Circuit Pro- Result: The circuit protection trips.
tection De-
A. Reset the protection device or replace the circuit protection vice or Proceed to Test Step 3.
device. Circuit
Result: The circuit protection does not trip.
B. Start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
C. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” in the electronic
service tool.
3. Check the ARD Head ARD Head Result: The circuit protection trips.
A. Turn the key to the OFF position There is a problem in the wiring circuit for the ARD heater.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Disconnect the connector to the heater at the ARD head.
Result: The circuit protection does not trip.
C. Reset the protection device or replace the circuit protection
device. Repair: Replace the ARD head.
D. Start the engine. Inspect the coolant supply and return lines to the ARD
head for restrictions or blockage.
E. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” in the electronic
service tool. Proceed to Test Step 11.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 349
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
350 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 245
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Check for Output Voltage from the ARD Heater Relay Equal to Result: The voltage between terminal 2 on the ARD heater
System relay and a good ground is not equal to system voltage.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not start the engine. Voltage
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and a good ground
source. Result: The voltage between terminal 2 on the ARD heater
relay and a good ground is equal to system voltage.
Note: On industrial engines that use the power converter, the system
voltage is 24V on the switch side of the relay. Repair: The ARD heater relay is not operating properly.
Replace the ARD heater relay. Proceed to Test Step 12.
5. Check for System Voltage at the ARD Heater Relay Equal to Result: The voltage between terminal 3 and terminal 4 on
System the ARD heater relay is equal to system voltage.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “ON” position. Voltage
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and terminal 4 on the
ARD heater relay. Result: The voltage between terminal 3 and terminal 4 on
the ARD heater relay is not equal to system voltage.
On industrial engines that use the power converter, the system volt-
age is 24V on the switch side of the relay. Repair: The problem is between terminal 3 on the ARD
heater relay and the circuit protection device or the prob-
lem is that terminal 4 does not have a good ground source.
Repair the problem. Proceed to Test Step 12.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 351
Circuit Tests
Table 246
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Check for System Voltage at the Two-Pin ARD Heater Wire Equal to Result: The voltage between battery ground and terminal 1
Connector System is equal to system voltage.
Voltage
A. Start the engine. Proceed to Test Step 7.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Result: The voltage between battery ground and terminal 1
the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller. is not system voltage.
C. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” . Proceed to Test Step 9.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
352 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
(5) Connector for the heated nozzle (6) Measurement location on the wire
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 353
Circuit Tests
Table 247
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Check for Voltage at the ARD Head Equal to Result: The voltage is equal to system voltage.
System
A. Remove the retaining clip from the ARD nozzle heater. Voltage Proceed to Test Step 8.
B. Disconnect the wire to the ARD nozzle heater. Result: The voltage is not equal to system voltage.
C. Start the engine. Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring between the
two-pin connector and the ARD nozzle heater. Proceed to
D. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Test Step 12.
the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller .
F. Check for voltage at the connector for the ARD nozzle heater. Refer
to Illustration 124 for the proper measurement location.
On industrial engines that use the power converter the system voltage
is 24V on the ARD Head.
9. Check for Output Voltage from the ARD Heater Relay Equal to Result: The voltage between terminal 2 and battery ground
System is equal to system voltage.
A. Start the engine. Voltage
Repair: The problem is between terminal 2 on the ARD
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and heater relay and the two-pin ARD heater wire connector.
the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller . Repair or replace the damaged wire. Proceed to Test Step
11.
C. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” .
Result: The voltage between terminal 2 and battery ground
D. Measure the voltage between terminal 2 on the ARD heater relay is not equal to system voltage.
and battery ground.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
Power to the ECM must be OFF before reconnecting the relay.
On industrial engines that use the power converter the system voltage
is 24V on the switch side of the relay.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
354 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
10. Check for Signal Voltage at the ARD Heater Relay Signal Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 4 on
Voltage (5 the ARD heater relay is signal voltage.
A. Start the engine. VDC)
Repair: The ARD heater relay is not operating properly. Re-
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and place the ARD heater relay. Proceed to Test Step 12.
the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Elec-
tronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and terminal 4 on
the ARD heater relay is not signal voltage.
C. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” .
Proceed to Test Step 11.
D. Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and terminal 1 on the
ARD heater relay.
On industrial engines that use the power converter the system voltage
is 24V on the switch side of the relay.
11. Check for Signal Voltage at the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Signal Result: The voltage between A5:E2 Aftertreatment Control-
Controller voltage (5 ler terminal 43 and terminal 41 is signal voltage.
VDC)
A. Start the engine. Repair: Repair or replace the wiring between the A5:E2
Aftertreatment Controller and the ARD heater relay.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and
the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Elec- Proceed to Test Step 12.
tronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: The voltage between A5:E2 Aftertreatment Control-
C. Perform the “ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test” . ler terminal 43 and terminal 41 is not signal voltage.
D. Measure the voltage between terminal 41 and terminal 43 on the Repair: The A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller is not working
A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller. properly, replace the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller. Pro-
ceed to Test Step 12.
Power to the A5:E2 Aftertreatment Controller must be OFF before re-
connecting the relay.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 355
Circuit Tests
Table 248
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
12. Check the Current Flow to the Heating Element in the ARD 7.0 A and 14 A Result: The current flow is between 7.0 A and 14 A for
Combustion Head for a 12 V a 12 V system. Or, the current flow is between 3.5 A and
System 7 A for a 24 V system.
A. Start the engine. Use a clamp-on ammeter to check the current or The current flow is OK.
flow to the heater. 3.5 A and 7 A
for a 24 V Proceed to Test Step 13.
System
Result: The current flow is not between 7.0 A and 14 A
for a 12 V system. Or, the current flow is not between
3.5 A and 7 A for a 24 V system.
13. Perform an ARD Fuel Nozzle Heat Cycle Successful Noz- Result: The cycle for the ARD nozzle heater completed
zle Cleaning successfully.
A. Start the engine.
The ECM must have an engine speed signal to initiate the ARD Proceed to Test Step 14.
nozzle heater cycle.
The cycle for the ARD nozzle heater override will cycle the nozzle
ON and OFF for an hour to clean the nozzle.
14. Perform a Manual DPF Regeneration Successful Result: The service regeneration completes
Manual DPF successfully.
This test must be performed through the electronic service Regeneration
tool. The electronic service tool enhances the diagnostics dur- Return the engine to service.
ing the service test.
A. Perform a “Manual DPF Regeneration” in the electronic service
tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
356 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06263906
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 357
Circuit Tests
Table 249
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Coolant Level Coolant level Result: The coolant is at the proper level.
Allow the engine to cool prior to removal of the cooling system Proceed to Test Step 2.
pressure cap.
Result: The coolant level is low.
A. Remove electrical power from the ECM.
Repair: Add coolant according to the procedure in the
B. Check the coolant level. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Manual for the proper procedure to check the coolant level.
There may be a leak in the cooling system. Identify the
source of the coolant leak. Repair the leak. Refer to
Systems Operation/Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling
System” for additional information.
2. Verify that the “ Coolant Level Sensor”” Parameter is Pro- Parameter Result: The “Coolant Level Sensor” parameter is pro-
grammed Correctly programmed grammed correctly.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Establish communication with the ECM. Result: The “Coolant Level Sensor” parameter is not
programmed correctly.
C. Verify that the “Coolant Level Sensor” parameter is programmed
to “Installed” . Repair: Program the “Coolant Level Sensor” parame-
ter to “Installed” .
D. Remove electrical power from the ECM.
Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
358 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 250
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Check the Supply Voltage at the Sensor Connector 8.0 ± 0.5 VDC Result: The voltage measurement is 8.0 ± 0.5 VDC.
A. Disconnect the coolant level sensor at the sensor connector. The supply voltage is reaching the sensor. Proceed to
Test Step 4.
B. Restore electrical power to the ECM.
Result: The voltage measurement is not 8.0 ± 0.5
C. Measure the voltage between terminals A (sensor supply) and B VDC.
(sensor return) at the harness connector for the coolant level sensor. The sensor supply voltage is not reaching the sensor.
There is a problem in the circuit for the sensor supply.
D. Remove electrical power from the ECM.
Repair: Repair the wiring between the sensor and the
ECM.
4. Short the Signal Wire to Ground and Monitor the Status for The voltage is Result: The status changes from “LOW” to “OK” when
“ Coolant Level”” within ±5 VDC of the jumper wire is installed. The ECM and the wiring
battery voltage harness to the coolant level sensor are OK.
A. Fabricate a jumper wire that is long enough to create a short cir-
cuit between two terminals at the coolant level sensor harness con- Repair: Replace the coolant level sensor. Verify that
nector. Crimp connector pins to each end of the jumper wire. the repair eliminates the problem.
B. Install the jumper wire between terminals B (sensor return) and C Result: The status does not change from “LOW” to
(sensor signal) on the harness side of the connector for the coolant “OK” when the jumper wire is installed.
level sensor. The problem is between the ECM and the sensor
connector.
C. Restore electrical power to the ECM.
Repair: Repair the wiring. Verify that the repair elimi-
D. Monitor the status of “Coolant Level” on the electronic service tool nates the problem.
while the jumper wire is installed. Wait at least 30 seconds for activa-
tion of the status indicator.
E. Remove the jumper wire. Connect the harness connector for the
coolant level sensor.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 359
Circuit Tests
i06677906
The ECM monitors engine coolant temperature, An override is available with the electronic service
intake manifold air temperature, and hydraulic oil tool. An override allows the fan to be manually
temperature. The ECM monitors the sensors to changed from the minimum to the maximum rpm.
determine the correct speed for the engine cooling
fan.
The ECM controls the speed of the fan by controlling
the current to the engine fan control solenoid. The
engine fan control solenoid controls the amount of
pressure to the fan pump by allowing oil to bypass
the fan pump. The fan pump drives the fan. When the
ECM outputs minimum current to the engine fan
control solenoid, less oil is bypassed. The fan pump
will now drive the fan at a higher rpm. When the ECM
outputs maximum current to the engine fan control
solenoid, more oil is bypassed. The fan pump will
now drive the fan at a lower rpm.
If the ECM detects a system fault, the ECM provides
minimum current to the solenoid. Minimum current
ensures a maximum fan speed when the fault
condition exists.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
360 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 361
Circuit Tests
Table 252
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Active Diagnostic Codes Active Diagnostic Codes Result: No diagnostic codes are active.
A. Remove the electrical power from the ECM.
The problem may have been related to a faulty
B. Verify that the solenoid connector is free of debris and con- connection in the harness. Carefully inspect the
nected securely. connectors and wiring. Refer to Troubleshoot-
ing, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.
C. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool
connector. Result: A short circuit diagnostic code (-6) is
active.
D. Restore the electrical power to the ECM.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
E. Select diagnostic tests from the electronic service tool.
Result: An open circuit diagnostic code (-5) is
F. Select the “Override Parameters” screen on the electronic active.
service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
G. Activate the fan override.
2. Disconnect the Connector for the Engine Fan Control Short circuit Result: A short circuit diagnostic code (-6) re-
Solenoid in Order to Create an Open Circuit mains active. There is a short circuit between
the harness connector for the engine fan control
A. Remove the electrical power from the ECM. solenoid and the ECM.
B. Disconnect the connector for the engine fan control Repair: Repair the connectors or wiring and/or
solenoid. replace the connectors or wiring. Reset all ac-
tive codes and clear all logged codes. Verify
C. Restore the electrical power to the ECM. that the problem is resolved.
D. Activate the fan override. Result: A short circuit diagnostic code (-6) was
active before disconnecting the connector. An
E. Monitor the active diagnostic code screen on the electronic open circuit diagnostic code (-5) became active
service tool. Check and record any active diagnostic codes. after disconnecting the connector.
Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the diagnostic code to be- Repair: Replace the engine fan control sole-
come active. noid. Reset all active codes and clear all logged
codes. Verify that the problem is resolved.
F. Disable the fan override.
3. Create a Short at the Connector for the Engine Fan Con- Open Circuit Result: The open circuit diagnostic code (-5)
trol Solenoid remains active with the jumper in place.
A. Remove the electrical power from the ECM.
Repair: Repair the connectors or wiring and/or
B. Fabricate a jumper wire that is long enough to create a short replace the connectors or wiring. Reset all ac-
between the terminals of the connector for the engine fan con- tive codes and clear all logged codes. Verify
trol solenoid. Crimp connector pins to each end of the jumper that the problem is resolved.
wire.
Result: A short circuit diagnostic code (-6) is
C. Install the jumper wire between terminal 1 (engine fan con- active when the jumper wire is installed. An
trol solenoid) and terminal 2 (solenoid return) on the harness
side of the connector.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
362 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
E. Activate the fan override. Repair: Replace the engine fan control sole-
noid. Reset all active codes and clear all logged
F. Monitor the active diagnostic code screen on the electronic codes. Verify that the problem is resolved.
service tool. Check and record any active diagnostic codes.
i06678772
Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) System Response
Engine Fan Reverse Actuator : This code indicates that there is an open circuit in the engine
4214-5 485-5
Current Below Normal reversing fan solenoid circuit.
Engine Fan Reverse Actuator : This code indicates that there is a short circuit in the engine re-
4214-6 485-6
Current Above Normal versing fan solenoid circuit.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 363
Circuit Tests
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Active Result: An active or logged -5 code is present.
Codes
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool and Proceed to Test Step 2.
the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshoot-
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result: An active or logged -6 code is present.
B. Disconnect the engine reversing fan solenoid connector from the Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring.
wiring harness.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
C. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corro-
sion and was securely connected. Result: A -6 code became active.
D. Connect a jumper wire between the terminals of the harness con- The short circuit was detected by the ECM
nector for the engine reversing fan solenoid. The solenoid coil is re-
placed with a short circuit. Repair: Replace the engine reversing fan solenoid.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
364 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
B. Disconnect the engine reversing fan solenoid connector from the Repair: Replace the engine reversing fan solenoid.
wiring harness.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
C. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corro-
sion and was securely connected. Result: A -6 code became active.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position A short circuit has been detected.
E. Check for active codes. Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring.
5. Check the Engine Reversing Fan Switch Status Result: The switch status changed in the electronic service
Change tool.
A. Disconnect the engine reversing fan solenoid connector from the
wiring harness. A failed engine reversing fan switch has been detected.
B. Use a jumper wire to short circuit the signal and ground wires to- Repair: Replace the engine reversing fan switch.
gether on the harness side of the connector for the switch.
Verify that the problem has been resolved. Return the unit
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position to service.
D. Connect to the electronic service tool. Monitor the engine revers- Result: The switch did not change status in the electronic
ing fan switch parameters in the status screen. service tool.
E. Wait at least 30 seconds and check the status of the engine fan A wiring problem between the switch and the ECM has been
reverse switch on the electronic service tool. The correct status for detected.
the switch is ON when the jumper wire is in place.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
F. Remove the jumper wire from the connector. Wait at least 30 sec- switch and the engine harness.
onds and check the status of the engine fan reverse switch on the
electronic service tool. The correct status for the switch is OFF with Verify that the problem has been resolved. Return the unit
the jumper wire removed. to service.
i06891474
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 365
Circuit Tests
Table 255
Diagnostic Codes Table
J1939 Code PDL Code Code Description Comments
1639-17 E1363 (1) Low Engine Cooling Fan Speed The code is logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
366 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 256
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Status of the Engine Fan Speed Fan Speed Result: The engine fan speed is within ± 50 rpm.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. The sensor is operating correctly. There may be an intermit-
tent electrical problem in a connector or in the harness. If an
B. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool intermittent problem is suspected, refer to Troubleshooting,
connector. “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 367
Circuit Tests
2. Check the Sensor Supply Voltage at the Sensor Supply Voltage Result: The supply voltage is reaching the sensor.
Connector
Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The supply voltage is not reaching the sensor.
B. Disconnect the sensor connector from the wiring harness.
Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Sensor Supply - Test”.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
3. Check the Signal Frequency at the Sensor Connector Sensor Result: The frequency is approximately 80 Hz.
Frequency
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Note: Large Hydraulic Excavators use a frequency of 27Hz
B. Remove the wire from terminal 1 on the sensor side of the The engine cooling fan speed sensor is generating the correct
connector. Connect the sensor connector. signal.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness.
D. Access the “Fan Override Test” under the “Diagnostics” Verify that the problem is resolved.
menu on the electronic service tool.
Note: Large Hydraulic Excavators use a frequency of 27Hz
E. Start the “Fan Override Test” on the electronic service tool.
Set the fan speed to 800 rpm. Result: The frequency is not approximately 80 Hz.
F. Use a multimeter to measure the frequency between the Repair: Replace the fan drive assembly.
signal wire from the sensor and engine ground.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
G. Deactivate the “Fan Override Test” .
i06917820
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
368 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 257
Diagnostic Codes Table
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Table 258
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 369
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
370 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 371
Circuit Tests
Table 260
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Result: An associated diagnostic trouble code is not ac-
Codes tive or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Proceed to Test Step 2.
Tools”, if necessary.
Result: An associated code is active or logged.
B. Check for active diagnostic codes.
Repair: Troubleshoot the associated codes before con-
tinuing with this procedure.
2. Use the “ System Communication Status”” to Determine the Component Result: A -9 code is active.
Communication Issue Identified
Repair: Refer to the above -9 detected problems for
A. In the electronic service tool, click the “Diagnostics” tab on the more information.
tool bar.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Select the “System Communication Status” option from the
drop-down list. Result: A -14 code is active.
Note: The Aftertreatment #1 Intake NOx Level Sensor is dis- Refer to the above -14 detected problems for more
played as Aftertreatment #1 Information #1 in some versions of information.
software.
If the NOx sensors are listed as ECM 2, Proceed to Test
Step 3.
3. Check the Part Number of the Component Part Number Result: The part number is correct for the application.
A. Locate the part number of the component that was identified by Proceed to Test Step 4.
the “System Communication Status” . Check to see if the part
number is correct for the application. Result: The part number is incorrect for the application.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
372 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
4. Check the Programmable Parameters Configuration Result: The components are configured correctly.
A. Navigate to the configuration screen in the electronic service Proceed to Test Step 5.
tool.
Result: The components are not configured correctly.
B. Identify the component that logged the -14 code.
Repair: Configure the components properly for the
C. Determine if the component is configured correctly for the application.
application.
5. Check the Software Flash File (if applicable) Flash File Result: The flash file is correct for the application.
A. Check the flash file part number to make sure that the file Repair: A failed component has been identified. Replace
matches the most current revision. the failed component.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 373
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
374 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 261
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Use the System Communication Status to Determine the Component Result: ECM 1 and ECM 2 are both present.
Cause Identified
Record the devices identified as ECM 1 and ECM 2 in
A. Determine if both ECM 1 and ECM 2 are present in the “ECMs” column 1.
column (1) within the “System Communication Status” screen. Re-
fer to Illustration 133 . Refer to Illustration 133 .
Note: The Aftertreatment #1 Intake NOx Level Sensor is dis- Proceed to Test Step 7.
played as Aftertreatment #1 Information #1 in some versions of
software. Result: Only ECM 1 is present.
7. Check the Resistance of the Data link 60+/-10 Ohms Result: The resistance is less than 50 Ohms.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. There are more than 2 terminating resistors installed in
the wiring harness or a short circuit has been detected.
B. Measure the resistance of the datalink between ECM 2 datalink
(+) wire and the datalink (-) wire on the wiring harness connector Repair: Repair or replace parts as necessary.
of ECM 2. Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
Note: If ECM 2 is the Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control-
ler (DCU), the T400243 Break-out Connector must be used to Result: The resistance is 60 ±10 Ohms.
prevent damage to the DCU connector.
The terminating resistors are OK.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 375
Circuit Tests
9. Check the Resistance of the Data Link 60+/-10 Ohms Result: The resistance is less than 50 Ohms.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. There are more than 2 terminating resistors installed in
the wiring harness or a short circuit has been detected.
B. Measure the resistance of the data link between ECM 1 data
link (+) wire and the data link (-) wire on the wiring harness con- Repair: Repair or replace parts as necessary.
nector of ECM 1. Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram.
Proceed to Test Step 11.
Note: If measuring at the DCU wiring harness connector, the
T400243 Break-out Connector must be used to prevent damage Result: The resistance is 60 ±10 Ohms.
to the DCU connector.
The terminating resistors are OK.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
376 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
10. Check the Keyswitch Circuit to the DCU Battery Voltage Result: The voltage is equal to battery voltage.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Repair: Replace the DCU.
B. Disconnect the 53-pin connector from the DCU. Proceed to Test Step 11.
C. Connect the T400243 Break-out Connector to pin 52 at the Result: The voltage is not equal to battery voltage.
DCU connector.
Repair: There is an open circuit or a short circuit in the
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DCU keyswitch wiring circuit. Repair or replace the wiring cir-
connector. cuit as necessary. Refer to Troubleshooting, “DEF Con-
trol Module Power - Test”.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
11. Use the “ Systems Communication Status”” to Determine Component Result: The “Systems Communication Status” does not
the Communication Issue Identified show any communication issues.
A. In the electronic service tool, click the “Diagnostics” tab on the Return the unit to service.
tool bar.
Result: The datalink health monitor shows that there are
B. Select the “System Communication Status” option from the devices that are not communicating.
drop-down list.
Contact the Dealer Solutions Network (DSN) for
C. Click the “Load from ECM” button to determine if any devices assistance.
are not communicating.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 377
Circuit Tests
Table 262
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
625-14 246-14 Proprietary Data Link : Special Instruction The code is logged.
5588-14 E1132 (2) Proprietary Network #2 : Special Instruction The code is logged.
Table 263
Associated Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
378 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 264
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for an Associated Code Associated Result: An associated -9 or -14 code is active or logged.
Trouble Code
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Repair all associated -9 or -14 codes before con-
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM) for the engine. tinuing with this procedure. Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Data Link - Test”.
B. Check for active diagnostic codes.
Result: A 3468-14, 3469-14, 5576-14, or 5577-14 code
is active or logged.
2. Check the Configuration Parameters Serial Number Result: The CEM serial number matches the “Factory
Installed Aftertreatment Identification Number” .
A. Check the Clean Emissions Module (CEM) serial number on
the CEM data plate. Repair: Replace the Aftertreatment Identification
module.
B. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
C. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . Under
“Aftertreatment Configuration” in the Configuration Parameters, Result: The CEM serial number does not match the
make sure that the “Factory Installed Aftertreatment Identification “Factory Installed Aftertreatment Identification Number” .
Number” matches the CEM serial number.
Repair: Verify that the correct CEM is installed on the en-
gine. Program the CEM serial number into the “Factory
Installed Aftertreatment Identification Number” .
3. Check the Software in the “ Engine #1 Aftertreatment Compatible Result: The software updated successfully and the code
Controller”” Software changed to logged.
A. Update the software in the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Control- Return the unit to service.
ler” .
Note: This code indicates that the software in the Engine ECM
and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” do not match. If the
software in one ECM was updated, and the other was not, this
code will log.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 379
Circuit Tests
i06679832
Table 265
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
380 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 381
Circuit Tests
Table 266
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Code Diagnostic Trou- Result: A 3965-5 or 5966-5 code is active.
ble Code
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Proceed to Test Step 2.
and the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Refer to Troubleshoot-
ing, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result: A 3965-6 or 5966-6 code is active.
B. Determine the diagnostic trouble code that is active. Proceed to Test Step 3.
2. Check the Wiring for an Open Circuit Diagnostic Trou- Result: 3965-5 or 5966-5 and 1235-9 or a 5856-9 codes
ble Code are both active at the same time.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, An open circuit has been detected between the 12-pin
to reset the code, and to reset the DCU. PETU harness connector and the DCU harness 53-pin
connector.
B. Disconnect the 12-pin PETU harness connector. Verify that the
harness connector is free of debris, corrosion and securely Repair: Replace the PETU wiring harness.
connected.
Verify that the problem is resolved. Return the unit to
C. Install a jumper wire between pin 5 on the 12-pin connector on service.
the A5:E2 aftertreatment controller side and a known good
ground. Result: A 1235-9 or 5856-9 code is active.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. An open circuit has been detected between the A5:E2
Aftertreatment Controller and the 12-pin PETU harness
E. Check for an active code. connector.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
382 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check the DCU Wiring for a Short Circuit Diagnostic Trou- Result: 3965-6 or 5966-6 and 1235-9 or 5856-9 codes
ble Code are both active at the same time.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, A short circuit has been detected between the A5:E2
to reset the code, and to reset the DCU. Aftertreatment Controller and the 12-pin PETU harness
connector.
B. Disconnect the 12-pin PETU harness connector. Verify that the
harness connector is free of debris, corrosion and securely Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
connected.
Verify that the problem is resolved. Return the unit to
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. service.
4. Check the DCU Keyswitch Wiring for a Short Circuit to Short Circuit Result: There is less than 100k ohm of resistance be-
Ground tween pin 29 and ground.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- A short circuit has been detected between pin 29 and
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, ground.
to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
B. Disconnect the 12-pin PETU harness connector. Verify that the
harness connector is free of debris, and corrosion. Verify that the problem is resolved. Return the unit to
service.
C. Disconnect the J1 connector on the A5:E2 aftertreatment con-
troller. Measure the resistance between pin 29 and a known good Result: There is more than 100k ohm of resistance be-
ground. tween pin 29 and ground.
5. Check the DCU Keyswitch Wiring for a Pin to Pin Short Short Circuit Result: There is less than 100k ohm of resistance be-
Circuit tween pin 29 and any other pin in the J1 connector ex-
cept pin 10.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, A short circuit has been detected.
to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
B. Disconnect the 12-pin PETU harness connector. Verify that the
harness connector is free of debris, and corrosion. Verify that the problem is resolved. Return the unit to
service.
C. Disconnect the J1 connector on the A5:E2 aftertreatment con-
troller. Measure the resistance between pin 29 and all other pins in Result: There is more than 100k ohm of resistance be-
the 70-pin connector. tween pin 29 and all other pins in the J1 connector except
Note: There should be continuity between pins 10 and 29 pin 10.
only.
Inspect the wiring for an intermittent short.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 383
Circuit Tests
i06681484
Table 267
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 (code descriptions may
PDL Code Comments
Code vary)
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust
4354-5 3110-5 Fluid Line Heater 1 : Current Be- This code indicates that there is a problem with the Backflow/Return line heater
low Normal
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust
4354-6 3110-6 Fluid Line Heater 1 : Current This code indicates that there is a problem with the Backflow/Return line heater
Above Normal
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
384 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Code Description
J1939 (code descriptions may
PDL Code Comments
Code vary)
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust
5491-5 3822-5 Fluid Line Heater Relay: Current This code indicates that there is a problem with the line heater relay.
Below Normal
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust
5491-6 3822-6 Fluid Line Heater Relay: Current This code indicates that there is a problem with the line heater relay.
Above Normal
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 385
Circuit Tests
(1) Coolant Supply Fitting (5) Suction Line (Line Heater #3) (9) DEF Header Connector
(2) Line Heater #1 Connector (6) DEF Header (10) Coolant Return Fitting
(3) Line Heater #3 Connector (7) Backflow Line (Line heater #1) (11) Pressure Line Connection (Line Heater
(4) Coolant Supply to DEF Header (8) Coolant Supply to DEF Pump #2)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
386 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 387
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
388 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 389
Circuit Tests
Table 268
Associated Codes
J1939 Code PDL Code
3363-5 3126-5
3363-6 3126-6
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Result: There is an associated code active or logged.
Trouble
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Codes Repair: Troubleshoot the associated codes. Refer to Trou-
and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Trou- bleshooting, “Diagnostic Trouble Codes or Event Codes” for
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. the proper procedure.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Result: There is an active or there is a logged -5 code other
and the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU) . than a 3822-5 or 5491-5 code.
2. Check for Power at Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Battery Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and a good ground
Line Heater Relay Voltage source is equal to battery voltage.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to
elapse before proceeding. elapse, reinstall the relay. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Remove the heated line relay from the harness. Result: The voltage between terminal 1 and a good ground
source is not equal to battery voltage.
C. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris and free of
corrosion. Repair: Refer to the schematic and troubleshoot the power
source from the VLPM.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
390 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check the Wiring for an Open Circuit Short Circuit Result: A -5 code became active during the electrical
checkout.
A. Disconnect the suspect line heater from the aftertreatment
harness. The DCU did not detect the jumper wire. There is an open
circuit between the heated line relay and the DCU connector.
B. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corro-
sion and securely connected. Repair: Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 mi-
nutes to elapse, replace the heated line relay.
C. Connect a jumper wire between the terminals of the harness
connector for the suspect heated line. The heated line is replaced Proceed to Test Step 4.
with a short circuit.
Result: A -6 code is activated during the electrical checkout.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. The DCU detected the jumper wire. There is a problem with
the heated line.
E. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1” ECM using
the electronic service tool. Repair: Replace the heated line.
F. Go to “Diagnostic Tests” and perform a “DEF Heated Line Test” Turn the keyswitch to the off position for 2 minutes. The key-
. switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
4. Check the Wiring for an Open Circuit Short Circuit Result: A -5 code became active during the electrical
checkout.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to
elapse before proceeding. The DCU did not detect the jumper wire. There is an open
circuit between the heated line relay and the DCU connector.
B. Disconnect the suspect line heater or heated line relay from the There may be a problem with a connector.
aftertreatment harness.
Repair: Replace the harness.
C. Connect a jumper wire between the terminals of the harness
connector for the suspect heated line or heated line relay coil (Pin Turn the keyswitch to the off position for 2 minutes. The key-
2 and Pin 5). The heated line or coil is replaced with a short circuit. switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Perform a “DEF Heated Line Test” to verify the repair. Return
E. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1” ECM using the unit to service.
the electronic service tool.
Result: A -6 code became active during the electrical
F. Go to “Diagnostic Tests” and perform a “DEF Heated Line Test” checkout.
.
The DCU detected the jumper wire. There is a problem with
the heated line relay.
Repair: Replace the heated line relay.
Turn the keyswitch to the off position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 391
Circuit Tests
Table 270
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check the Wiring for a Short Circuit Open Circuit Result: A -6 code became active during the electrical
checkout.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to
elapse before proceeding. The DCU did not detect the open circuit. There is a short cir-
cuit in the wiring between the heated line or heated line relay
B. Disconnect the heated line or heated line relay from the after- coil and the DCU connector. There may be a problem with a
treatment harness. connector.
C. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corro- Repair: Replace the harness.
sion and securely connected.
Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. keyswitch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump
to purge, to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
E. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1” ECM using
the electronic service tool. Perform a “DEF Heated Line Test” to verify the repair. Return
the unit to service.
F. Go to “Diagnostic Tests” and perform a “DEF Heated Line Test”
. Result: A -5 code is activated during the electrical checkout.
The DCU detected the open circuit. There is a problem with
the heated line or heated line relay coil.
Turn the keyswitch to the off position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, to reset the code, and to reset the DCU.
i06920089
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
392 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 272
Required Tools
Table 273
Associated Codes
J1939 Code PDL Code Code Description
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Temperature #1 Sen-
4337-8 3096-8 sor : Abnormal Frequency, Pulse Width, or
Period
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 393
Circuit Tests
Table 274
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Codes Diagnostic codes Result: An associated code is present.
2. Check for Opens in the Pump Electronic Tank Unit (PETU) Open Circuit Result: There were less than 10 Ohms of resist-
Wiring Harness for the DEF Pump Motor Circuit ance on all the DEF pump motor circuit wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “OFF” position. The keyswitch must Proceed to Test Step 3.
be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, reset the
code, and reset the DCU. Result: There were more than 10 Ohms of resist-
ance on any one of the DEF pump motor circuit
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and wires.
the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU).
Repair: There is an open in the harness. Repair
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. the wiring or replace the harness.
Connect Tooling (A) to the pump connector.
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DCU Verify that the problem is resolved.
and pump connectors.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
D. Measure the resistance between terminal 9 (PWM +) on the
DEF pump connector and terminal 46 (PWM +) on the 86-pin
DCU connector.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
394 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check for Short Circuits in the PETU Wiring Harness for Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100 K Ohms of re-
the DEF Pump Motor Circuit sistance between the connector terminal and
ground on all the DEF pump motor circuit wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “OFF” position. The keyswitch must
be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, reset the Proceed to Test Step 4.
code, and reset the DCU.
Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of re-
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and sistance between the connector terminal and
the DCU. ground on any one of the DEF pump motor circuit
wires.
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector.
Connect the Tooling (A) to the pump connector. Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness.
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DCU Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
and pump connectors.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
D. Measure the resistance between terminal 9 (PWM +) on the
DEF pump connector and a known good chassis ground. Proceed to Test Step 5.
4. Check for Short Circuits in the PETU Wiring Harness for Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100 K Ohms of re-
the DEF Pump Motor Wiring sistance on all the DEF pump motor circuit wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “OFF” position. The keyswitch must Repair: A failed DEF pump has been detected.
be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge, reset the Replace the DEF pump.
code, and reset the DCU.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and
the DCU. Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of re-
sistance on any one of the DEF pump motor cir-
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. cuit wires.
Tooling (B) must be used to prevent damage to the DCU
connector. Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness.
Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
D. Measure the resistance between terminal 46 (PWM +) and all
other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness connector. Verify that the problem is resolved.
E. Measure the resistance between terminal 26 (PWM -) and all Proceed to Test Step 5.
other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness connector.
5. Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification Test Diagnostic Codes Result: The code did not return.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “ON” position. Do not start the Return the unit to service.
engine.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 395
Circuit Tests
i06681608
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust There is low voltage on the signal wire between the DCU and the DEF pump
4334-4 3090-4 Fluid Doser Absolute Pressure : pressure sensor.
Voltage Below Normal The code is logged.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 276
Required Tools
A T400242 Break-out 1
Connector
B T400243 Break-out 1
Connector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
396 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 277
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Opens in the Pump Electronic Tank Unit (PETU) Open Circuit Result: There were less than 10 Ohms of resist-
Wiring Harness for the DEF Pump Pressure Sensor Circuit ance on all the DEF pump pressure circuit wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- Proceed to Test Step 2.
switch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, reset the code, and reset the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control- Result: There were more than 10 Ohms of resist-
ler (DCU). ance on any one of the DEF pump pressure cir-
cuit wires.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and
the DCU. Repair: There is an open in the harness. Repair
the wiring or replace the harness.
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. Connect Tooling
(A) to the DEF pump connector. Verify that the problem is resolved.
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DCU
and DEF pump connector. Proceed to Test Step 4.
2. Check for Short Circuits in the PETU Wiring Harness for Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100 K Ohms of re-
the DEF Pump Pressure Sensor Circuit sistance between the connector terminal and
ground on all the DEF pump pressure circuit
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “OFF” position. wires.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and Proceed to Test Step 3.
the DCU.
Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of re-
C. Connect Tooling (A) to the DEF pump connector. sistance between the connector terminal and
The connector must be used to prevent damage to the DEF ground on any one of the DEF pump pressure cir-
pump connector. cuit wires.
D. Measure the resistance between terminal 2 (SUPPLY) on the Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness.
DEF pump connector and a known good chassis ground. Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
E. Measure the resistance between terminal 3 (SIGNAL) on the Verify that the problem is resolved.
DEF pump connector and a known good chassis ground.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
F. Measure the resistance between terminal 4 (GROUND) on the
DEF pump connector and a known good chassis ground.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 397
Circuit Tests
3. Check for Short Circuits in the PETU Wiring Harness for Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100 K Ohms of re-
the DEF Pump Pressure Sensor Circuit sistance on all the DEF pump pressure circuit
wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “OFF” position.
Repair: A failed DEF pump has been detected.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and Replace the DEF pump.
the DCU.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector.
Tooling (B) must be used to prevent damage to the DCU Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of re-
connector. sistance on any one of the DEF pump pressure
circuit wires.
D. Measure the resistance between terminal 19 (SUPPLY) of the
DCU connector and all other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness.
connector. Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
E. Measure the resistance between terminal 17 (SIGNAL) of the Verify that the problem is resolved.
DCU connector and all other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness
connector. Proceed to Test Step 4.
Diagnostic Codes
4. Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification Test Result: The code did not return.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “ON” position. Do not start the Return the unit to service.
engine.
i06681648
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
398 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
A T40-0242 Break-out 1
Connector
B T40-0243 Break-out 1
Connector
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 399
Circuit Tests
Table 280
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the DEF Pump Pressure Sensor Supply Circuit for Supply Voltage Result: The voltage is greater than 5V.
Excessive Voltage
Proceed to Test Step 3.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to Result: The voltage is 5V or less.
purge, reset the code, and reset the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control-
ler (DCU). Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Check the DEF Pump Pressure Sensor Supply for a Short Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100K ohms of re-
Circuit to Ground sistance between the 5V SUPPLY and a ground
source.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key-
switch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to Proceed to Test Step 4.
purge, reset the code, and reset the DCU.
Result: There were less than 100K ohms of re-
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump. sistance between the 5V SUPPLY and a ground
source.
C. Disconnect the 86-pin connector from the DCU.
Repair: A short circuit to ground has been de-
D. Connect Tooling (A) to the DEF pump connector. tected. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Tooling (A) must be used to prevent damage to the DEF
pump connector. Proceed to Test Step 4.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
400 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check the DEF Pump Supply for a Pin-to Pin Short Circuit Short Circuit Result: There were more than 100K ohms of re-
sistance between the 5V SUPPLY and all other
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- pins in the DEF pump connector.
switch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, reset the code, and reset the DCU. Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump. Result: There were less than 100K ohms of re-
sistance between the 5V Supply and all other
C. Disconnect the 86-pin connector from the DCU. pins in the DEF pump connector.
D. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. Repair: There is a problem in the wiring harness.
Tooling (B) must be used to prevent damage to the DCU Repair or replace the wiring harness.
connector.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
E. Measure the resistance between the 5V SUPPLY (Terminal 19
at the DCU connector) and all other pins in the DCU 86-pin
connector.
4. Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification Test Diagnostic Codes Result: The code did not return.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the “ON” position. Do not start the Return the unit to service.
engine.
Result: The code returned.
B. Connect to the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 ECM” using
the electronic service tool. Repair: A failed DEF pump has been detected.
Replace the DEF pump.
C. Perform the “DEF Dosing System Verification Test” .
Perform the DEF Dosing Verification Test to verify
that the issue has been resolved.
i06682584
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 401
Circuit Tests
Table 282
Required Tools
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
402 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 283
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Opens in the PETU Wiring Harness for the Re- 10 Ohms Result: There were less than 10 Ohms of resistance on
verting Valve both of the reverting valve wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The key- Proceed to Test Step 2.
switch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to purge,
reset the code, and reset the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller Result: There were more than 10 Ohms of resistance on
(DCU). either wire for the reverting valve.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump and Repair: There is an open in the harness. Repair the wir-
from the DCU. ing or replace the harness.
C. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. Connect Tooling (A) Verify that the problem is resolved. Proceed to Test Step
to the DEF pump connector. 4.
The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the DCU
and DEF pump connector.
2. Check for Short Circuits in the PETU Wiring Harness for 100k Ohms Result: There were more than 100 K Ohms of resistance
the Reverting Valve between the connector terminal and ground on both of
the reverting valve wires.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DEF pump.
Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of resistance
C. Disconnect the 86-pin connector from the DCU. between the connector terminal and ground on either one
of the reverting valve wires.
D. Connect Tooling (A) to the DEF pump connector.
The connector must be used to prevent damage to the DEF Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness. Repair the
pump connector. wiring or replace the harness.
E. Measure the resistance between terminal 11 (reverting valve +) Verify that the problem is resolved. Proceed to Test Step
on the DEF pump connector and a known good chassis ground. 4.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 403
Circuit Tests
C. Disconnect the 86-pin connector from the DCU. Proceed to Test Step 4.
D. Connect Tooling (B) to the DCU connector. Result: There were less than 100 K Ohms of resistance
Tooling (B) must be used to prevent damage to the DCU on both of the reverting valve wires.
connector.
Repair: There is a short circuit in the harness. Repair the
E. Measure the resistance between terminal 86 (reverting valve +) wiring or replace the harness.
and all other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness connector.
Verify that the problem is resolved. Proceed to Test Step
F. Measure the resistance between terminal 65 (reverting valve -) 4.
and all other pins in the 86-pin DCU harness connector.
i06683185
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
404 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 284
Diagnostic Codes Table
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 405
Circuit Tests
2. Create a Short at the Sensor Connector Short Created Result: A -4 diagnostic code became active after creat-
ing the short at the sensor connector.
A. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of corro-
sion and securely connected. Repair: The wiring is OK. Replace the DEF tank header
assembly. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly
B. Install a jumper wire between the appropriate signal and return manual.
wire at the sensor connector to create a short. Verify that the problem is resolved by cycling the key-
switch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. Turn to the
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. keyswitch to the ON position and check for active
codes.
D. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check
for an active -4 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor. Result: A -4 diagnostic code does not become active
for the tank header unit.
E. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Verify that the problem is resolved by cycling the key-
switch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. Turn to the
keyswitch to the ON position and check for active
codes.
3. Create an Open at the Suspect Sensor Connector Create an Result: A -3 diagnostic code became active after dis-
Open connecting the sensor.
A. Disconnect the connector of the tank header unit.
Repair: The wiring is OK. Replace the DEF tank header
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. assembly. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly
manual.
C. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check Verify that the problem is resolved by cycling the key-
for an active -3 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor. switch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. Turn to the
keyswitch to the ON position and check for active
D. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
406 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06917958
168-4 168-4 Electrical System Voltage : Volt- The ECM detects voltage that is
age Below Normal below the acceptable value.
3360-3 3820-3 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust The ECM detects voltage that is
Fluid Controller : Voltage Above above the acceptable value.
Normal
3360-4 3820-4 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust The ECM detects voltage that is
Fluid Controller : Voltage Below below the acceptable value.
Normal
5758-11 3621-11 Engine Exhaust NOx Level Sen- The ECM detects voltage that is
sor Power Supply: Other Failure outside the acceptable value.
Mode
5759-11 3619-11 Aftertreatment #1 Outlet#1 NOx The ECM detects voltage that is
Level Sensor Power Supply: Oth- outside the acceptable value.
er Failure Mode
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 407
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
408 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Code Result: A -3 or -11 diagnostic code is active.
B. Start the engine. Run the engine until the engine is at Proceed to Test Step 3
normal operating temperature.
2. Check the Charging Circuit Charging Circuit Result: The charging system is OK.
A. Check the charging circuit. Refer to Systems Operation, Proceed to Test Step 3.
Testing and Adjusting, “Charging System - Test”.
Result: The charging system is not OK.
3. Load Test the Battery Load Test Result: The battery voltage is low or the battery did not pass
the load test.
A. Load-test the battery. Refer to Systems Operation and
Testing and Adjusting, “Battery - Test” Repair: Recharge or replace the faulty batteries. Verify that
the repair eliminates the problem.
Result: The batteries pass the load test. The measured volt-
age is between 11.5 VDC and 13.5 VDC for a 12 v system.
The measured voltage is between 23.0 VDC and 27.0 VDC
for a 24 V system.
Check the wiring between the batteries and the ECM / NOx
sensor. Refer to the application-specific wiring schematic for
pin locations.
Check the connectors between the batteries and the ECM /
NOx sensor for moisture and/or corrosion.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring and/or the connectors.
Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 409
Circuit Tests
i06683237
Ether Injection Control Solenoid : Cur- The code is latched. The code is logged.
626-6 2417-6
rent Above Normal Ether injection is disabled.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
410 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 411
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
412 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 289
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect Electrical Connectors and Wiring Connectors and Result : The harness and wiring are OK.
Wiring
A. Remove the electrical power from the ECM. Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Thoroughly inspect the ECM connectors J1/P1 and J2/P2. Result : There is a problem in the connectors and/or wiring.
Inspect all the other connectors for the circuit. Refer to the di-
agnostic functional test Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connec- Repair : Repair the connectors or wiring and/or replace the
tors - Inspect”. connectors or wiring. Ensure that all the seals are properly
in place and ensure that the connectors are coupled.
C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of the wires in the
ECM connector that are associated with the circuit. Proceed to Test Step 4.
D. Check the ECM connector (allen head screw) for the prop-
er torque. Refer to the diagnostic functional test Troubleshoot-
ing, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.
E. Check the harness and the wiring for abrasion and for
pinch points.
2. Check the Wiring Between the ECM and the Ether 10 VDC Result : The voltage measured 0 VDC.
Control
Repair : There is a problem in an electrical component be-
The ether canister must be removed prior to performing tween the ECM and the harness connector for the ether
this procedure. control. The problem may be inside an electrical connector.
Make the necessary repairs.
A. Verify that the keyswitch is in the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Remove the ether canister.
Result : The voltage measured greater than 10 VDC.
C. Disconnect the engine harness connector for the ether
control. Repair : The electrical components between the ECM and
the harness connector for the ether control are OK.
D. Connect a digital voltmeter across the two terminals on the
engine harness connector for ether control. Proceed to Test Step 3.
3. Measure the Resistance of the Coil Inside the Ether 20 Ω Result : The measured resistance was approximately 20 Ω.
Control
Proceed to Test Step 4.
A. Verify that the ether control is not connected to the engine
harness. Result : The measured resistance was not approximately
20 Ω.
B. Measure the resistance of the coil inside the ether control.
Repair : Replace the ether control. Proceed to Test Step 4.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 413
Circuit Tests
Table 290
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Verify the Repair Plunger Movement Result : The plunger moved up when the override was
active.
A. Activate the Ether Injection Override.
Repair : Install the ether bottle and return the unit to
B. Verify that the plunger moved up when the override was service.
active.
A 1 Pressure regulator
Note: This test checks the Exhaust Balance Valve for B 1 Pressure gauge (
proper operation. Component locations outlined in 207 kPa (30 psi))
this procedure may not represent all applications.
Refer to the system operations manual of the C 2 Gate valve
machine or engine you are working on for correct
component locations.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
414 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 292
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Air Lines from the Exhaust Balance Valve Sole- Damaged air Result: A line is damaged.
noid to the Exhaust Balance Valve Actuator line
Repair: Repair the line or replace the line. Return the unit to
Inspection of the air lines is difficult in some applications. Test Step service.
5 will provide further testing procedures.
Result: A line is not damaged.
A. Inspect the air lines from the outlet of the exhaust balance valve
solenoid to the inlet of the exhaust balance valve actuator. Inspect Proceed to Test Step 2.
the lines for any signs of leakage.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 415
Circuit Tests
(2) Linkage to the exhaust balance valve (3) Connection point from the exhaust -up at this linkage is normal
balance valve to the linkage, soot build
Table 293
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Inspect the Linkage to the Exhaust Balance Valve Damaged or Result: The linkage is damaged.
broken
A. Inspect the linkage to the exhaust balance valve from the canis- linkage Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Return the unit to
ter to the housing. Also, inspect the connection point from the link- service.
age to the valve. Inspect the linkage for the following issues:
1. Bending Result: The linkage is not damaged.
2. Breakage
Proceed to Test Step 3.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
416 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
(4) Pressure regulator (7) Hose from the mixer to the exhaust (9) Exhaust balance valve
(5) Gate valve # 1 balance valve solenoid (10) Gate valve # 2
(6) Pressure gauge (8) Exhaust balance valve solenoid
(7) Hose
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 417
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
418 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 294
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
3. Test the Exhaust Balance Valve Solenoid to Make Sure that Valve stuck Result: Air leaked out of the line from the exhaust balance
the Valve Is Not Stuck in the CLOSED Position closed valve solenoid after the fitting was loosened.
A. Disconnect hose (7) from the mixer. Refer to Illustration 154 . The solenoid is not stuck closed. Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Connect Tooling (A), (B), (C), and necessary adapters between Result: Air did not leak out of the line from the exhaust bal-
hose (7) and the mixer. The other end of hose (7) must stay con- ance valve solenoid after the fitting was loosened.
nected to the inlet of the balance valve solenoid.
The exhaust balance valve solenoid is not operating prop-
C. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. erly. Replace the exhaust balance valve solenoid. Return the
unit to service.
Only apply 138 kPa (20 psi) air pressure to the exhaust bal-
ance valve.
D. With gate valve (5) in the open position, regulate the supply air
pressure to 138 kPa (20 psi). Make sure gate valve (10) is closed.
Once the pressure is stable, close gate valve (5).
E. Loosen fitting (11) for the line from the exhaust balance valve
solenoid to the exhaust balance valve.
4. Test the Exhaust Balance Valve Solenoid to Make Sure that Valve stuck Result: Air leaked out of the line from the exhaust balance
the Valve Is Not Stuck in the OPEN Position open valve solenoid after the line was loosened.
The exhaust balance valve solenoid is not operating
A. Relieve any residual pressure in the system by using gate valve properly.
(10) . Once the pressure is relieved, close the valve.
Repair: Replace the exhaust balance valve solenoid. Return
Only apply 138 kPa (20 psi) air pressure to the exhaust bal- the unit to service.
ance valve.
Result: Air did not leak out of the line from the exhaust bal-
B. With the gate valve (5) in the open position, regulate the supply ance valve solenoid after the line was loosened.
air pressure to 138 kPa (20 psi). Make sure gate valve (10) is
closed. Once the pressure is stable, close gate valve (5). The solenoid is operating properly, Proceed to Test Step 5.
E. Loosen the line to the balance valve from the exhaust balance
valve solenoid.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 419
Circuit Tests
5. Pressure Test the System for Leaks System leaks Result: The pressure on the gauge maintains approximately
138 kPa (20 psi).
A. Relieve any residual pressure in the system by using gate valve
(10). Once the pressure is relieved, close the valve. There are no leaks in the system. Proceed to Test Step 6.
Only apply 138 kPa (20 psi) air pressure to the exhaust bal- Result: The pressure on the gauge does not maintain
ance valve. 138 kPa (20 psi).
There is a leak in the system.
B. With the gate valve (5) in the open position, regulate the supply
air pressure to 138 kPa (20 psi). Make sure gate valve (10) is Repair: Check all lines and connections and repair the leak.
closed. Once the pressure is stable, close gate valve (5). Return the unit to service.
Air should now flow between gate valve (5) and the exhaust bal-
ance valve.
6. Check the Spring for the Exhaust Balance Valve Broken Result: The linkage will move by hand.
spring
A. Remove all air pressure from the exhaust balance valve Repair: Replace the exhaust balance valve actuator. Return
actuator. the unit to service.
B. Try to move the linkage rod for the exhaust balance valve by Result: The linkage would not move by hand.
hand.
Proceed to Test Step 7.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
420 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 295
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Inspect the Exhaust Balance Valve Damaged or Result: The exhaust balance valve is broken.
broken valve
A. Relieve all pressure from the exhaust balance valve system. Repair: Replace the turbocharger. Return the unit to
service.
B. Remove the cover from the exhaust balance valve chamber.
i06683284
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 421
Circuit Tests
Table 296
Diagnostic Codes Table
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
422 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Background Information
These engines have Electronic Unit Injectors (EUI)
that are electronically controlled. Each injector
contains two solenoids. The Electronic Control
Module (ECM) sends 105 v pulses to each injector
solenoid. The pulses are sent at the proper time and
at the correct duration for a given engine load and
speed.
The ECM monitors the current flow through the circuit
for each solenoid. If low current flow is detected, a
diagnostic code is activated. The ECM continues to
try to fire the injector.
If high current flow is detected, a diagnostic code is
activated. The ECM will disable the solenoid circuit to
prevent damage from the high current flow. However,
the ECM will periodically try to fire the injector. If the
short circuit remains, this sequence of events will be
repeated until the problem is corrected.
Typically, problems with an injector solenoid occur
when the engine is warmed up and/or when the
engine is under vibration (heavy loads). Perform this
procedure when the engine is at normal operating
temperature. Pay careful attention to the condition of
the wiring and the connectors as you perform this
procedure. The wiring and/or the connectors may
have problems that only occur during vibration.
Diagnostic Tests on the Electronic Service Tool
The electronic service tool includes the following test
that aids in troubleshooting injector solenoids:
Injector Solenoid Test – The Injector Solenoid Test
identifies an open circuit or a short circuit in the
circuits for the injector solenoids. The test is
performed when the engine is not running. The
“Injector Solenoid Test” briefly activates each
solenoid. A good solenoid will create an audible click
when the solenoid is activated. The electronic service
tool indicates the status of the solenoid as “OK” ,
“Open” , or “Short” .
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 423
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
424 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 297
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Logged Codes or Active Codes Leakage Result: There are codes other than an injector code active
or logged.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, Repair: Refer to the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
if necessary.
Result: A -5 code or a -6 code is logged or active.
B. Determine if a code is active or logged.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Inspect the Wiring Harness Between the ECM and the Valve Damaged Result: The connectors and the wiring appear to be OK.
Cover Base wiring or The harness between the ECM and the connector does not
connectors have an open circuit.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Thoroughly inspect the connectors. Refer to Troubleshooting,
“Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for details. Result: There is a problem with the connectors and/or
wiring.
C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of the wires in the ECM
connector. Perform a pull test on each of the wires that are associ- Repair: Repair the connectors or wiring and/or replace the
ated with injector solenoids. connectors or wiring. Ensure that all the seals are properly
in place and ensure that the connectors are coupled. Per-
D. Check the allen head screw on the ECM connector for the prop- form an injector solenoid test to verify that the problem has
er torque. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - In- been resolved.
spect” for the correct torque values.
E. Check the harness and wiring for abrasions and for pinch points
from the valve cover base to the ECM.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 425
Circuit Tests
E. Insert one end of the jumper wire into the connector socket for
the suspect injectors supply wire. Insert the other end of the jumper
wire into the connector socket for the suspect injectors return wire.
The jumper wire will bypass the injector solenoid.
I. Repeat this test for each suspect circuit. Stop the “Injector Sole-
noid Test” before handling the jumper wire. Restore the wiring to
the original configuration.
Open circuit
4. Check the Harness between the ECM and the Valve Cover detected Result: All cylinders indicate a -5 code on the electronic
Base for a Short Circuit service tool.
The harness between the ECM and the connector does not
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strong electrical shock have a short circuit.
hazard is present if the keyswitch is not turned off.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
B. Remove electrical power from the engine ECM.
Result: One or more cylinders indicate a -6 code on the
C. Disconnect the connectors of the injector harness at the valve electronic service tool. Note the cylinders that indicate
cover base. “Short” . The problem is in the wiring to the ECM or the ECM
is not operating properly.
D. Restore electrical power to the engine ECM.
Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring to the ECM.
E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Perform an injector solenoid test to verify that the problem is
resolved.
F. Perform the Injector Solenoid Test at least two times.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
426 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
5. Inspect the Wiring Harness Between the Valve Cover Base Damaged Result: The connectors and the wiring appear to be OK.
and the Injectors wiring or
connectors Proceed to Test Step 6.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strong electrical shock
hazard is present if the keyswitch is not turned off. Result: There is a problem with the connectors and/or
wiring.
B. Remove electrical power from the engine ECM.
Repair: Repair the connectors or wiring and/or replace the
C. Thoroughly inspect the connectors. Refer to Troubleshooting, connectors or wiring. Ensure that all the seals are properly
“Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for details. in place and ensure that the connectors are coupled.
Perform an injector solenoid test to verify that the problem is
D. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of the wires that are as- resolved.
sociated with injector solenoids.
E. Check the harness and wiring for abrasions and for pinch points
from the valve cover base to the injectors.
Open circuit
6. Check the Injector Harness under the Valve Cover for a detected Result: The electronic service tool displays “Open” for the
Short Circuit solenoid that is not connected.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strong electrical shock Proceed to Test Step 7.
hazard is present if the keyswitch is not turned off.
Result: The electronic service tool displays “Short” for the
B. Remove electrical power from the engine ECM. solenoid that is not connected.
There is a problem with the injector harness under the valve
C. Remove the valve cover to gain access to the suspect injector. cover.
D. Disconnect the harness connector from the suspect injector. Repair: Repair the wiring and/or the connector, when possi-
ble. Replace parts, if necessary.
E. Inspect the seal around each wire. Verify that the seal is sealing Perform an injector solenoid test to verify that the problem is
correctly. resolved.
F. Pull on each wire to verify that the wire and the terminal are cor-
rectly installed.
7. Check the Injector Harness under the Valve Cover for an Short circuit Result: The electronic service tool displays “Short” for the
Open Circuit detected connector that has the jumper wire. The wiring is OK.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strong electrical shock Replace the suspect injector. Perform an “Injector Solenoid
hazard is present if the keyswitch is not turned off. Test” using the electronic service tool to verify that the prob-
lem is resolved.
B. Remove electrical power from the engine ECM.
Result: The electronic service tool displays “Open” for the
C. Determine the appropriate terminals for the solenoid with the connector that has the jumper wire.
code. Connect a jumper wire between the terminal for the supply
and the terminal for the return. The jumper wire will replace the in- The wiring has an open.
jector solenoid with a short circuit. Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness under
the valve cover. Perform an injector solenoid test to verify
D. Turn the keyswitch ON. that the problem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 427
Circuit Tests
i06687660
• NRS venturi
• NRS absolute pressure sensor
• NRS valve
The following diagnostic trouble codes aid in
detection of pressure and air flow issues within the
NRS.
Note: Some of the following codes may not be
applicable for certain applications.
Table 298
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
428 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Associated Result: There are associated codes.
Codes
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Event Codes” to trouble-
and the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service shoot the associated diagnostic code.
Tools”, if necessary.
Result: There are no associated codes. If the original diag-
B. Troubleshoot any active or logged diagnostic trouble codes be- nostic trouble code was a E1095, E1096, 2659-15 and/or a
fore troubleshooting the event codes outlined in this procedure. 2659-17.
Determine if an associated code is active or logged. Table 299 lists
associated diagnostic codes. Proceed to Test Step 2.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 429
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
430 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 431
Circuit Tests
Table 301
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Inspect the NRS for Leakage Leakage Result: Leaks were found in the system.
A. Inspect the following components of the NRS for leakage: Repair: Repair the leaks.
1. Exhaust manifold Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the
electronic service tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to
2. Connections for NRS cooler inlet and NRS cooler outlet verify that the problem is resolved.
3. NRS venturi inlet and outlet connections Result: Leaks were not found in the system.
4. Port locations for NRS differential pressure sensor and NRS ab- Proceed to Test Step 3.
solute pressure sensor
3. Use the Electronic Service Tool to Perform an “ EGR System Test Failed Result: The “EGR System Test” fails due to “Delivered Fuel
Test”” Volume Not Responding” .
A. Start the engine. When the NRS gas flow is being commanded to change, no
change in fuel delivery was measured. Increasing or de-
B. Use the electronic service tool to perform an “EGR System Test” creasing the NRS gas flow will affect the amount of fuel
. needed to maintain the desired engine speed.
The fault indicates that when the NRS valve moves from
OPEN to CLOSED, no change in NRS delta pressure is
measured.
The fault indicates that when the NRS valve moves from
OPEN to CLOSED, no change in the NRS absolute pressure
is measured.
The fault indicates when the NRS valve moves from OPEN
to CLOSED, the desired NRS mass flow is different from the
actual mass flow rate.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
432 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 433
Circuit Tests
Table 302
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Inspect the NRS Valve Valve Ro- Result: NRS valve does not rotate at all, or the valve is diffi-
tates Freely cult to rotate.
A. Remove actuator assembly from NRS valve body.
Repair: Replace the NRS valve body and install the actuator
B. Use a straight screwdriver to rotate the valve inside the NRS assembly that was previously removed.
valve body. The valve should freely rotate from the open to close
positions for 90 degrees of rotation. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling
the keyswitch to the OFF position. Use the electronic service
tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to verify that the prob-
lem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
434 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 303
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Inspect the Mounting Location for the NRS Differential Soot Build- Result: Soot build-up is evident in the NRS differential pres-
Pressure Sensor Up sure sensor passages.
A. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect” Repair: Remove the NRS venturi. Use hot soapy water and
when checking sensors. a bore brush to clean out the passages for the NRS venturi
differential pressure.
B. Remove the NRS differential pressure sensor.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling
C. Inspect the mounting location for signs of accumulations of the keyswitch to the OFF position. Use the electronic service
soot. The accumulation may indicate further accumulations of soot tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to verify that the prob-
downstream in the pressure passages. lem is resolved.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling
the keyswitch to the OFF position. Use the electronic service
tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to verify that the prob-
lem is resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 435
Circuit Tests
Table 304
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Inspect the NRS Absolute Pressure Sensor and the Mount- Soot Build- Result: Soot build-up is evident in the absolute pressure
ing Location Up sensor passage.
A. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect” Repair: Remove the NRS venturi. Use hot soapy water and
when checking sensors. a bore brush to clean the passages. Install the NRS venturi.
B. Remove the NRS absolute pressure sensor. Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes. Use the
electronic service tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to
C. Visually inspect all the mounting locations for signs of excessive verify that the problem is resolved.
soot. The excessive soot may indicate further buildup downstream
in the pressure passages. Result: Little or no soot build-up evident.
Reset all active codes and clear all logged codes by cycling
the keyswitch to the OFF position. Use the electronic service
tool to perform an “EGR System Test” to verify that the prob-
lem is resolved.
i06920117
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet NOx : The aftertreatment outlet NOx level is not responding as expected.
3226-7 E1432 (2)
Not Responding Properly The code is logged.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 306
Required Tools
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
436 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 307
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. DEF Quality Result : The DEF is not contaminated and the concentra-
tion is not within the acceptable range.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing
and Adjusting, “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Quality - Test” for the correct Repair : Drain the DEF from the tank. Refill the tank with
procedure. DEF that meets ISO 22241 quality standards.
2. Perform a DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test. DEF Dosing Result : The quantity collected is within specifications.
System Accu-
A. Perform a “DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test” using the elec- racy Test Repair : Install the DEF injector.
tronic service tool. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Ad-
justing, “Aftertreatment SCR System Dosing Test” for the correct Proceed to Test Step 4.
procedure.
Result : The quantity collected is below specification.
3. Check the DEF Pressure Line. Restrictions, Result : There are restrictions or leaks in the lines.
Obstructions, or
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Leaks Repair : Remove the restrictions or replace the pressure
elapse before proceeding. line.
B. Visually inspect the lines for leaks or damage. Proceed to Test Step 4.
C. Remove the DEF pressure line between the DEF pump and the Result : There are no restrictions or leaks in the lines.
DEF injector. Refer to the Disassembly and Assembly manual for
the correct procedure. Repair : Proceed to Troubleshooting, “DEF Pressure is
Low”.
D. Inspect the DEF pressure line for obstructions. Flush the line
with water or low-pressure air, if necessary. Possible obstructions
are ice, DEF deposits, or debris.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 437
Circuit Tests
4. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Successful Test Result : The test completed successfully.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Return the unit to service.
and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Trou-
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary. Result : The test did not complete successfully.
B. Perform an “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” using the Proceed to Test Step 5.
electronic service tool.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Repair : Replace or repair the failed component or
and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) . components.
B. Perform a “Cylinder Cutout Test” using the electronic service Proceed to Test Step 7.
tool.
Result : A misfire was not detected.
6. Check the Exhaust System for Leaks Exhaust Leaks Result: There were not any exhaust leaks found.
A. Check the entire exhaust system for leaks. Repair : For a 3216-7 (E1431 (2)) code, replace the in-
take NOx sensor.
7. Perform the “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” in the Successful Test Result: The test completed successfully.
electronic service tool.
Return the unit to service.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the engine Electronic Control Module (ECM) . Refer to Trou-
bleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
i06688778
Retarder - Test
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
438 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 308
Diagnostic Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 439
Circuit Tests
1. Check for Active Diagnostic Codes and/or Logged Diag- Diagnostic Result: A 2533-5 diagnostic code or a 2535-5 diagnostic
nostic Codes Trouble code is active. If both diagnostic codes are active, the prob-
Codes lem is most likely in the shared return wire. Inspect the wire
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool and/or connectors for an open circuit.
connector.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Result: A 1072-5 diagnostic code or a 1073-5 diagnostic
C. Access the diagnostic overrides under the “Diagnostics” menu. code is active. If both diagnostic codes are active, the prob-
lem is most likely in the shared return wire. Inspect the wire
D. Start the “Compression Brake Low/High Override” on the elec- and/or connectors for an open circuit.
tronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
E. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the “Compression Brake Low/High Result: A 2533-6, diagnostic code or a 2535-6 diagnostic
Override” . code is active.
F. Monitor the active diagnostic code screen on the electronic Proceed to Test Step 4.
service tool. Check and record any active diagnostic codes.
Result: A 1072-6 diagnostic code or a 1073-6 diagnostic
G. Start the “Compression Brake Med/High Override” on the elec- code is active.
tronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
H. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the “Compression Brake Med/High
Override” .
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
440 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 310
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Create a Short Between the Wires of the Suspect Compres- Short Circuit Result: A 2533-6, 1072-6, 1073-6, or a 2535-6 diagnostic
sion Brake Solenoid at the Valve Cover Connector Detected code is active. The harness wiring between the valve cover
connector and the ECM is OK.
To troubleshoot a 2533-5 or 1072-5 diagnostic code, use the
“ Compression Brake Low/High Override”” on the electronic Proceed to Test Step 3.
service tool. To troubleshoot a2535-5 or 1073-5 diagnostic
code, use the “ Compression Brake Med/High Override”” on the Result: A 2533-5, 1072-5, 1073-5, or a 2535-5 diagnostic
electronic service tool. code is active. The ECM did not detect the short at the valve
cover connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness. Verify
B. Disconnect the harness at the valve cover connector. that the problem is resolved.
G. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the override.
I. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Remove the wire short.
A -5 open circuit diagnostic code will be active for the other com-
pression brake solenoid. Ignore the diagnostic codes for the other
compression brake solenoid. Ignore any diagnostic codes for the
injector solenoids.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 441
Circuit Tests
Table 311
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Short Circuit
3. Create a Short Circuit at the Compression Brake Solenoid Detected Result: A 2533-6, 2535-6, 1072-6, or a 1073-6 diagnostic
code is active. The harness wiring between the connector
Two solenoids are activated to create a medium braking ac- for the compression brake solenoid and the ECM is OK.
tion. The open could be in either solenoid or in the harness.
To isolate the problem for a medium braking action, run this Repair: Replace the suspect compression brake solenoid.
test step for each of the solenoids. The short must be created Verify that the problem is resolved.
separately at each solenoid.
To troubleshoot a 2533-5 or 1072-5 diagnostic code, use the Result: A 2533-6, 2535-6, 1072-6, or a 1073-6 diagnostic
“ Compression Brake Low/High Override”” on the electronic code is active. The ECM did not detect the short at the con-
service tool. To troubleshoot a 2535-5 or a 1073-5 diagnostic nector for the compression brake. There is an open between
code, use the “ Compression Brake Med/High Override”” on the the valve cover connector and the connector for the com-
electronic service tool. pression brake solenoid.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness between
the connector for the compression brake solenoid and the
B. Remove the valve cover. valve cover connector.
F. Fabricate a jumper wire. Short the two wires for the suspect sol-
enoid on the solenoid connector. Crimp a pin to each end of the
jumper wire.
G. Make sure that the solenoid connector securely holds the jump-
er wire.
Worn terminals and/or damaged terminals on the solenoid
connector could cause an intermittent “ Open”” .
K. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the override.
M. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Remove the wire short.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
442 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 312
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Open Circuit
4. Create an Open Between the Wires of the Suspect Com- Detected Result: A 2533-5, 2535-5, 1072-5, or a 1073-5 diagnostic
pression Brake Solenoid at the Valve Cover Connector code is active. The ECM detected the open at the valve cov-
er connector for the compression brake solenoid. The har-
To troubleshoot a 2533-6 or 1072-6 diagnostic code, use the ness wiring between the valve cover connector and the ECM
“ Compression Brake Low/High Override”” on the electronic is OK.
service tool. To troubleshoot a 2535-6 or 1073-6 diagnostic
code, use the “ Compression Brake Med/High Override”” on the Proceed to Test Step 5.
electronic service tool.
Result: A 2533-5, 2535-5, 1072-5, or a 1073-5 diagnostic
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. code is active. The ECM did not detect the open at the valve
cover connector for the compression brake solenoid.
B. Disconnect the harness at the valve cover connector.
Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness between
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. the P2 connector and the valve cover connector. Verify that
the problem is resolved.
D. Access the diagnostic override under the “Diagnostics” menu.
F. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the override.
H. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Remove the wire short.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 443
Circuit Tests
Table 313
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Open Circuit
5. Create an Open Circuit at the Compression Brake Solenoid Detected Result: A 2533-5, 2535-5, 1072-5, or a 1073-5 diagnostic
code is active. The ECM detected the open at the valve cov-
Two solenoids are activated to create a medium braking ac- er connector for the compression brake solenoid. The har-
tion. The short could be in either solenoid or in the harness. ness wiring between the valve cover connector and the ECM
To isolate the problem for a medium braking action, run this is OK.
test step for each of the solenoids. The open must be created
separately at each solenoid. Repair: Replace the suspect compression brake solenoid.
To troubleshoot a 2533-6 or 1072-6 diagnostic code, use the Verify that the repair eliminates the problem.
“ Compression Brake Low/High Override”” on the electronic
service tool. To troubleshoot a 2535-6 or 1073-6 diagnostic Result: A 2533-5, 2535-5, 1072-5, or a 1073-5 diagnostic
code, use the “ Compression Brake Med/High Override”” on the code is active. The ECM did not detect the open at the com-
electronic service tool. pression brake solenoid. There is a short circuit between the
valve cover connector and the connector for the compres-
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. sion brake solenoid.
B. Remove the valve cover. Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness between
the connector for the compression brake solenoid and the
C. Reconnect the valve cover connector. valve cover connector. Verify that the problem is resolved.
I. Once the electronic service tool displays the status of the com-
pression brake solenoid, stop the override.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
444 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06688798
Table 314
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 445
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
446 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 315
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the diagnostic code. Diagnostic trouble Result : A 4360-16 or E946 (2) code with an ETI of 1 or 2
code is active or logged.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool con-
nector. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if Proceed to Test Step 2.
necessary.
Result : A 4360-17, E947 (1), 4360-18, or E947 (2) code
B. Determine if a diagnostic trouble code is present. is logged or active.
2. Check the operation of the SCR catalyst inlet tempera- Sensor Result : The value of the SCR catalyst inlet temperature
ture sensor. sensor is within ±9° C (15° F) of ambient temperature.
Note : Only perform this step on a cold engine. Repair : Reinstall the sensor. torque the sensor to the
proper specification.
A. Remove the SCR catalyst inlet temperature sensor and al-
low the sensor to rest in ambient air for 2 minutes. For a 4360-16 or E946 (2) code, proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Connect to the engine ECM by using the electronic service For a 4360-17, E947 (1), 4360-18, or E947 (2) code pro-
tool. ceed to Test Step 3.
C. Monitor the value of the SCR catalyst inlet temperature sen- Result : The value of the SCR catalyst inlet temperature
sor on the electronic service tool. sensor is not within ±9° C (15° F) of ambient temperature.
3. Check for exhaust leaks. Exhaust leaks Result : There were exhaust leaks found.
A. Start the engine. Repair : Repair or replace the component that is causing
an exhaust leak.
B. Check the exhaust system for proper installation.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
C. Check for proper installation of the exhaust system
insulation.
D. Inspect the exhaust system between the DPF and the SCR
for signs of an exhaust leak.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 447
Circuit Tests
4. Check the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. DEF Result : The DEF is not contaminated.
A. Measure the DEF quality. Refer to the Systems Operation, Repair : Check the exhaust system for fuel. Refer to Trou-
Testing and Adjusting, “Diesel Exhaust Fluid Quality - Test” for bleshooting, “Exhaust System Contains Fuel”.
the correct procedure.
Contact the Dealer Solution Network (DSN) for authoriza-
tion to replace the DOC, DPF, DEF Injector, and the SCR
catalyst.
5. Perform the “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” “Aftertreatment Result : The test was successful.
System Functional
A. Start the engine. Test” Return the unit to service.
B. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Control ECM” us- Result : The test was not successful. There are additional
ing the electronic service tool. diagnostic codes.
C. Perform the “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” . Repair : Troubleshoot the diagnostic codes that are active.
Refer to the Troubleshooting guide for the correct trouble-
shooting procedure.
Complete the procedure in the order in which the If a signal voltage is close to the reference voltage,
steps are listed. the ECM will internally adjust the signal voltage. The
internal adjustment causes the pressure value for the
i06688804 sensor to be correct. This process is called automatic
sensor calibration.
Sensor Calibration Required - If a signal voltage is not close to the reference
Test voltage, the ECM will not internally adjust the signal
voltage. The ECM will set a fault code that indicates
there is a problem with the signal voltage.
During normal operation, each pressure sensor Table 316 indicates the maximum error that is
permitted for each sensor, and the reference for that
outputs a signal voltage that accurately represents sensor. Refer to the troubleshooting procedure to
the pressure that is sensed by the sensor. However, determine the root cause of the incorrect signal
certain circuit conditions can cause a signal voltage voltage.
to become inaccurate.
During each key on event of at least 2 seconds, the
Electronic Control Module (ECM) evaluates the
signal voltage from each pressure sensor. The ECM
compares each signal voltage to a reference voltage.
The reference voltage that is used depends on the
sensor.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
448 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 316
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code Comments
(code descriptions may vary)
During key on, the signal voltage from the crankcase air pressure
Crankcase Air Pressure Sensor : Out of sensor indicated a crankcase air pressure greater than +/- 1.5 kPa
101-13 101-13
Calibration (0.2 psi).
There is not a reference sensor for this sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the EGR differential pressure
EGR Differential Pressure Sensor : Out sensor indicated a differential pressure greater than +/- 11 kPa
411-13 3387-13
of Calibration (2 psi).
There is not a reference sensor for this sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the diesel particulate filter #1
differential pressure sensor indicated a dpf differential pressure
greater than +/- 2 kPa (0.3 psi).
DPF #1 Differential Pressure Sensor :
3251-13 2458-13 The 2458-13 will not activate for several hours if the ambient tem-
Out of Calibration
perature is below 7° C (45° F) or if active regeneration has not been
performed.
There is not a reference sensor for this sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the EGR intake pressure
EGR Intake Pressure Sensor : Out of sensor indicated an EGR intake pressure greater than +/- 18 kPa
3358-13 3385-13
Calibration (3 psi) from the atmospheric pressure sensor.
Reference sensor : Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the Intake Manifold pressure
Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor : Out sensor indicated an Intake Manifold pressure greater than +/-
3563-13 1785-13
of Calibration 18 kPa (3 psi) from the Atmospheric Pressure sensor.
Reference sensor : Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the diesel particulate filter #1
DPF #1 Intake Pressure Sensor : Out of intake pressure sensor indicated a dpf intake pressure greater than
3609-13 3464-13
Calibration +/- 6 kPa (1 psi) from the atmospheric pressure sensor.
Reference sensor : Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
During key on, the signal voltage from the aftertreatment #1 secon-
Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pres- dary air pressure sensor indicated a secondary air pressure greater
3837-13 3493-13
sure Sensor : Calibration Required than +/- 12 kPa (2 psi) .from the atmospheric pressure sensor.
Reference sensor : Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 449
Circuit Tests
Table 317
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Diagnostic Result: There is an active or there is a logged -13 code.
Trouble
The engine coolant temperature must be greater than 0° C (32° F) Codes Proceed to Test Step 2.
before beginning this procedure.
2. Check for Debris Debris Result: The sensor measurement port is not blocked by
debris.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Check the suspect sensor for debris.
Result: A -13 code is not present, return the unit to service.
C. If applicable, check the reference sensor for debris.
Result: A -13 code is present, replace the suspect sensor.
D. Check the sensor measurement port for blockage by debris. Verify that the problem is resolved.
E. If debris is found, clear the debris from the measurement port Result: If more than one -13 code is present and the codes
and replace the suspect sensor. have a reference sensor, replace the reference sensor. Verify
that the problem is resolved.
F. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
G. Check for -13 codes. Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the di-
agnostic codes to become active.
The 2458-13 will not activate for several hours if the ambient tem-
perature is below 7° C (45° F) or if active regeneration has not
been performed. If troubleshooting a 2458-13 and ambient temper-
ature is below 7° C (45° F), perform a "Manual DPF regeneration"
after completing the repair to verify that the problem has been
resolved.
3. Inspect the Suspect Sensor Connector Moisture Result: The suspect sensor connector has moisture and/or
corrosion.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
Inspect the suspect sensor connector for moisture and/or
corrosion. Result: The suspect sensor connector does not have mois-
ture and/or corrosion.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
450 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
4. Remove any moisture and/or corrosion Moisture Result: A -13 code is not present, return the unit to service.
A. Disconnect the suspect sensor connector. Result: A -13 code is present, replace the suspect sensor.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
B. Remove any moisture and/or corrosion from the outside of the
connector. Check for moisture and corrosion inside the connector. Result: If only a 289-13 code is present, replace the refer-
Verify that the seals for the wires are sealing correctly. Refer to ence sensor. Verify that the problem is resolved.
Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”, if necessary.
Result: If only a 460-13 or (5580 -13) code is present, re-
C. If necessary, repair the connector or replace the connector. place the reference sensor. Verify that the problem is
resolved.
D. Reconnect the connector. Verify that the connection is secure.
Result: If more than one -13 code is present and the codes
E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. have a reference sensor, replace the reference sensor. Verify
that the problem is resolved.
F. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool.
Check for -13 codes. Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the diag-
nostic codes to become active.
The 2458-13 will not activate for several hours if the ambient tem-
perature is below 7° C (45° F) or if active regeneration has not
been performed. If troubleshooting a 2458-13 and ambient temper-
ature is below 7° C (45° F), perform a “Manual DPF regeneration”
after completing the repair to verify that the problem has been
resolved.
5. Check for Moisture and/or Corrosion in the Circuit Moisture Result: A -13 code is not present, return the unit to service.
A. Check all the connectors in the circuit for moisture and/or Result: A -13 code is present, replace the suspect sensor.
corrosion. Verify that the problem is resolved.
B. Check for corrosion inside the connector. Verify that the seals Result: If only a 460-13 or 5580 -13 code is present, replace
for the wires are sealing correctly. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Elec- the reference sensor. Verify that the problem is resolved.
trical Connectors - Inspect”, if necessary.
Result: If more than one -13 code is present and the codes
C. If necessary, repair the connector or replace the connector. have a reference sensor, replace the reference sensor. Verify
that the problem is resolved.
D. Reconnect the connector. Verify that the connection is secure.
The 2458-13 will not activate for several hours if the ambient tem-
perature is below 7° C (45° F) or if active regeneration has not
been performed. If troubleshooting a 2458-13 and ambient temper-
ature is below 7° C (45° F), perform a “Manual DPF regeneration”
after completing the repair to verify that the problem has been
resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 451
Circuit Tests
i06917978
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Aftertreatment #1 Intake NOx : The aftertreatment intake NOx sensor heater cannot generate
3216-11 3655-11
Other Failure Mode enough heat or the power supply is intermittent.
Aftertreatment #1 Outlet NOx : The aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor heater cannot generate
3226-11 3609-11
Other Failure Mode enough heat or the power supply is intermittent.
Note: Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position before “The version of the ECM is not recognized and the
connecting or disconnecting these components. integrity of the changed parameters and displayed
data is not guaranteed.”
If the electronic service tool will not communicate
with the ECM, refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic This message indicates that one of the following
Service Tool Does Not Communicate” before you conditions exist:
begin this procedure. The procedure verifies that
electrical power is being supplied to the ECM and to • The flash file in the ECM is newer than the version
the service tool connector. of the electronic service tool.
The data links are used to communicate information • The latest version of the electronic service tool has
between the engine ECM and other control modules not been installed.
that are a part of the application. The electronic
service tool also communicates with the ECM via the
data links.
The service tool connector contains connections for
electrical power and for the data links.
When the keyswitch is in the OFF position, the
electronic service tool may communicate with the
ECM. However, the communications may be
disrupted and the communications may require
frequent reconnection. To avoid this problem, place
the keyswitch in the ON position when the electronic
service tool is being used.
The electronic service tool may display the following
error message:
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
452 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 453
Circuit Tests
F. Thoroughly inspect the connectors that are associated with the Result: A 3516–12 (3100–12) code is active or logged.
data link circuits. Verify that the connectors are free of debris, free
of corrosion, and securely connected. Repair: Replace the DEF tank header. Refer to the ap-
propriate Disassembly and Assembly for removal and in-
stallation instructions.
Battery Voltage
2. Check the Voltage to the Suspect Sensor. Result: The measured voltage is equal to battery voltage.
A. Disconnect the suspect sensor from the wiring harness. Repair: Replace the failed NOx Sensor.
C. Measure the voltage between battery “SUPPLY” and “RE- Result: The measured voltage is not equal to battery
TURN” on the wiring harness connector of the suspect sensor. voltage.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
454 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
4. Inspect the DEF Quality Sensor DEF Quality Result: Debris was found in the DEF tank, DEF header
Sensor manifold filter, or the DEF quality sensors.
A. Remove the DEF tank header from the DEF tank.
Repair: Flush the DEF tank and replace all the DEF fil-
B. Inspect the DEF tank and DEF manifold filter for debris. ters. Refer to the Testing and Adjusting, Diesel Exhaust
Fluid Tank - Flush procedure.
C. Inspect the DEF quality sensor for visible debris. Refer to the
Testing and Adjusting, Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank - Flush Proceed to Test Step 5.
procedure.
Result: No debris was found or a DEF quality sensor is
damaged.
Test Completed
5. Perform the Aftertreatment System Functional Test. Successfully Result: No faults came active.
C. Connect to the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” using the Repair: Troubleshoot the fault that became active during
electronic service tool. the “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” . After the is-
sue has been resolved, run the “Aftertreatment System
D. Perform the “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” . Functional Test” again.
i06691102
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 455
Circuit Tests
Table 320
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
456 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Engine Exhaust Gas Recir- The ECM detects signal voltage that is not in the acceptable
culation Differential Pres- range.
411-3 3387-3
sure Sensor : Voltage The code is logged.
Above Normal The value of the parameter is set to a gauge pressure.
Engine Exhaust Gas Recir- The ECM detects signal voltage that is not in the acceptable
culation Differential Pres- range.
411-4 3387-4
sure Sensor : Voltage Below The code is logged.
Normal The value of the parameter is set to a gauge pressure.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 457
Circuit Tests
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
458 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 459
Circuit Tests
Aftertreatment #1 SCR Cat- The ECM detects signal voltage that is not in the acceptable
4360-3 3105-3 alyst Intake Gas Tempera- range.
ture : Voltage Above Normal The code is logged.
Aftertreatment #1 SCR Cat- The ECM detects signal voltage that is not in the acceptable
4360-4 3105-4 alyst Intake Gas Tempera- range.
ture : Voltage Below Normal The code is logged.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
460 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 461
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
462 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 463
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
464 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 465
Circuit Tests
Table 321
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
C. Look for -3 or -4 active or logged codes: Result: A 2458-2 or 3251-2 diagnostic code is active.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
2. Create a Short at the Sensor Connector Short created Result: A -4 diagnostic code became active after creat-
ing the short at the sensor connector.
A. Use a jumper wire to create a short between terminal 3 (signal)
and terminal 2 (sensor return) at the sensor connector. The wiring is OK. Replace the sensor.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Result: A -4 diagnostic code does not become active
C. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check for the suspect sensor.
for an active -4 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
466 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Create an Open at the Suspect Sensor Connector Create an Result: A -3 diagnostic code became active after dis-
Open connecting the sensor.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
The wiring is OK. Replace the sensor.
B. Disconnect the sensor connector of the suspect sensor with the
active -4 diagnostic code. Verify that the problem is resolved.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Result: A -3 diagnostic code did not become active
after disconnecting the sensor.
D. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. Check
for an active -3 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor. Proceed to Test Step 4.
4. Check the 5 VDC Supply Voltage at the Sensor Connector Test passed Result: The supply voltage is approximately 5.0 ± 0.2
VDC
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Connect the sensor and then proceed to Test Step 5
B. Measure the voltage between pin 1 and pin 2 at the suspect
sensor. Result: The supply voltage is not approximately 5.0 ±
0.2 VDC.
5. Perform the Wiggle Test Test passed Result: The wiring failed the Wiggle Test.
Carefully following this procedure is the best way to identify the root There is a problem with the wiring. Repair the wiring or
cause of an intermittent problem. replace the wiring.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Verify that the problem is resolved.
B. Use the electronic service tool to run the “Wiggle Test” . STOP
C. Slowly wiggle the wiring and the connectors between the P2 con- Result: The wiring passed the Wiggle Test.
nector and the sensor. Pay particular attention to the wiring near
each connector. Be sure to wiggle all the wiring. The problem may be intermittent. Inspect the wiring.
As you wiggle the wiring look for these problems. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -
1. Loose connectors or damaged connectors Inspect”.
2. Moisture on the connectors or the wiring
3. Damaged that is caused by excessive heat If the wiring looks OK, perform the following procedure.
4. Damage that is caused by chafing
5. Improper routing of wiring 1. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
6. Damaged insulation 2. Disconnect the connectors. Carefully inspect the ter-
minals for proper installation. Make sure that each ter-
minal is clean and dry.
3. Insert a pin into each socket. Verify that each socket
grips the pin firmly. Repair any problems.
4. Connect all connectors.
5. Verify that the problem is resolved.
6. Return the unit to service.
STOP
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 467
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
468 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 322
6. Inspect the DPF Differential Pressure Lines inspected Result: The DPF differential pressure lines,
Lines, Fittings, and Manifold fittings, and manifold are connected and free
from obstructions.
A. Ensure that the DPF differential pressure
lines are connected. Proceed to Test Step 7
B. Ensure that the DPF differential pressure Result: The DPF differential pressure lines
lines, fittings, and manifold are free from ob- are not connected or the lines, fittings, and
structions. Make sure that moisture has not fro- manifold have obstructions.
zen in the lines, fittings, and manifold.
Repair or replace the DPF differential pres-
Note: The 2458-2 or 3251-2 will not activate for sure line. Clear all codes. Return the engine
several hours if the ambient temperature is be- to service.
low 7° C (45° F) or if active regeneration has STOP
not been performed. If troubleshooting a 2458-
2 or 3251-2 and ambient temperature is below
7° C (45° F), perform a “Manual DPF regenera-
tion” after completing the repair to verify that
the problem has been resolved.
7. Inspect the Electrical Connectors for the Connectors inspected Result: A 2458-2 or 3251-2 diagnostic code
ARD Pilot Fuel Pressure Sensor and the will appear when the connectors are switched
DPF Differential Pressure Sensor between sensors, be certain the connectors
are connected to the correct sensors.
A. Check the connectors for the differential
pressure sensor and the pilot fuel pressure Connect the connectors to the correct sen-
sensor to ensure that the connectors are con- sors. Verify that the problem is resolved.
nected to the proper sensor. Clear all codes. Return the engine to service.
i06691215
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 469
Circuit Tests
Table 323
Diagnostic Codes Table
171-3 171-3 Ambient Air Temperature : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM de-
Above Normal tects voltage that is not in the ac-
ceptable range.
171-4 171-4 Ambient Air Temperature : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM de-
Below Normal tects voltage that is not in the ac-
ceptable range.
172-3 2526-3 Air Inlet Temperature Sensor : Volt- The code is logged.
age Above Normal The ECM detects voltage that is
not in the acceptable range.
172-4 2526-4 Air Inlet Temperature Sensor : Volt- The code is logged.
age Below Normal The ECM detects voltage that is
not in the acceptable range.
174-3 174-3 Fuel Temperature Sensor : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM will
Above Normal flag the fuel temperature as inva-
lid data and the fuel temperature
174-4 174-4 Fuel Temperature Sensor : Voltage
is set to a default value of 40 °C
Below Normal
(104 °F).
175-3 175-3 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor : The code is logged. The ECM de-
Voltage Above Normal tects voltage that is not in the ac-
ceptable range.
175-4 175-4 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor : The code is logged. The ECM de-
Voltage Below Normal tects voltage that is not in the ac-
ceptable range.
441-3 1836-3 Auxiliary Temperature 1 : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM will
Above Normal flag the temperature as invalid
data and the temperature is set to
a default value.
441-4 1836-4 Auxiliary Temperature 1 : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM will
Below Normal flag the temperature as invalid
data and the temperature is set to
a default value.
442-3 3683-3 Auxiliary Temperature 2 : Voltage The code is logged. The ECM will
Above Normal flag the temperature as invalid
data and the temperature is set to
a default value.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
470 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
2630-4 3372-4 Engine Charge Air Cooler #1 Out- The code is logged.
let Temperature Sensor : Voltage The ECM detects voltage that is
Below Normal not in the acceptable range.
System Overview
The sensor signal for the passive sensor is routed
from the ECM to terminal 1 of each sensor connector.
The sensor return for the passive sensors is routed to
the ECM from terminal 2 of each sensor connector.
Diagnostics on the electronic service tool
Wiggle Test – The Wiggle Test allows you to monitor
the status of the signals from the sensors.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 471
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
472 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 324
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes Codes Result: A -3 diagnostic code is active.
C. Access the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen on the elec- Proceed to Test Step 3.
tronic service tool.
Result: For a diagnostic code that is logged but not cur-
Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the diagnostic codes rently active, Proceed to Test Step 4.
to become active. Note: If a 412-3 or 3386–3 code is logged, operate the en-
gine until normal operating temperature is reached. Use the
D. Look for these active codes or logged codes: electronic service tool to check if the 412-3 or 3386–3 code
is now active. If the 412-3 or 3386–3 code is now active, pro-
1.-3 ceed to Test Step 2.
2. -4
2. Create a Short at the Sensor Connector Short circuit Result: The -3 diagnostic code remains active for the sus-
recognized pect sensor.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. There is an open circuit in the harness.
B. Disconnect the suspect sensor. Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
C. Install the jumper wire between terminal 1 (sensor signal) Verify that the problem is resolved.
and terminal 2 (sensor return) at the sensor connector.
Result: A -4 diagnostic code became active after creating
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. the short at the sensor connector.
The wiring is OK.
E. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool.
Check for an active -4 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor. Repair: Replace the sensor.
Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the diagnostic codes Verify that the problem is resolved.
to become active.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 473
Circuit Tests
3. Create an Open at the Suspect Sensor Connector Open circuit Result: The -4 diagnostic code remains active for the sus-
recognized pect sensor.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. There is an open circuit in the harness.
B. Disconnect the sensor connector of the suspect sensor with Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
the active -4 diagnostic code.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Result: A -3 diagnostic code became active after discon-
D. Monitor the diagnostic codes on the electronic service tool. necting the sensor.
Check for an active -3 diagnostic code for the suspect sensor. The wiring is OK.
Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the diagnostic codes Repair: Replace the sensor.
to become active.
· A 412-3 or 3386–3 code will not become active during Verify that the problem is resolved.
“ Cold Mode”” . Run the engine to exit cold mode before
troubleshooting a 412-3 code.
· For a 110-3 code, start the engine and let the engine idle
for 7 minutes. The engine must be running for at least 7
minutes in order for the diagnostic to run.
Wiggle test
4. Perform the Wiggle Test Result: The wiring failed the Wiggle Test.
There is a problem with the wiring.
Carefully following this procedure is the best way to identify
the root cause of an intermittent problem. Repair: Repair the wiring or replace the wiring.
Note: To troubleshoot a 412-3 or 3386–3 diagnostic code the Verify that the problem is resolved.
engine must be operated until normal operating temperature is
reached. Result: The wiring passed the Wiggle Test.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Repair: The problem may be intermittent. Inspect the wiring.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.
B. Use the electronic service tool to run the “Wiggle Test” .
If the wiring looks OK, perform the following procedure.
C. Slowly wiggle the wiring and the connectors between the
P2 connector and the sensor. Slowly wiggle the wiring and the 1. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
connectors between the P1 connector and the sensor. Pay
particular attention to the wiring near each connector. Be sure 2. Disconnect the connectors. Carefully inspect the terminals
to wiggle all the wiring. for proper installation. Make sure that each terminal is clean
and dry.
D. As you wiggle the wiring look for these problems.
3. Insert a pin into each socket. Verify that each socket grips
1. Loose connectors or damaged connectors the pin firmly. Repair any problems.
2. Moisture on the connectors or the wiring
3. Damage that is caused by excessive heat 4. Connect all connectors.
4. Damage that is caused by chafing
5. Improper routing of wiring 5. Verify that the problem is resolved.
6. Damaged insulation
6. Return the unit to service.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
474 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06691712
Table 325
Diagnostic Codes Table
System Operation The supply voltage for the sensors is routed from the
ECM to terminal 1 of each sensor connector. The
The Electronic Control Module (ECM) supplies a sensor return for the sensors is routed from the ECM
regulated voltage of 5.0 ± 0.2 VDC to the sensors. to terminal 2 of each sensor connector. The ECM
provides short circuit protection for the internal power
supply. A short circuit to the battery will not damage
the internal power supply.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 475
Circuit Tests
Table 326
Sensor Supply Sensor Supply ECM Location
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
476 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 477
Circuit Tests
Table 327
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Check for a Failed Sensor Failed Result: The suspect sensor supply active code changes to
A. Connect to the electronic service tool. Sensor logged when a sensor is unplugged.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Repair: Replace the failed sensor.
C. Disconnect a sensor on the suspect sensor supply circuit. Verify that the repair resolved the problem.
D. Monitor the electronic service tool while the sensor is discon- Result: The suspect sensor supply active code remains ac-
nected to see if the active code changes to logged. tive after all sensors on the sensor supply circuit have been
checked.
E. Connect the suspect sensor to the wiring harness
Repair: A failed wiring harness has been detected. Repair
F. Repeat steps C through E for each sensor on the suspect sensor or replace the wiring harness.
supply.
Verify that the repair resolved the problem.
3. Check the Sensor Supply Diagnostic Result: A -4 code is activated on the suspect sensor supply.
Codes
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Remove the sensor. Check the sensor passage for a block-
age or obstruction. Also, check for moisture frozen in the
B. Unplug the suspect sensor from the wiring harness. lines.
C. Place a jumper wire between pin 1 and pin 2 on the suspect Repair: If blockage is not found, replace the sensor.
sensor wiring harness connector.
Verify that the repair resolved the problem.
D. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Result: A -4 code is not activated on the suspect sensor
E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. supply.
F. Monitor the diagnostic codes using the electronic service tool. Repair: The problem is in the wiring from the ECM to the
sensor connector. Repair the wiring or replace the wiring.
i06691742
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
478 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 328
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
The inputs from the ground level shutdown switch to the ECM
4215-31 E678 (1) Ground Level Shutdown have changed states.
The engine will shut down. The code is logged.
The inputs from the ground level shutdown switch to the ECM
4215-31 E678 (2) Ground Level Shutdown have changed states.
The engine will shut down. The code is logged.
The inputs from the ground level shutdown switch to the ECM
4215-31 E678 (3) Ground Level Shutdown have changed states.
The engine will shut down. The code is logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 479
Circuit Tests
Table 329
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic Result: A E678 or 4215-31 diagnostic code is active.
Trouble
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Codes Proceed to Test Step 2.
and the ECM . Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”,
if necessary. Result: A 267-3 or 4215-3 diagnostic code is active.
B. Observe the “Active Diagnostic” screen on the electronic service Proceed to Test Step 3.
tool. Wait at least 30 seconds so that any codes may become
active. Result: A 267-4 or 4215-4 diagnostic code is active.
·E678 or 4215-31
·267-3 or 4215-3
·267-4 or 4215-4
2. Check the Status of the Shutdown Switch on the Electronic Switch Result: The status of the shutdown switch changed states
Service Tool Status after returning the shutdown switch to the RUN position.
B. Use the electronic service tool to verify that the engine rpm is 0. Result: The status of the shutdown switch does not change
Return the shutdown switch to the RUN position. states after returning the shutdown switch to the RUN
position.
C. Use the electronic service tool to observe the status of the shut-
down switch. Proceed to Test Step 3.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
480 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Open Circuit
4. Create an Open at the Connector for the Shutdown Switch Detected Result: The status of the shutdown switch changed states
after creating the open circuit.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Repair: Install a new shutdown switch.
B. Disconnect the connector for the shutdown switch.
Use the electronic service tool to verify that the problem is
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. resolved.
D. Use the electronic service tool to observe the status of the shut- Result: The status of the shutdown switch did not change
down switch. states after creating the open circuit.
i06920226
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 481
Circuit Tests
3361-6 3821-6 Aftertreatment #1 DEF Dosing Unit : Current This code indicates that there is a problem
Above Normal with the DEF injector and/or the electrical cir-
cuit for the DEF injector. Refer to Test Step 4.
3363-5 3126-5 Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current This code indicates that there is a problem
Below Normal with the coolant diverter valve and/or the
electrical circuit for the coolant diverter valve.
3363-6 3126-6 Aftertreatment #1 DEF Tank Heater : Current This code indicates that there is a problem
Above Normal with the coolant diverter valve and/or the
electrical circuit for the coolant diverter valve.
3479-5 2461-5 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure Control : This code indicates that there is a problem
Current Below Normal with the pilot fuel solenoid and/or electrical
circuit on the CEM.
3479-6 2461-6 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure Control : This code indicates that there is a problem
Current Above Normal with the pilot fuel solenoid and/or electrical
circuit on the CEM.
4301-5 3182-5 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Injector #1 Heater There is low current flow between the ECM
Control : Current Below Normal and the relay for the heating element.
The most likely cause of this code is an open
circuit in the wiring between the ECM and
the relay. There may be a problem with a
connector.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
482 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
5423-6 3427-6 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pump Relay Control : This code indicates that there is problem with
Current Above Normal the relay and/or circuit for the ARD electric
fuel pump.
5424-5 3413-5 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Flow Diverter Valve This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Below Normal with the solenoid on the diverter valve and/or
the electrical circuit on the ARD electric fuel
pump.
5424-6 3413-6 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Flow Diverter Valve This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Above Normal with the solenoid on the diverter valve and/or
the electrical circuit on the ARD electric fuel
pump.
5425-5 3391-5 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure #2 Actuator This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Below Normal with the main fuel solenoid and/or electrical
circuit on the CEM.
5425-6 3391-6 Aftertreatment #1 Fuel Pressure #2 Actuator This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Above Normal with the main fuel solenoid and/or electrical
circuit on the CEM.
5965-5 3838-5 Aftertreatment #1 DEF Control Module Relay This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Below Normal with the PETU main power relay circuit or the
PETU main power relay.
5965-6 3838-6 Aftertreatment #1 DEF Control Module Relay This code indicates that there is a problem
Control : Current Above Normal with the PETU main power relay circuit or the
PETU main power relay.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 483
Circuit Tests
Table 331
Component Controller Electrical Checkout
DEF Coolant Diverter Valve Solenoid
Override: Turn the keyswitch to the OFF
position for 2 minutes. The keyswitch must
be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump
to purge, to reset the code, and to reset the
Coolant Diverter Valve Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU)
DCU.
Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Initiate the DEF Coolant Diverter Valve Sole-
noid Override through CAT ET to activate
the coolant diverter valve circuit.
DEF Dosing System Verification Test: Ini-
tiate the “DEF Dosing System Verification
DEF Injector Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU)
Test” through Cat ET to activate the injector
circuit.
Start the engine. Use the “Intake Valve Ac-
tuation System Test” in diagnostic tests in
Cat ® Electronic Technician (ET) to activate
Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pres-
A4:E4 Engine ECM the “Engine Intake Valve Actuation System
sure Control Valve
Oil Pressure Control Valve” . Once the test
is complete, review the active diagnostic co-
des to determine the code that is present.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
484 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 332
Required Tools
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 485
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
486 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 487
Circuit Tests
Table 333
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Diagnostic Code Diagnostic codes Result : There is an active or there is a logged 3361-5
(3821-5) or 3361-6 (3821-6) code.
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the applicable ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Proceed to Test Step 4.
Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result : There is an active or there is a logged -5 code
other than a 3361-5 (3821-5) code.
B. Look for an active or logged -5 code or -6 code.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
2. Check the Wiring for an Open Circuit Wiring Result : A -5 code became active during the electrical
checkout. There is an open circuit in the wiring between
A. Verify that the harness connector is free of debris, free of cor- the coil and the applicable ECM connector.
rosion, and securely connected.
Repair : Repair the connectors and/or the wiring.
B. Disconnect the solenoid from the applicable harness.
Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The
C. Connect a jumper wire between the terminals of the harness keyswitch must be off for 2 minutes to allow the DEF
connector for the suspect coil. The coil is replaced with a short pump to purge, the code to reset, and the DCU to reset.
circuit.
Verify that the original problem is resolved.
D. Perform the appropriate electrical checkout. Refer to Table
331 . Result : A -6 code is activated during the electrical check-
out. The applicable ECM detected the jumper wire. There
is a problem with the solenoid.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
488 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check the Wiring for a Short Circuit Wiring Result : A -6 code became active during the electrical
checkout. The applicable ECM did not detect the open cir-
A. Disconnect the solenoid from the applicable harness. cuit. There is a short circuit in the wiring between the coil
and the applicable ECM connector.
B. Perform the appropriate electrical checkout. Refer to Table
331 . Repair : Repair the connectors and/or the wiring.
4. Measure the Resistance of the Injector Ohms Result : The resistance of the injector measured between
10 Ω to 14 Ω.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Allow 2 minutes to Proceed to Test Step 5.
elapse before proceeding.
Result : The resistance of the injector did not measure
B. Disconnect the DEF injector from the applicable harness. between 10 Ω to 14 Ω. A failed DEF injector has been
detected.
C. Inspect the connector for damage or debris.
Repair : Replace the injector. Refer to the Disassembly
D. Connect two of Tooling (A) to the DEF injector. The connectors and Assembly manual for the correct procedure.
must be used to prevent damage to the DEF injector connector.
Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification test using the
E. Measure the resistance of the DEF injector. The resistance electronic service tool to verify that the problem is
should be in the range of 10 Ω to 14 Ω. resolved.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 489
Circuit Tests
5. Check for a Short Circuit in the Wiring Harness Ohms Result : The resistance of the DEF injector wiring harness
measured greater than 1k Ω.
A. Disconnect the injector from the harness.
Proceed to Test Step 6.
B. Connect two of Tooling (B) to the DEF injector harness con-
nector. The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the Result : The resistance of the DEF injector wiring harness
DEF injector connector. measured less than 1k Ω. There is a short circuit in the
wiring harness between the DEF injector connector and
C. Measure the resistance between the DEF injector positive the DCU or there is an external short to ground.
wire and the DEF injector negative wire at the DEF injector
connector. Repair : Repair or replace the wiring harness.
D. Measure the resistance between the DEF injector positive Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification test using the
wire and a good ground. electronic service tool to verify that the problem is
resolved.
E. Measure the resistance between the DEF injector negative
wire and a good ground. The resistance should be greater than
1kΩ.
6. Check for an Open Circuit in the Wiring Harness Wiring Result: There is more than 10 Ω of resistance on any one
of the DEF injector circuit wires. There is an open in the
A. Disconnect the injector from the harness. harness.
B. Disconnect the PETU wiring harness from the DCU. Repair : Repair the wiring or replace the harness.
C. Connect two of Tooling (B) to the DEF injector harness con- Perform a DEF Dosing System Verification test using the
nector. The connectors must be used to prevent damage to the electronic service tool to verify that the problem is
DEF injector connector. resolved.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
490 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 334
Recommended Tools
- Digital Multimeter
Table 335
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code Comments
(code descriptions may vary)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 491
Circuit Tests
1. Check the Signal Frequency and the Duty Cycle at the Frequency Result: The frequency and the duty cycle are within specifi-
Sensor cations for the entire range of the pedal.
Duty cycle
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness. Verify
that the problem is resolved.
B. Remove the wire from terminal location C (throttle position) on
the harness side of the connector for the throttle position sensor. Result: The ECM detects an incorrect frequency on the
throttle signal or an incorrect duty cycle on the throttle signal.
C. Install a CVT-0019 Adapter Cable As (3-PIN BREAKOUT) at The frequency is below 150 Hz or the frequency is above
the connector for the throttle position sensor. 1000 Hz. The duty cycle is less than 5 percent or the duty
cycle is greater than 95 percent.
D. Connect the connector for the throttle position sensor.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Remove the breakout harness. Restore the wiring for the harness
connector to the original configuration.
2. Check the Supply Voltage to the Sensor 7.5 VDC Result: The supply voltage is above 7.5 VDC at the sensor
connector.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. The wiring is OK.
B. Disconnect the harness connector for the throttle position Repair: Replace the sensor. Verify that the problem is
sensor. resolved.
C. Measure the voltage across terminal A (8 V supply) and termi- Result: The supply voltage is not above 7.5 VDC at the sen-
nal B (digital return) on the harness side of the connector. sor connector.
The supply voltage is not reaching the speed control.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
492 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
i06692466
Speed/Timing - Test
The engine uses two engine speed/timing sensors. • The engine may require a slightly longer amount
Both sensors detect the reference for engine speed of time to start up.
and timing from a unique pattern on the camshaft
gear. The ECM uses the pattern of the pulses to • The engine may run rough for a few seconds until
determine the position of the crankshaft. The ECM the ECM determines the proper firing order by
measures the time between the pulses that are using the primary engine speed/timing sensor
created by the sensors as the gears rotate to only.
determine rpm.
The engine will start and the engine will run when
Under normal operation, the secondary engine only one sensor signal is present from either of the
speed/timing sensor is used to determine timing for sensors. Loosing the signal from both of the sensors
starting purposes. The secondary engine speed/ during engine operation will result in the termination
timing sensor is used to determine when the piston in of injection. The ECM will then shut down the engine.
the No. 1 cylinder is at the top of the compression The loss of the signal from both of the sensors during
stroke. The primary engine speed/timing sensor is start-up will prevent the engine from starting.
then used to determine engine speed and the signal
from the secondary camshaft sensor is ignored. Both sensors are magnetic sensors with an integral
connector. The two sensors are not interchangeable.
After locating the No. 1 cylinder, the ECM triggers Do not switch the positions of the sensor. If the
each injector in the correct firing order and at the sensors are replaced, a timing calibration is not
correct unit injector timing. The actual timing and necessary for the engine.
duration of each injection is based on engine rpm
and load. If the engine is running and the signal from
the primary engine speed/timing sensor is lost, a
slight change in engine performance will be noticed.
The change will be noticed when the ECM performs
the changeover to the secondary engine speed/
timing sensor. Loss of the signal from the secondary
engine speed/timing sensor during engine operation
will not result in any noticeable change in engine
performance. However, if the signal from the
secondary engine speed/timing sensor is not present
during start-up the following conditions may exist:
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 493
Circuit Tests
1. Check the Engine Speed/Timing Circuit Circuit Check Result: The engine started.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector. Proceed to Test Step 2.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if necessary.
Result: The engine did not start.
B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
C. Monitor the “Engine Starting” screen in the electronic service tool.
D. Start the engine and run the engine. The problem may occur
when the engine is at any operating temperature. However, the prob-
lem is more likely to occur when the engine is at the normal operat-
ing temperature.
2. Check for Diagnostic Codes Diagnostic Result: There is an active diagnostic code or there is a
Codes timing pattern that is “Not Detected” .
A. While the engine is running, monitor the electronic service tool for
diagnostic codes. Also monitor the “Engine Starting” screen for an Proceed to Test Step 5.
engine speed/timing that is “Not Detected” .
Result: There is not an active diagnostic code and there
B. Wait at least 30 seconds for activation of the diagnostic codes. is not a timing pattern that is “Not Detected” .
Look for these codes on the electronic service tool:
· 190-8 Repair: Troubleshoot any diagnostic codes that may be
· 342-8 present.
· 723-8 Return the unit to service.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
494 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
3. Check the Battery Voltage Battery Result: The battery voltage is OK.
Voltage
A. Monitor the “Engine Starting” screen in the electronic service tool. Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Monitor the battery voltage. Crank the engine for 5 seconds. Result: The battery voltage is not OK.
4. Check the Engine Speed and the Engine Speed/Timing Status Speed/Timing Result: The sensors show an acceptable cranking
Status speed. The timing pattern shows “Detected” .
A. Monitor the “Engine Starting” screen in the electronic service tool.
Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine Cranks but
B. Crank the engine for 5 seconds. While the engine is cranking, ver- Does Not Start”.
ify that the sensors show an acceptable cranking speed.
Result: A sensor does not show an acceptable cranking
C. While the engine is cranking check the status of the engine speed and/or the timing pattern shows “Not Detected” .
speed/timing.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 495
Circuit Tests
Table 339
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Inspect the Sensor Assembly Sensor Result: The sensor and the sensor assembly mounting
Inspection are OK.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Do not reconnect the harness connector. Proceed to Test
B. Visually inspect the sensor and the sensor assembly without re- Step 6.
moving the sensor assembly from the engine. Flanges (2) must be
flush against the surface of the front timing gear housing (1) to en- Result: The sensor and/or the sensor assembly has a
sure proper operation. mechanical problem or the harness has debris and/or
corrosion.
C. Inspect bracket (3). Verify that the bracket securely holds the
flanges of the sensors flush against the engine. Repair: Repair the sensor and/or the sensor assembly or
replace the sensor and/or the sensor assembly.
D. Verify that the bracket is not bent. If the bracket is bent or if an ob-
struction is preventing the sensor assembly from being installed cor- Repair: Replace the sensor and the sensor harness con-
rectly, the engine will not start. nector if there was debris and/or corrosion.
E. Disconnect the harness from the speed/timing sensors. Check Verify that the problem is resolved.
the harness for debris and for corrosion.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
496 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 340
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Use a Multimeter to Check the Harness Wiring Check Wir- Result: The voltage was OK for all the measurements.
ing Harness
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. The harness and wiring are OK. Proceed to Test Step
7.
B. Perform the following procedure for each sensor.
Result: The voltage was not OK for at least one of the
1. Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and a good engine ground. measurements.
The voltage is 2.4 ± 0.2 VDC.
There is a problem in the harness wiring.
2. Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and a good engine ground. Repair: Repair the appropriate harness wiring or re-
The voltage is 2.4 ± 0.2 VDC. place the appropriate harness.
Verify that the problem is resolved.
7. Measure the Resistance of the Sensor Sensor Result: The resistance measurement for the sensor is
Resistance within the specification. There is no damage to the sen-
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. sor tip.
B. Disconnect the engine harness from the sensor. If the engine was running before removing the sensor,
reinstall the sensor.
C. Remove the sensor. Check the sensor tip for any damage. Use the electronic service tool to check for any active
diagnostic codes. Troubleshoot any active diagnostic
D. For the primary engine speed/timing sensor, measure the resistance codes.
between terminal 2 (Primary engine speed/timing +) to terminal 1 (Pri- Return the unit to service.
mary engine speed/timing −). If the engine was not running before removing the sen-
Resistance: 75 Ohms to 230 Ohms sor, refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine Cranks but Does
Not Start”.
E. For the secondary engine speed/timing sensor, measure the resist-
ance between terminal 2 (secondary engine speed/timing +) to terminal Result: The resistance measurement for the sensor is
1 (secondary engine speed/timing −). within the specification. There is damage to the sensor
Resistance: 600 Ohms to 1800 Ohms tip.
i06692474
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 497
Circuit Tests
Table 341
Diagnostic Codes
Running Closed
Table 343
Normally Closed Air Filter Restriction Switch
Running Open
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
498 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 344
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check the “ Air Filter Restriction Switch Configura- Air Filter Restriction Switch Results : The switch is configured to “Normally
tion”” . Configuration Open” .
B. Connect to the electronic service tool. Results : The switch is configured to “Normally
Closed” .
C. Under “Configuration Parameters” check the “Air Filter
Restriction Switch Configuration” . Proceed to Test Step 3.
2. Check the Air Filter Restriction Switch Diagnostic codes Results : There is not an active 107-3 or 582-3 fault
code. A failed air filter restriction switch has been
A. Turn the keyswitch to OFF. detected.
B. Disconnect the air filter restriction switch from the wiring Repair : Replace the air filter restriction switch.
harness connector.
Verify that the repairs eliminated the issue. Return
C. Turn the keyswitch to ON. the machine to service.
D. Monitor the electronic service tool for active fault codes. Results : There is an active 107-3 or 582-3 fault
code. A short circuit in the wiring harness has been
detected.
3. Check the Air Filter Restriction Switch Diagnostic codes Results : There is not an active 107-3 or 582-3 fault
code. A failed air filter restriction switch has been
A. Turn the keyswitch to OFF. detected.
B. Disconnect the air filter restriction switch from the wiring Repair : Replace the air filter restriction switch.
harness connector.
Verify that the repairs eliminated the issue. Return
C. Install a jumper wire in the wiring harness connector be- the machine to service.
tween the signal and ground wires.
Results : There is an active 107-3 or 582-3 fault
D. Turn the keyswitch to ON. code. An open circuit in the wiring harness has been
detected.
E. Monitor the electronic service tool for active fault codes.
Repair : Repair or replace the wiring harness.
i06692484
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 499
Circuit Tests
Table 345
Diagnostic Trouble Codes for the Intake Valve Actuators
J1939 PDL
Code Code Description Information
2950-5 1901-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Below Normal The ECM monitors the current flow through the circuit
for each actuator. If low current flow (open circuit) is
2950-6 1901-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 : Current Above Normal detected, a -5 diagnostic code is activated. The ECM
continues to try to activate the actuator. If high current
2951-5 1902-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #2 : Current Below Normal
flow (short circuit) is detected, a -6 diagnostic trouble
2951-6 1902-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #2 : Current Above Normal code is activated. The ECM will disable the solenoid
circuit to prevent damage from the high current flow.
2952-5 1903-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #3 : Current Below Normal However, the ECM will periodically try to activate the
actuator. If the short circuit remains, this sequence of
2952-6 1903-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #3 : Current Above Normal events will be repeated until the problem is corrected.
2953-5 1904-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Below Normal
The ECM takes the following actions while the code is
2953-6 1904-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 : Current Above Normal active:
2954-5 1905-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #5 : Current Below Normal Engine power is derated by 10 percent.
2954-6 1905-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #5 : Current Above Normal The amber warning lamp is illuminated.
2955-5 1906-5 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Below Normal
These codes are usually caused by a wiring problem.
2955-6 1906-6 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 : Current Above Normal The wiring problem can be on the outside of the en-
gine or underneath the valve cover.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
500 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 501
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
502 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 346
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Electrical Connectors and the Wiring Moisture Result: The wiring is OK.
A. Check the engine harness between the P2 connector and the Damage to If you are troubleshooting a -5 code, proceed to Test Step 2.
connectors near the grommets. Look for the following problems: connectors
If you are troubleshooting a -6 code, proceed to Test Step 4.
1. Moisture Result: The wiring is not OK.
2. Loose connectors or damaged connectors
3. Damage that is caused by excessive heat Repair: Repair the wiring problem. Replace parts, if neces-
4. Damage that is caused by chafing sary. Perform the “Intake Valve Actuator Solenoid Test” .
5. Improper routing of wiring
6. Damaged insulation If all the actuators pass the test, troubleshooting is com-
plete. Return the unit to service.
B. Inspect the connectors near the grommets. The connectors
must be clean and dry.
C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of the wires in the con-
nectors. This test verifies that the wire is properly crimped to the
terminal and that the terminal is properly inserted into the
connector.
2. Short the External Wiring Harness Short Circuit Result: The test result indicated “Not Active: Device Open”
indicated for the suspect cylinder.
A. Connect a jumper wire to the engine harness connector. Con- The ECM did not detect the jumper wire. There is an open
nect the jumper wire between the appropriate terminals for the circuit in the wiring between the valve cover connector and
supply and for the return of the suspect actuator. the P2 connector. There may be a problem inside a
The jumper will replace the actuator and the valve cover wiring connector.
harness with a short circuit. Refer to Illustration 193 or Illustration
194 . Repair: Repair the wiring problem. Replace parts, if neces-
sary. Connect all the electrical connectors.
B. Perform the “Intake Valve Actuator Solenoid Test” . Determine Perform the “Intake Valve Actuator Solenoid Test” . Verify
the test result for the suspect cylinder. that all the cylinders pass the test.
3. Inspect Wiring Under the Valve Cover Damage to Result: The suspect cylinder passed the test. the problem is
wires or resolved.
A. Remove the valve cover. Look for these problems: connectors
Return the engine to service.
1. Loose connectors or damaged connectors
2. Damage that is caused by excessive heat Result: The suspect cylinder failed the test.
3. Damage that is caused by chafing Repair: Replace the appropriate actuator housing.
4. Improper routing of wiring
5. Damaged insulation Verify that all actuators pass the “Intake Valve Actuator Sole-
noid Test” after the new housing is installed.
Repair any wiring problems. Replace parts, if necessary.
Return the engine to service.
Connect all the electrical connectors.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 503
Circuit Tests
4. Create an Open in the External Wiring Harness Open Circuit Result: The test result indicated “Not Active: Device Short”
for the suspect cylinder.
A. Disconnect the appropriate connector near the grommets. This The ECM did not detect the open circuit. There is a short cir-
action will replace the actuator and the valve cover wiring harness cuit in the wiring between the valve cover connector and the
with an open circuit. P2 connector. There may be a problem inside a connector.
Repair: Repair the wiring. Replace parts, if necessary.
Refer to Illustration 193 or Illustration 194 . Connect all the electrical connectors and perform a “Intake
Valve Actuator Solenoid Test” . Verify that all the cylinders
B. Perform the “Intake Valve Actuator Solenoid Test” . Determine pass the test.
the test result for the suspect cylinder.
Result: The test result indicated “Not Active: Device Open”
for the suspect cylinder. The ECM detected the open circuit.
The external engine wiring harness is OK.
5. Inspect Wiring Under the Valve Cover Damage to Result: The suspect cylinder passes the test, the problem is
wires or resolved. STOP.
A. Remove the valve cover. Look for these problems: connectors
Result: The suspect cylinder failed the test.
1. Loose connectors or damaged connectors Repair: Replace the appropriate actuator housing. Verify
2. Damage that is caused by excessive heat that all actuators pass the “Intake Valve Actuator Solenoid
3. Damage that is caused by chafing Test” after the new housing is installed.
4. Improper routing of wiring
5. Damaged insulation
i06692562
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
504 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 347
Diagnostic Codes for Mechanical Problems or Electrical Problems with the Intake Valve Actuation System
J1939 PDL
Code Code Description Conditions Which Can Cause The Code
2949-7 1922-7 Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure not responding This code can only occur soon after the engine has started.
2950-7 1901-7 Intake Valve Actuator 1 not responding The intake valve actuator is not responding correctly to the com-
mands from the ECM. This error can be caused by the following
2951-7 1902-7 Intake Valve Actuator 2 not responding conditions :
2952-7 1903-7 Intake Valve Actuator 3 not responding
There is an oil leak in the system.
2953-7 1904-7 Intake Valve Actuator 4 not responding
There is a problem with an actuator.
2954-7 1905-7 Intake Valve Actuator 5 not responding
The valve lash is incorrect.
2955-7 1906-7 Intake Valve Actuator 6 not responding
The adjustment of an actuator is incorrect.
2948-7 E1101 (2) Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure The Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure did not
: Not Responding Properly change when the Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pres-
sure solenoid is toggled.
2948-17 E488 (2) Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure The Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure solenoid
: Low - moderate severity (2) is commanded closed, but the oil pressure does not go up.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 505
Circuit Tests
1. Check the Engine Oil Level Oil level Result : The engine oil level is OK.
A. Stop the engine. Allow the engine to cool approximately Repair : Record the engine oil level. Verify that the dipstick
20 minutes so the oil level can stabilize. is calibrated correctly. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Engine Oil Level Gauge - Calibrate”.
B. Check the engine oil level.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
Table 349
Oil Pressure Table
Engine Speed Pressure kpa Pressure psi
800 233 34
1400 326 47
1800 420 61
2100 503 73
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
506 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 507
Circuit Tests
Table 350
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Check the Engine Oil Pressure Engine oil pressure Re- Result : The engine oil pressure is within
fer to Table 349 specifications.
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the engine ECM. The communication adapter must be Result : The engine oil pressure is low. Record the
communicating on both data links to perform this procedure. engine oil pressure. Record the engine rpm.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools” for more in-
formation, if necessary. Repair : If there are any active diagnostic codes
that are related to low oil pressure, refer to the ap-
C. Install a mechanical gauge to the engine to read engine oil propriate topic in Troubleshooting, “Oil Pressure Is
pressure. Refer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, Low”.
“Engine Oil Pressure - Test”.
If the pressure is constant throughout the rpm
D. Turn the keyswitch OFF. range, there is a problem with the circuit for the en-
gine oil pressure sensor. Check the wire for the
pressure sensor supply terminal A for an open
circuit.
3. Determine the Logged Code Diagnostic codes Result : A 1922-7 or 2949-7 code is active or
logged.
A. Connect to the electronic service tool.
Proceed to Test Step 4.
B. Turn the keyswitch ON.
Result : An E488 (2), E1101 (2), 2498-7, or 2948-
C. Check for active or logged diagnostic codes. 17 code is active or logged.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
508 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 509
Circuit Tests
Table 351
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Check the Control Valve Control valve Result : The spool was not fully closed when the control
valve was removed from the engine.
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF.
Repair : Replace the control valve. Clear all logged
B. Disconnect the harness connector from the control valve. Care- codes.
fully remove the control valve from the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 10.
C. Refer to Illustration 197 . Carefully wipe the oil from the holes
on the side of the control valve. Result : The spool was fully closed when the control
valve was removed from the engine.
D. Look for debris in the holes. Be sure to look at all the holes.
Note any debris that was found in the holes. If large amounts of Proceed to Test Step 5.
debris are found, determine the source of the debris before you
continue with this procedure.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
510 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 511
Circuit Tests
Table 352
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Review the following information before you perform the Proceed to Test Step 6.
leak test.
Oil flow from some locations during this test is normal. Result : No leaks were detected and no oil flowed through
Leak Points Near the Solenoids - Clearances for moving hy- the purge orifice.
draulic components may cause slight oil leakage from locations
(15). Repair : Check the intake valve actuator system for debris
that could restrict the flow of oil.
Purge Orifice - purge orifice (16) allows air to purge from the
actuator. The purge orifice is on the bottom of some actuators. Proceed to Test Step 10.
Oil should stream from each purge orifice during this test.
Result : A leak was detected.
Oil should not flow from some locations. The following prob-
lems can cause oil to flow from these locations: Repair :Determine the source of the leak and repair the leak.
· Missing O-ring seal or damaged O-ring seal Clear all logged diagnostic codes.
· A component is loose.
· A component has an internal failure. Install the valve covers. Connect all electrical connectors.
The locations where oil should not flow on 2806F engines are Start the engine if a 2949-7 code was the only code that was
shown in Illustrations 201 , and 202 . logged. Run the engine for at least 30 seconds until the en-
gine coolant temperature is greater than 70 °C (158 °F). If a
A. Turn the keyswitch OFF. 2949-7 code does not return, the repair is complete.
B. Disconnect the connectors for the speed timing sensors. Proceed to Test Step 10.
Disconnection will prevent the engine from starting.
E. Wipe all the engine oil away from the following components:
· Face seals for the intake valve actuators
· Connection between the cylinder head and the valve cover
base
· Plugged ports on the intake valve actuators
· Plugged ports on the valve cover base
· The solenoids for the intake valve actuator
G. Check for oil leaks around all the components under the
valve cover.
H. Verify that all the ports in the oil rail are plugged.
I. Verify that the oil flows through the purge orifice on the intake
valve actuator.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
512 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 353
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Check the Check Valve Check valve Result : The check valve is “OK” .
B. Inspect the check valve. Look for debris that could cause Result : The check valve is damaged.
the check valve to stick.
Repair : Replace the check valve. Proceed to Test
Step 10.
Table 354
Air Pressure Versus Signal Voltage
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 513
Circuit Tests
Table 355
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
7. Test the Intake Valve Actuation Pressure Sensor Pressure Result : The voltage measurements are within range.
sensor
A. A pressure regulating assembly will be used to regulate air Proceed to Test Step 8.
pressure to the intake valve actuation pressure sensor. Refer
to Illustration 204 . In addition to the pressure regulating as- Result : The voltage measurements are not within the ac-
sembly, the technician will need a digital multimeter. ceptable range.
The fabricated tool consists of the following fittings and
components: Repair : Replace the intake valve actuation pressure sensor.
· 5/16 JIC Female to 1/4 JIC Male
· 1/4 JIC Female Swivel to 1/4 NPT Male Proceed to Test Step 10.
· 1/4 JIC Maleto 1/4 NPT Male
· Pressure regulator
F. Install the fittings and the pressure regulator onto the intake
valve actuation pressure sensor.
Note : Ensure that the air pressure setting is less than 50 psi
before applying air pressure onto the test apparatus.
8. Perform the Automatic “ Cylinder Cutout Test”” Cylinder Cutout Result : All the cylinders indicated “OK” during the “Cylinder
Test Cutout Test” .
A. Start the engine.
Proceed to Test Step 9.
B. Access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” in the “Diagnostic Tests”
under the “Diagnostics” menu. Result : One or more cylinders failed the “Cylinder Cutout
Test” .
C. Select the “Automatic Cylinder Cutout Test” on the elec-
tronic service tool. Repair : Diagnose the problem and then repair the cylinders
that failed the “Cylinder Cutout Test” before continuing with
D. Start the test. this procedure. Clear all logged diagnostic codes. Verify that
the repair has eliminated the problem in the cylinder.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
514 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
9. Set the Lash Settings for the Intake Valve actuator Lash settings Result : The lash is set to specification.
B. Allow the engine to cool. Result : The lash is not set to specifications.
C. Remove the valve cover or covers from the engine. Repair : Set the lash back to specifications. Refer to Systems
Operation, Testing and Adjusting for more information.
D. Check the lash settings for the intake valve actuators. Refer
to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting for the proper
procedure.
10. Perform the “ Intake Valve Actuator Test”” Intake Valve Ac- Result : All cylinders indicate “OK” .
tuator Test
A. Start the engine. Allow the engine to operate until the cool- Return the unit to service.
ant temperature is at least 70 °C (158 °F).
Result : One or more cylinders indicate “Not OK” .
B. Access the “Intake Valve Actuator Test” in the “Diagnostic
Tests” under the “Diagnostic” menu. Proceed to Test Step 11.
The test will cycle two times. Once the test is complete, the en-
gine speed will increase to 2100 rpm for 15 seconds. An “OK”
or “Not OK” will be displayed once the test is complete.
11. Replace the Valve Actuator Unit Actuator unit Result: The test completed successfully.
A. Replace the suspect intake valve actuator. Return the unit to service.
B. Perform the “Intake Valve Actuator Test” Result: The test did not complete successfully. There are ad-
ditional codes.
Water-in-Fuel Sensor Operation This procedure covers the following diagnostic code:
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 515
Circuit Tests
Table 356
Diagnostic Trouble Code for the Water-in-Fuel Sensor
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
516 M0070030-01
Circuit Tests
Table 357
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Water in Fuel Sensor Active Codes Result: A 97-15 or E232 (1) code is active.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A failed sensor has been detected.
B. Disconnect the sensor from the wiring harness connector. Repair: Replace the sensor, return the unit to service.
C. Use a jumper wire to create a short between terminal 1 Result: A 97-15 or E232 (1) code is not active.
(SIGNAL) and terminal 2 (RETURN).
Remove the jumper wire.
D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.
Proceed to Test Step 2.
E. Establish communication between the electronic service
tool and the applicable Electronic Control Module (ECM). Re-
fer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if
necessary.
2. Measure the Voltage at the Sensor Connector Voltage Result: The measured voltage is 8VDC/ ±1VDC.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. There is an open in the signal wire. Refer to the ma-
chine-specific schematic to troubleshoot the signal wire.
B. Disconnect the sensor connector.
Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness as
C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. necessary.
D. Measure the voltage between pin 2 (RETURN) and pin 3 Return the unit to service.
(SUPPLY) on the wiring harness connector for the WIF
sensor. Result: The measured voltage is not 8VDC/ ±1VDC.
3. Measure the Battery Supply Voltage at the Sensor Voltage Result: The measured voltage is 8VDC/ ±1VDC.
Connector
There is an open in the return wire. Refer to the ma-
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. chine-specific schematic to troubleshoot the return wire.
B. Measure the voltage between pin 3 (SUPPLY) and a known Repair: Repair or replace the wiring harness as
good ground source on the wiring harness connector for the necessary.
WIF sensor.
Return the unit to service.
C. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.
Result: The measured voltage is not 8VDC/ ±1VDC.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 517
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
518 M0070030-01
Service
Aftertreatment Fuel Pump Relay Override 3. Select the Diagnostic Tests tab.
The Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller will allow the 4. Select “System Troubleshooting Settings” .
ARD fuel pump to provide fuel to the CEM. This
override will be used when pressure testing the ARD System Troubleshooting Settings Listed
fuel pump.
in the Engine ECM Menu
ARD Air Pressure Control Position
Engine Emissions Operator Inducement
Override
Service Mode Override
The ECM sends a command to the ARD air valve to
open to a specified percentage. The override is used The override is used by service technicians to stop
to check the operation of the valve while the inducement counter and disable engine
disassembled. restrictions due to inducement to troubleshoot. Once
the override is activated, navigation of other
electronic service tool functions is possible.
ARD Fuel Flow Diverter Actuator
Override This override allows the service technician to disable
the inducement to troubleshoot problems. Factory
This override is used to cycle the position of the passwords are required to perform this override as
diverter valve on the ARD fuel pump. The diverter the engine will be operating outside of the emissions
valve changes the path of the fuel between the window.
engine and the CEM.
Injector Disable Override
DPF Differential Pressure Line Override
This override will allow the user to disable the
This override when Activated, will ignore any fault injectors from activating when performing certain
code from the DPF Delta P sensor. This override will troubleshooting procedures.
be used when using the DPF crack detection
procedure. System Troubleshooting Settings Listed
in the Engine #1 Aftertreatment
Overrides Parameters Listed in the
Controller Menu
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 Menu
Aftertreatment #1 Ignition Transformer
DEF Coolant Diverter Valve Solenoid
Primary Override
Override
This override will energize the ARD ignition system to
The override is used to check the solenoid and
diverter valve harness electrically. This override will on or off. This override will be used when
troubleshooting the ARD ignition system.
open the coolant diverter valve which allows coolant
to flow through the PETU assembly. This test can be
used to verify that the coolant diverter valve is ARD Regeneration Override
working properly.
This override will allow the user to perform a DPF
DEF Dosing Injector Override regeneration that is similar to the operator using the
force switch.
This override allows the user to test the electrical Note: This override does not have any enhanced
circuit for the DEF injector. The override commands
the DEF injector to open. This override only operates diagnostic ability. All regeneration system
when there is no engine speed. troubleshooting should utilize the service tests and
not this override.
System Troubleshooting Settings
The “System Troubleshooting Settings” screen will
Active Diagnostic Codes
allow overrides to be enabled. The purpose of this screen is to show all the active
diagnostic codes.
Electronic service tool location
Electronic service tool location
1. Connect to the electronic service tool and select
the appropriate ECM. 1. Connect to the electronic service tool.
2. Select the Diagnostics tab.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 519
Service
Clear All
This tab will clear all logged diagnostic codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
520 M0070030-01
Service
Troubleshoot Code This test requires that the engine is OFF and the key
switch is in the ON position (or ECM energized and 0
This tab is not available for Tier 4 engines. Refer to engine speed). If the engine is started with the wiggle
the Troubleshooting guide. test active, the wiggle test will abort.
Troubleshoot Symptom The Wiggle Test will reduce all ECM requirements to
trip fault codes, making the diagnostics sensitive.
Under normal operation some fault codes need
This tab is not available for Tier 4 engines. Refer to multiple occurrences before the code will log. But
the Troubleshooting guide. during this test the fault codes will trip the first time.
Diagnostic Tests The mechanic wiggles and shakes the wiring to see if
Electronic service tool diagnostic tests are listed codes go active. An audible alarm is also activated if
below. the ECM sees any parameter change state
electrically. Once the test has ended, the ECM
returns to normal diagnostic state.
Electronic service tool location
Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Test
1. Connect to the electronic service tool and select
the appropriate ECM. The high-pressure fuel pump contains two
assemblies for pressurizing fuel. Each assembly
2. Select the Diagnostics tab.
contains a solenoid. This test checks each solenoid
3. Select the Diagnostic Tests tab. to make sure that the solenoids are working properly.
During the Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Test, the ECM
Diagnostic Tests Listed in the Engine pulses 105-volt to each solenoid. The pulses are sent
ECM Menu at the proper time and for the correct duration for a
given engine load and speed. The ECM monitors the
current flow through the circuit for each solenoid. If
Injector Solenoid Test the current flow is too high or too low, the ECM
activates one of the following diagnostic codes:
The purpose of the injector solenoid test is to
diagnose injector wiring and injector solenoid • 1779-5 Fuel Rail Pump #1 Output Current Below
functionality. Normal
This test identifies an open circuit or a short circuit in • 1779-6 Fuel Rail Pump #1 Output Current Above
the circuit for the injector solenoids. The test Normal
activates the injector solenoids one at a time while
the engine is not running. A good solenoid will create • 1780-5 Fuel Rail Pump #2 Output Current Below
an audible click when the solenoid is activated. The Normal
electronic service tool indicates the status of the
solenoid as “OK” , “Open” , or “Short” . • 1780-6 Fuel Rail Pump #2 Output Current Above
Normal
Cylinder Cutout Test
Fuel System Verification Test
The cylinder cutout test allows one cylinder or
multiple cylinders to be cut out. The cylinder cutout The Fuel System Verification Test compensates for
test is useful when troubleshooting poor engine wear of the internal components of each injector over
performance or a suspected injector failure a time. Internal component wear contributes to lower
volumes of fuel being delivered into the cylinder.
The cylinder cutout test disables the injector by not Injector wear also increases the amount of leakage
providing the injector pulse to the solenoid. The past each injector back to the fuel tank. This test
cylinder cutout test can be performed on one injector evaluates the health of each injector.
or multiple injectors at once.
The engine ECM determines whether the injector is
Wiggle Test delivering the correct volume of fuel into the cylinder.
Also the engine ECM determines if the injector is
The purpose of the Wiggle Test is to detect delivering a low volume of fuel into the cylinder based
intermittent electrical faults in electronic control on Valve Closing Time. Valve Closing Time is the
systems. The Wiggle Test function allows the user to difference between the time the engine ECM stops
determine if there is an intermittent wiring problem. sending current to the injector solenoid and when the
The test will indicate (by changing the value reading) valve returns to the valve seat. When the test is
which parameter moved beyond a predetermined performed, the electronic service tool indicates the
range while wiggling the wiring harness, sensor, or status of each injector as “Success” or “Failed” .
connector.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 521
Service
Note: Perform the Fuel System Verification Test after • EGR Valve Response Test: Known conditions are
an injector is replaced. Also perform when a -2 or -7 established for the engine. The EGR valve is
code is active. commanded from open to closed. The response is
checked for the EGR Delta Pressure Sensor, EGR
Fuel System Functional Test Absolute Pressure Sensor, and fuel quantity. Each
input has a unique response time, which will be
The Fuel System Functional Test contains four compared to a threshold. The commanded EGR
separate tests that evaluate various aspects of the valve positions are held for a fixed amount of time
common rail fuel system. The test is a self-guided to allow the inputs to stabilize. This procedure is
test that will advance to the next test in the series if repeated several times to increase accuracy and
the current test passes. If a test in series fails, the repeatability.
test will abort.
• EGR Valve Sweep Test: Known conditions will be
• The Fuel Pump Gear Installation Test evaluates if established for the engine. The EGR valve is
the high-pressure fuel pump was installed swept from open to closed repeatedly to check for
correctly. satisfactory response of the EGR flow.
• The Low Rail Pressure Fuel Pump Flow Test
checks for leaks at low rail pressure. The test Diagnostic Tests Listed in the Engine #1
momentarily cuts out pumping and injection and Aftertreatment Controller Menu
measures the resulting rail pressure drop. The test
then calculates the fuel quantity leaving the rail
and compares to the expected results. Aftertreatment NOx Sensor Functional
Test
• The Fuel Rail High Pressure Test checks for fuel
leaks at high rail pressure. The test momentarily This test checks that the NOx sensors are working
cuts out pumping and injection and measures the properly.
resulting rail pressure drop. The test then
calculates the fuel quantity leaving the rail and The engine runs without the EGR to produce an
compares to the expected results. expected level of NOx. The SCR dosing is disabled
and the readings from the “Engine Out” and “Tailpipe
• The High Rail Pressure Fuel Pump Flow Test Out” NOx sensors are compared. The NOx levels are
assesses adequate fuel pump flow. The test expected to be similar.
measures rail pressure response during a single
pump event while fuel injection is disabled. Aftertreatment System Functional Test
Possible Test Results The test will check the entire DPF regeneration
system and the SCR dosing system.
• Fuel Pump Not Timed Correctly
The test will perform a short DPF regeneration similar
• Fuel Pump Flow Too Low to the ARD ignition test. The engine will operate
under conditions similar to a DPF Regeneration, but
• Fuel Rail High Pressure Decay Too High the SCR system is tested during this time. The test
will last approximately 15 minutes, then the test will
• Fuel Rail Low Pressure Decay Too High either complete successfully, or log a fault code for
the suspect component.
EGR System Test
ARD Air System Service Test
Method to determine the EGR System health and
determine if the EGR system is functioning properly. The ARD air system service test is to determine if the
The test will exercise the EGR valve, and check for ARD air valve is controlling airflow as commanded by
exhaust gas flow. the controller. This test will determine if the ARD air
valve is functioning properly.
The test is conducted with the engine running at a
constant speed and load with machine/vehicle speed The ARD air valve is cycled while the ECM monitors
zero. boost and aftertreatment secondary air pressure. The
There are two phases to the test: ECM looks for a specific amount of drop in boost and
aftertreatment secondary air pressure when the valve
is actuated. The values must be higher than the
threshold to pass the test.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
522 M0070030-01
Service
ARD Fuel Line Purge Test DEF Dosing Control Module Reset
This diagnostic test is used to initiate an ARD fuel This function resets the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control
system air purge sequence to remove any air trapped Unit (DCU) without having to cycle key power to the
in the system after assembly or repair/service in the other ECM. The reset ensures that the diesel exhaust
field that can introduce air into the system. fluid controller completes a purge cycle, resets any
active codes, and shuts down correctly.
The test allows a quantity of fuel to flow through the
ARD fuel supply lines by enabling the electric This test turns off the keyswitch power from the A5:
priming/ARD fuel pump, and activating the pilot and E2 Aftertreatment controller to the DCU for
main fuel valves until that there is consistent and approximately 2 minutes. Once the DCU has
adequate fuel pressure on the main and pilot fuel successfully powered down and reset, the keyswitch
control pressure signals. power supply will be turned back on. The DCU will
then be operational.
ARD Ignition Test
Diagnostic Tests Listed in the Diesel
The ARD ignition test is used when completing Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 Menu
maintenance to the ARD system, or for diagnosing a
failed ignition event, or for loss of combustion.
DEF Dosing System Purge Test
The technician can initiate an ARD Ignition Test
below 80 percent soot level. The test is a shortened This test verifies that the DEF purging process is
DPF regeneration (approx. 4 minutes). The test working correctly by purging the DEF pump and
checks all the components of ARD system. The ARD lines.
ignition test checks the functionality of the system to
verify that ignition has occurred and combustion is This service test is used to purge the DEF system.
maintained. The ARD Ignition test also actuates the This test turns on the DEF pump and opens the
Main Fuel Solenoid (If Equipped). reverting valve. The opening of the reverting valve
will cause the DEF to be pumped from the injector
back into the tank. This draining allows the user to
ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test de-pressurize the system prior to working on the
system.
The ARD Nozzle Heater Circuit Test allows the
technician to verify that the heated nozzle and nozzle
circuit are functioning properly. DEF Dosing System Accuracy Test
The test cycles the ARD fuel nozzle heater on for 3 This test is used with the T400236 DEF Test Kit to
minutes, or until the test is aborted by the technician. measure the amount of DEF that the SCR dosing
The 3 minutes will give the technician time to perform system is spraying into the exhaust system. The test
an electrical check on the heater. Perform the can also be used to verify visually that there is an
electrical test by hooking an ammeter around the acceptable spray pattern from the DEF Injector.
heater wire to verify that the heater is getting the
proper current. Engine speed must be present while Note: The DEF injector must be removed from the
this test is running to allow coolant to circulate exhaust system during this test and placed in an
through the ARD head. Once the current has been appropriate container. Failure to do so could result in
measured, the test can be aborted. issues with the SCR system operation. Refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Aftertreatment SCR System
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Dosing Test”
Heater Test This test turns on the DEF pump and opens the DEF
injector. The DEF injector atomizes the DEF and the
This test opens the coolant diverter valve, allowing spray pattern must be uniform in order for the SCR
coolant to flow through the DEF tank and DEF pump. system to work properly. Once the test is completed,
The software monitors the increase in DEF the DEF pump will purge the system. The user must
temperature to ensure that the coolant diverter valve check to see if the amount of DEF in the container
is working correctly. meets the specification.
This test requires the engine to be running. The DEF
tank temperature is monitored throughout the test. DEF Heated Lines Test
When the test is started, the engine operates with the
coolant diverter valve closed for a period. Then the This test checks the electrical circuit integrity by
coolant diverter valve is opened for a period. The A5: activating the line heaters. The test is used to
E2 aftertreatment controller compares the validate a repair made to any of the heated line
temperature difference and determines whether the circuits.
coolant diverter valve is functioning properly.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 523
Service
This test turns on all the line heaters. The test will
cycle the line heaters on and off for 5 minutes. After 5
minutes, the test will turn off. This test is used to
check the line heater circuit for faults.
Injector Trim Calibration Note: If the injectors fall outside of the main window,
the injectors are scrapped.
Injector trim files calibrate each injector. The injectors
are calibrated so the injectors will deliver a precise Air Inlet Temperature Sensor Installation
amount of fuel at the exact time needed.
Calibration
Each injector is tested to verify the accuracy of the
injector duration and timing. If the injectors do not 1. Select Air Inlet Temperature Sensor Installation
pass, the injectors are not used. If the injectors do Calibration and click Start.
pass, trim files are created and the injectors are
installed. The trim file adjusts the duration and timing 2. Click Next and then click Accept.
of each injector, so the injectors all function the
same. When new injectors are installed, the
technician records the serial numbers of each injector
and searches for the injectors in Perkins Technical
Marketing Information (PTMI). The trim files can be
downloaded and stored on a pc. The technician loads
the trim file for each injector into the ECM.
Illustration 205 indicates each injector that falls in the
box is a good injector that passed the tests.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
524 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 525
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
526 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 527
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
528 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 529
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
530 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 531
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
532 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 533
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
534 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 535
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
536 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 537
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
538 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 539
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
540 M0070030-01
Service
2. Select “Reset” .
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 541
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
542 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 543
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
544 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 545
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
546 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 547
Service
5. Select “Reset” .
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
548 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 549
Service
8. Once the reset is completed, a log of the reset is 2. Select the Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller.
captured and visible as a new row of information in
3. Select the Information tab.
the “Aftertreatment #1 SCR Catalyst
Replacement” screen.
“ Aftertreatment Abnormal Shutdown
ARD Fuel Line Flush History””
The ARD Fuel Line Flush enables the service This feature allows the user to see when the engine
technician to flush potential debris from the ARD fuel was shut down improperly. This screen shows hot
lines. The flushing helps to prevent the ARD nozzle shutdown events, and cold shutdown events.
from becoming plugged after being serviced.
A hot shutdown can damage the aftertreatment or
The ARD Fuel Line Flush allows a quantity of fuel to SCR system.
flow through the ARD supply lines. The flush is
accomplished by enabling the ARD fuel pump, and A cold shutdown can damage the SCR dosing
activating the pilot and main solenoid valves. The system.
ECM cycles the pilot and main solenoids on for 10
seconds and off for 10 seconds. The ECM repeats Aftertreatment Regeneration History
the cycles four times. The pilot and main lines MUST
be disconnected from the ARD head and allowed to Regeneration history provides details on how recent
flow fuel into a container. The container must be able regenerations have been triggered and shutdown.
to hold 5 gal of fuel for this procedure.
Regeneration history should only be used for
Note: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RUN THIS TEST troubleshooting with diagnostic and event codes.
WITH THE FUEL LINES STILL CONNECTED. The Never troubleshoot the system off regeneration
history alone.
DPF could be damaged.
Aftertreatment History
Electronic service tool location
1. Connect to the electronic service tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
550 M0070030-01
Service
(1) Aftertreatment Regeneration Speed (6) Application Regeneration Readiness (10) Regeneration End Time
Type Status (11) Regeneration Completion Service
(2) Aftertreatment Regeneration Trigger (7) Aftertreatment Regeneration Trigger Hours
Type Percent Soot (12) Aftertreatment Regeneration End
(3) ARD Auto Regeneration Enable Status (8) Aftertreatment Regeneration End Speed Percent Soot
(4) Regeneration Start Time Type (13) Aftertreatment Regeneration End
(5) Regeneration Trigger Service Hours (9) Aftertreatment Regeneration End Trigger Status
Type
What triggered the regeneration. Displays the date and time the regeneration
occurred.
Start-up – Triggered at engine start-up
5. (Column 5) Regeneration Trigger Service Hours
ARD Maintenance – Triggered to maintain ARD
system Machine hour meter reading at the start of the
regeneration.
SCR Maintenance – Triggered to maintain ARD
system 6. (Column 6) Application Regeneration
Readiness Status
Soot – Triggered by the ECM soot calculation
Status values 1 through 3 are indicative of high-
Pressure – Triggered by the DPF differential speed regeneration. Status values 4 and above
pressure sensor
are indicative of a low speed regeneration.
Service – Triggered through the electronic service
7. (Column 7) Aftertreatment Regeneration Trigger
tool
Percent Soot
3. (Column 3) ARD Auto Regeneration Enable The percent of soot when the regeneration was
Status triggered.
What the ECM configuration file was programmed 8. (Column 8) Aftertreatment Regeneration End
to at the time of the regeneration. Speed Type
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 551
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
552 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 553
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
554 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 555
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
556 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 557
Service
Histogram Screens
Tab Functions At Bottom of Screen
Histograms
This tab pulls up the histogram menu.
Clear
This tab is not available for Tier 4 engines.
Clear All
This tab will clear the current histogram data for this
key cycle.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
558 M0070030-01
Service
Screen Shots
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 559
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
560 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 561
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
562 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 563
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
564 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 565
Service
i06693946
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
566 M0070030-01
Service
$0006 Service Test Aborted by Tool/Monitor Abort by user, Restart the test if desired
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 567
Service
Aftertreatment #1 Secondary Air Pressure Not There is an air leak or restriction between the
$115D
Responding turbo compressor and the CRS System
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
568 M0070030-01
Service
$0006 Service Test Aborted by Tool/Monitor Abort by user, restart the test
$111E Fuel Rail Low Pressure Decay Too High Refer to Troubleshooting, “Fuel Rail Pressure
is Low”. Refer to Test Step “Perform Fuel Sys-
$111F Fuel Pump Flow Too Low tem Functional Test” .
$1120 Fuel Pump Timing Incorrect
$10EF Machine Speed Not Zero Do not move the machine during the test.
$10EF Machine Speed Not Zero Do not move the machine during the test.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 569
Service
$0006 Service Test Aborted by Tool/Monitor Abort by user, restart the test.
$10FC Engine Speed Too High Lower the engine speed to idle.
Aftertreatment SCR Catalyst Reagent Temper- The temperature of the DEF is too low. Oper-
$11AA
ature Too Low ate the engine to raise the DEF Temperature.
$10FC Engine Speed Too High Lower the engine speed to idle.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
570 M0070030-01
Service
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 571
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
572 M0070030-01
Service
Verify that the information used to request that the • Incorrect configuration of the electronic service
password is identical to the information that is tool
displayed on the electronic service tool.
• A problem with electrical power to the
Engine Serial Number – The engine serial number communication adapter
must be from the electronic service tool screen rather
than the engine information plate. • A problem with electrical power to the engine ECM
Reason Code – Use the reason code from the • A problem with the wiring for a data link
factory password screen. Reason codes are
assigned for specific purposes and reason codes are • A problem with the electrical cables between the
not interchangeable. PC and the vehicle
Incorrect Passwords
Verify that the correct passwords were entered.
Check each character in each password.
If rechecking the passwords does not correct the
problem, change a customer parameter. Change the
parameter from the current value to another value
and then change the customer parameter back to the
original value. The sequence of events will change
the total tattletale. The new total tattletale will require
obtaining new factory passwords. Obtain new factory
passwords and enter the passwords.
i06275670
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 573
Service
Table 359
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Determine the Problem Communication Result: Both indicators on the communication adapter
problem are not flashing.
A. Determine the communication problem.
If an indicator other than the “POWER” indicator is illuminated Proceed to Test Step 2.
when electronic service tool is not communicating with an
ECM, disconnect and reconnect the communication adapter. Result: The electronic service tool indicates that the en-
gine is serviced on the J1939 data link.
2. Verify that the Correct Communication Adapter is Being Communication Result: An incorrect communication adapter is being
Used adapter used.
A. A 27610401 Communication Adapter Gp must be used to Repair: Connect a correct communication adapter. Re-
communicate. fer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if
necessary.
B. Determine the communication adapter that is being used.
Attempt to establish communication. Continue with this
procedure if the communication adapter does not com-
municate on the data link.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
574 M0070030-01
Service
3. Check the Version of the Firmware for the Communica- Firmware Result: The electronic service tool communicates on
tion Adapter both data links.
The version of the firmware for the communication adapter The problem is resolved.
must be the latest available.
Result: The electronic service tool does not communi-
A. Electronically disconnect the electronic service tool. Verify cate on both data links.
that the “power” indicator on the communication adapter is
illuminated. Proceed to Test Step 4.
D. Wait for the tool kit to open. Then, click the “Utilities” menu.
4. Verify that the Electronic Service Tool is Configured Configured correctly Result: The electronic service tool communicates on
Correctly the data link.
The electronic service tool must be configured correctly in order The problem is resolved.
to communicate on both data links.
Result: The electronic service tool does not communi-
A. Click on the “Utilities” menu. cate on both data links. The “POWER” indicator is not
illuminated.
B. Click on the “Preferences” menu.
Proceed to Test Step 5.
C. Select the “Communications” tab.
Result: The electronic service tool does not communi-
D. Verify that “Communication Adapter III (Serial IP)” is cate on both data links. The “POWER” indicator is
selected. illuminated.
If “Communication Adapter III (Serial IP)” is not an option for se- Proceed to Test Step 6.
lection, the version of the electronic service tool is incorrect.
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 575
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
576 M0070030-01
Service
Table 360
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
5. Check the Electrical Power to the Communication Adapter Electrical Result: Battery voltage is not present at the service tool
power connector.
A. Check for battery voltage at the service tool connector.
Repair: Inspect the vehicles wiring and fuses. Determine
the cause of the missing voltage. Make the necessary
repairs.
Repair: Verify that the cable between the service tool con-
nector and the communication adapter is OK. Replace the
cable, if necessary.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 577
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
578 M0070030-01
Service
Table 361
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Check the Electrical Power to the ECM Electrical Result: Battery voltage is missing from a P1 terminal.
power
A. Verify that the keyswitch is ON. Inspect the application wiring and fuses. Determine the
cause of the missing voltage. Make the necessary repairs.
B. Refer to Illustration 251 . Verify that battery voltage is present at
the terminals that are indicated in the Illustration. Be sure to con- Attempt to establish communication after the electrical
nect the voltmeter between the “UNSWITCHED +BATTERY” termi- power is at all of the appropriate P1 terminals. Continue with
nals and the “-BATTERY” terminals. this procedure, if necessary.
C. Verify that battery voltage is present at P1-70. Result: Battery voltage is present at all of the appropriate
P1 terminals.
7. Try to Establish Communication With a Bypass Harness Harness Result: The electronic service tool communicates on the da-
ta link when the bypass harness is used. There is a problem
A. Connect the communication adapter to the engine ECM with a with the wiring.
2900A038 Wiring Harness (ECM BYPASS) and a T400926 Har-
ness (ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE). Repair: Repair the data link. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Data
Link - Test”.
B. Attempt to establish communication.
i06694040
108-4 274-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
168-3 168-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
172-3 2526-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 579
Service
3241-3 3485-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3241-4 3485-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3242-3 2452-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3242-4 2452-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3242-15 E1008 (1) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3242-16 E1008 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3242-18 E1014 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3479-5 2461-5 Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3479-6 2461-6 Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3480-3 2460-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3487-7 E1041 (1) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3609-13 3464-13 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3837-13 3493-13 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4077-3 2497-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4376-7 3862-7 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic service
tool Service Test Required
5423-5 3427-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
5423-6 3427-6 Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
Table 363
Codes That Stay Active Through Key Cycles
1235-9 5856-9 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3031-18 E1398 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3216-7 E1431 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3216-11 3655-11 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
580 M0070030-01
Service
3217-16 E1407 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3227-16 E1408 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3360-3 3820-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3360-4 3820-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3360-9 3820-9 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3360-12 3820-12 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3361-5 3821-5 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3361-6 3821-6 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3361-7 3821-7 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3361-11 3821-11 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3361-14 3821-14 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3473-31 E1025 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3474-31 E1026 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3480-4 2460-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3480-16 E1050 (2) Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor. Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3480-18 E1052 (2) Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor. Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3484-5 2465-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3484-6 2465-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3487-5 2489-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3487-6 2489-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3487-7 E1040 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3488-3 2490-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3488-4 2490-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 581
Service
3609-4 3464-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3609-21 3464-21 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3711-31 E593 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3714-31 E992 (3) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
3715-31 E991 (3) Service is required, contact local Perkins dealership Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
3837-21 3493-21 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3837-3 3493-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
3837-4 3493-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4077-4 2497-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4077-16 E1051 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
4077-18 E1053 (2) Cycle key OFF for 2 minutes then START engine and perform a Successful Forced Regeneration
Forced Regeneration
4334-3 3090-3 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4334-4 3090-4 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4334-7 3090-7 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor. Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
4334-16 E930 (2) Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor. Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
4334-18 E931 (2) Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor. Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
4354-5 3110-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4354-6 3110-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4355-5 3111-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4355-6 3111-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4356-5 3112-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4356-6 3112-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4360-18 E947 (2) Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
4374-5 3118-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4374-6 3118-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
4374-8 3118-8 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
(continued)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
582 M0070030-01
Service
5480-16 E1430 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5491-5 3822-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
5491-6 3822-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
5576-2 3468-2 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5576-8 3468-8 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5576-14 3468-14 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5588-14 E1132 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5758-11 3621-11 Service is required, contact local Perkins distributor Troubleshooting procedure and electronic serv-
ice tool Service Test Required
5965-5 3838-5 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
5965-6 3838-6 Cycle the key OFF for 2 minutes then turn the key ON Circuit Check (Auto)
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 583
Service
8. Verify that the test ECM eliminates the fault. Exchanging injectors can help determine if a
combustion problem is in the injector or in the
When the “Test ECM Mode” is activated, an internal cylinder. If two injectors that are currently installed in
timer sets a 24 hour clock. This clock will count down the engine are exchanged between cylinders, the
only while the ECM is powered and the keyswitch is injector trim files can also be exchanged. Press the
in the ON position. After the ECM has counted down “Exchange” button at the bottom of the “Injector Trim
the 24 hour period, the ECM will exit the “Test ECM Calibration” screen on the electronic service tool.
Mode” . The parameters and the engine serial Select the two injectors that have been exchanged
number will be set. and press the “OK” button. The tattletale for the
If the test ECM eliminates the fault, the engine can be injectors that were exchanged will increase by one.
released while the “Test ECM Mode” is still active. 1. Perform the following procedure to download an
Once an ECM has been activated in the “Test ECM injector trim file from PTMI. Otherwise, use the
Mode” , the ECM will stay in the “Test ECM Mode” injector trim file from the CD-ROM that is
until the timer times out. Anytime prior to the “Test packaged with the injector.
ECM Mode” timing out, the “Test ECM Mode” can be
reset to 24 hours. Note: The injector serial number and the injector
confirmation code are located on the injector.
If the ECM is used as a test ECM for more than one
engine, reactivate the “Test ECM Mode” in order to
reset the parameters to default values. Then use the a. Record the injector serial number and the
“Copy Configuration” feature to program the injector confirmation code for each injector.
parameters into the test ECM or manually program
the parameters to the correct values. b. Log in to the Perkins secured web site and go to
PTMI.
i06275078
c. Click on “New Search” and select “Injector e-
Injector Trim File - Install trim File” from the drop-down menu.
• A CD-ROM that is packaged with each new 2. Establish communication between the electronic
injector and each remanufactured injector service tool and the engine ECM. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”, if
• Perkins Technical Marketing Information (PTMI) necessary.
Replacing an Injector 3. Select the following menu options on the electronic
service tool:
An injector trim file must be loaded into the ECM if an
injector is replaced. • Service
Replacing the ECM
• Calibrations
The “Copy Configuration” utility on the electronic
service tool copies the injector trim files between two • Injector Trim Calibration
engine control modules. If the “Copy Configuration”
fails, load all of the injector trim files manually into the 4. Select the appropriate cylinder.
new ECM. 5. Click on the “Change” button.
“Injector Trim” is displayed below a 630-2 6. Select the appropriate injector trim file from the PC
Programmed Parameter Fault : Erratic, Intermittent,
or Incorrect. The diagnostic code is displayed on the or the CD-ROM.
electronic service tool. 7. Click on the “Open” button.
Exchanging Injectors 8. Enter the injector confirmation code.
9. Click on the “OK” button.
The injector trim file is loaded into the ECM.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
584 M0070030-01
Service
i06700675
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
Flash programming is a method of programming or b. Press the “Browse” button to select the part
updating the flash file in the engine Electronic Control number of the flash file that will be programmed
Module (ECM). The electronic service tool is used to into the ECM.
flash program a file into the memory of the engine
ECM. c. When the correct flash file is selected, press the
“Open” button.
Note: Customer versions of the electronic service
tool do not have the flash programming function. d. Verify that the “File Values” match the
Consult your local Perkins Distributor for assistance. application. If the “File Values” do not match the
application, search for the correct flash file.
NOTICE
If the flash file and engine application are not e. When the correct flash file is selected, press the
matched, engine damage may result. “Begin Flash” button.
1. Obtain the part number for the new flash file. f. The electronic service tool will indicate when
flash programming has been successfully
Note: If you do not have the part number for the flash completed.
file, use “PTMI” on the Perkins secured web site.
6. Access the “Configuration” screen under the
Note: You must have the engine serial number to “Service” menu to determine the parameters that
search for the part number of the flash file. require programming.
2. Connect the electronic service tool to the 7. Start the engine and check for proper operation.
diagnostic connector. Check that there are no active diagnostic codes.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 585
Service
The engine Electronic Control Module (ECM), Note: If the “Copy Configuration” process fails, the
Aftertreatment ECM, and DCU contain no moving parameters must be obtained elsewhere. Some of
parts. Replacement of the components can be costly. the system configuration parameters are stamped
Replacement can also be a time consuming task. on the engine information plate. The aftertreatment
Follow the troubleshooting procedures in this manual identification information is stamped on the CEM
to ensure that replacing the component will correct identification plate. Most of the parameters must be
the problem. Verify that the suspect component is the obtained from the factory. Parameters that are
cause of the problem. related to customer specified parameters must be
A test ECM can be used to determine if the ECM is obtained from the customer or from the Original
faulty. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Test ECM Mode”. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).
Perform the following procedure to replace the A4:E4 d. Remove the mounting hardware at each corner
Engine ECM and A5:E2 Aftertreatment ECM. of the ECM.
1. Record the configuration data. 3. Installation of the replacement ECM:
a. Try to establish communication between the a. Use the old mounting hardware to install the
electronic service tool and the ECM. Proceed to replacement ECM.
Test Step 2 if the electronic service tool does not
communicate with the ECM. b. Connect the ECM ground strap.
b. Print the parameters from the “Configuration” c. Connect both ECM connectors. Refer to
screen on the electronic service tool. If a printer Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -
is unavailable, record all the parameters. Inspect” for the correct torque values.
c. Obtain the customer passwords from the engine 4. Configure the replacement ECM:
owner. Access the customer specified
a. Flash program the latest available flash file into
parameters with the electronic service tool.
the ECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “ECM
Record the value of each customer parameter.
Software - Install” for the correct procedure.
• Record ECM lifetime
b. Use the electronic service tool to match the
totals.
engine application and the interlock code if the
• Record any logged diagnostic codes. replacement ECM was used for a different
application.
Note: If the customer passwords are not available, Note: Two sets of factory passwords are required
proceed to Troubleshooting, “Customer to program the Aftertreatment parameters.
Passwords” for details that are related to customer
passwords. c. If the “Copy Configuration” process from Step 1.
d was successful, return to the “Copy
d. Use the “Copy Configuration/ECM Configuration/ECM Replacement” screen on the
Replacement” feature that is found under the electronic service tool and select “Program
“Service” menu on the electronic service tool. ECM” . Proceed to Step 4.e when programming
Select “Load from ECM” to copy the is complete.
configuration data from the suspect ECM.
d. If the “Copy Configuration” process from Step 1.
d was unsuccessful, manually program the ECM
parameters. The parameters must match the
parameters from Step 1.d.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
586 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 587
Service
i06700701
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
588 M0070030-01
Service
Table 365
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 (code descriptions may
PDL Code Comments
Code vary)
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Doser #1 The Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller (DCU) detects an abnormal temperature sig-
4337-8 3096–8 Temperature : Abnormal Fre- nal from the pump.
quency, Pulse Width, or Period The code is logged.
Aftertreatment #1 DEF Return The DCU detects that the return valve is not responding properly.
4376-7 3862–7
Valve : Not Responding Properly The code is logged.
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 366
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Inspect the Harness Connector at the DEF Pump DEF pump Result: The DEF pump connector was free of DEF con-
connector tamination or corrosion.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The
keyswitch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to Proceed to Test Step 2.
purge, reset the code, and reset the DCU.
Result: The DEF pump connector was not free of DEF
B. Disconnect the DEF pump electrical connector. contamination or corrosion.
C. Inspect the connector terminals for DEF contamination or Replace the PETU wiring harness. Proceed to Test Step
corrosion. 2.
2. Replace the DEF Pump Leakage Result: The lines are not leaking.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position for 2 minutes. The Proceed to Test Step 3.
keyswitch must be OFF for 2 minutes to allow the DEF pump to
purge, reset the code, and reset the DCU. Result: The lines are leaking.
B. Replace the DEF pump. Refer to the Disassembly and As- Make the necessary repairs and repeat the “DEF Dosing
sembly manual for the correct procedure. System Verification Test” .
C. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Proceed to Test Step 3.
and the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller #1 ECM.
E. Visually inspect all DEF lines from the tank to the DEF injector
for leakage.
3. Perform an “ Aftertreatment System Functional Test”” Aftertreatment Result: The “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” was
System Function- successful and the code cleared.
A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. al Test
Return the unit to service.
B. Establish communication between the electronic service tool
and the “Engine #1 Aftertreatment Controller” . Result: The “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” was
not successful and additional codes were logged.
C. Perform an “Aftertreatment System Functional Test” .
Troubleshoot the additional codes, Refer to Troubleshoot-
ing for the correct procedure.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 589
Service
i06700713
Follow the troubleshooting procedure to identify the root cause of the problem.
Table 368
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
1. Check for Active or Logged Codes Diagnostic Trou- Result: There are no active or logged codes.
ble Codes
A. Establish communication between the electronic service tool Return the unit to service.
and the aftertreatment ECM (A5).
B. Look for active or logged codes. Result: A 3487-13 or 2489-13 code is still active or
logged.
2. Replace the ARD Air Valve Test Passed Result: The ARD Ignition Test passed.
B. Clear all codes using the electronic service tool. Result: The ARD Ignition Test failed.
C. Perform an ARD Ignition Test using the electronic service tool. Troubleshoot the active codes.
The ARD Ignition Test cannot be performed if the DPF soot load-
ing is above 80%. When the DPF soot loading is above 80%, the
Manual DPF Regeneration must be performed using the electronic
service tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
590 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 591
Service
• Missing seals
• Incorrectly installed seals
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
592 M0070030-01
Service
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 593
Service
Torque the allen head bolt for the 120 pin ECM If an intermittent fault exists, the status will be
connector to 7.0 ± 0.5 N·m (60 ± 4 lb in). highlighted and an audible beep will be heard.
i06700771
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
594 M0070030-01
Service
Table 369
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
• T402260 Tachometer
i06841079
Timing - Calibrate
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 595
Service
Table 370
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Code Description
J1939 Code PDL Code (code descriptions may vary) Comments
GE50038 Transducer
GE50040 Cable as
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
596 M0070030-01
Service
Table 372
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
Diagnostic code Result: After starting the engine, the code is still
1. Check the Gear Train Timing present.
The camshaft gear will be off a half tooth if the engine is timed Proceed to Test Step 2.
when Cylinder # 6 is at Top Dead Center (TDC). The engine
MUST be timed when Cylinder #1 is at TDC. This could be pos- Result: After starting the engine, the code did not
sible anytime you do not time the engine at the crank to idle return.
gear mesh.
Return the unit to service.
Note: Remove the rocker arms before rotating the engine to
prevent piston/valve damage from occurring.
A. If the engine is at TDC for cylinder 6, remove cam idler gear (B)
and rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees and repin the flywheel.
D. Rotate the engine by hand 360° to ensure that the engine rotates
freely. If the engine does not rotate freely, the engine is not timed
correctly. Remove the front housing and check all timing marks. Re-
fer to Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “Gear Group
(Front) - Time” for the correct procedure.
Table 373
Crankshaft Rotation
Engine Model Number of Degrees Direction of Rotation
2206F 75 Normal Rotation
2506F 60 Opposite Normal Rotation
Table 374
Location of the Timing Calibration Port
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 597
Service
Table 375
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
2. Install the Transducer Adapter Transducer Result: The transducer adapter was installed.
adapter
A. Remove the electrical power from the ECM. Proceed to Test Step 3.
B. Use the appropriate engine turning tool to put either the No. 1
piston or the No. 6 piston at the top center. Refer to the Systems
Operation, Testing and Adjusting.
C. Refer to Table 373 . After the top center position has been lo-
cated, rotate the crankshaft for the number of degrees that is appli-
cable to your engine model. Be sure to rotate the crankshaft in the
direction of rotation that is specified in the Table.
If the crankshaft is not in the correct position when the trans- Proceed to Test Step 4.
ducer is installed, the transducer will be damaged when the en-
gine is started.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
598 M0070030-01
Service
Table 376
Terminal Locations for Connection of the T400930 Harness
ECM Type ADEM 4
Connector P2 P1
Timing Calibration + 26 24
(White)
(Terminal 1) Location
Timing Calibration - 36 25
(Yellow)
(Terminal 2) Location
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 599
Service
Table 377
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
4. Connect the GE50040 Cable as Wiring Result: The wiring is installed correctly.
A. If the engine harness is equipped with a connector for timing cali- Proceed to Test Step 5.
bration, connect the GE50040 Cable as to the connector for timing
calibration and to the transducer.
H. Ensure that each wire is installed into the correct location. The
timing calibration will not be successful if the wires are installed
incorrectly.
5. Check for Diagnostic Codes Diagnostic Result: There are active codes other than a 261-13 or
codes 637-13 diagnostic code.
A. Connect the electronic service tool to the service tool connector.
Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tools”. Troubleshoot the active diagnostic other than the 261-
13 or 637-13 diagnostic codes.
B. Start the engine and run the engine until the engine is at the nor-
mal operating temperature. Result: There are no active codes other than a 261-13
or 637-13 diagnostic code.
C. Check for active diagnostic codes. Wait at least 30 seconds in or-
der for the codes to become active. Proceed to Test Step 6.
The engine must not have any active diagnostic codes during
the timing calibration except for a 261-13 or 637-13 diagnostic
code.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
600 M0070030-01
Service
Table 378
Troubleshooting Test Steps Values Results
6. Calibrate the Timing Timing Result: The timing calibration was successful.
calibration
A. After the engine has warmed up, access the “Timing Calibration” Return the unit to service.
screen on the electronic service tool. Access the following display
screens in order: Result: The timing calibration was not successful.
B. Set the engine speed to 1100 ± 50 rpm. The engine speed must 2. The timing calibration probe is not installed correctly.
be steady within this rpm range in order for the calibration to be
successful. 3. The engine speed is not correct and the engine
speed is unstable. If the engine speed is unstable, refer
C. To calibrate the timing, select “Continue” on the electronic service to Troubleshooting, “Engine Misfires, Runs Rough, or Is
tool. Wait until the electronic service tool indicates that the timing is Unstable”.
calibrated.
4. There is a problem with the transducer or with the ca-
D. Perform the following procedure if the electronic service tool indi- bles. Obtain a new transducer and/or a new cable and
cates that the timing is calibrated: repeat the timing calibration.
1. Set the engine speed to low idle. 5. There is an active 190-8 code or an active 723-8
code. Troubleshoot the active codes before calibration.
2. Disconnect the GE50040 Cable as before you exit the “Timing
Calibration” screen. Otherwise, diagnostic codes may be activated. Correct any of the above conditions and repeat the cali-
bration procedure.
3. Exit the “Timing Calibration” screen on the electronic service tool.
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 601
Index Section
Index
A Recommended Actions .................................. 146
Coolant Level - Test........................................... 356
Acceleration Is Poor or Throttle Response Is Coolant Level Is Low ......................................... 148
Poor .................................................................89 Probable Causes ........................................... 148
Probable Causes .............................................89 Recommended Actions .................................. 148
Recommended Actions ....................................89 Coolant Pressure Is Low .................................... 150
Aftertreatment Identification Module - Test........... 325 Coolant Temperature Is High.............................. 154
Air Shutoff - Test................................................ 320 Probable Causes ........................................... 154
Alternator Problem ..............................................91 Recommended Actions .................................. 154
Probable Causes .............................................91 Coolant Temperature Is Low .............................. 157
Recommended Actions ....................................91 Probable Causes ........................................... 157
ARD Combustion Air - Test ................................ 330 Recommended Actions .................................. 157
ARD Combustion Air Valve - Replace ................. 589 Cooling Fan - Calibrate ...................................... 593
ARD Combustion Supply Air Pressure Is Low........93 Cooling Fan Control - Test ................................. 359
ARD Failed to Ignite ............................................97 Cooling Fan Is Always ON ................................. 159
ARD Fuel Pressure Is High ................................ 106 Probable Causes ........................................... 159
ARD Fuel Pressure Is Low ................................. 115 Recommended Actions .................................. 160
ARD Fuel Supply - Test...................................... 337 Cooling Fan Reversing - Test ............................. 362
ARD Ignition - Test ............................................ 342 Cooling Fan Speed - Test................................... 364
ARD Is Disabled................................................ 126 Crankcase Fumes Disposal Tube Has Oil
ARD Loss of Combustion................................... 130 Draining.......................................................... 160
ARD Nozzle Heater - Test .................................. 347 Probable Cause............................................. 160
ARD Temperature Is Low ................................... 137 Recommended Actions .................................. 161
Crankcase Pressure Is High............................... 161
B Probable Causes ........................................... 162
Recommended Actions .................................. 162
Battery Problem ................................................ 142 Crankcase Pressure Is Low ............................... 164
Probable Causes ........................................... 142 Probable Causes ........................................... 165
Recommended Actions .................................. 142 Recommended Actions .................................. 166
Customer Passwords ........................................ 571
Cylinder Is Noisy ............................................... 166
C Probable Causes ........................................... 166
Circuit Tests...................................................... 320 Recommended Actions .................................. 166
Clean Emissions Module Has High Oxygen
Level .............................................................. 143 D
Codes that Inhibit Operation of Aftertreatment
System ........................................................... 578 Data Link - Test ................................................. 367
Diagnostic Trouble Codes that Affect the Data Link Configuration Status - Test .................. 376
Aftertreatment System and the Conditions for DEF Control Module Power - Test....................... 379
Clearing the Code ........................................ 578 DEF Control Module Temperature Is High ........... 168
Component Location ........................................... 11 DEF Does Not Purge ......................................... 170
ARD Head and Dosing Unit Overview................24 DEF Line Heater - Test ...................................... 383
CEM Control Panel ..........................................23 DEF Module Does Not Respond......................... 171
Clean Emission Module (CEM) Side View..........22 DEF Pressure Is High ........................................ 174
DEF Dosing Unit (Injector) ................................29 DEF Pressure Is Low......................................... 177
DEF Dosing Unit (Left Side)..............................28 DEF Pump - Replace......................................... 587
DEF Dosing Unit (Right Side)............................27 DEF Pump Motor - Test ..................................... 391
DEF Dosing Unit (Top) .....................................26 DEF Pump Pressure Sensor - Test ..................... 395
Electronic Control Circuit Diagram..................... 11 DEF Pump Sensor Supply - Test ........................ 397
Sensor Locations .............................................14 DEF Return Valve - Test..................................... 400
View A ............................................................16 DEF Tank Level Is Low ...................................... 185
View B ............................................................17 DEF Tank Sensor - Test ..................................... 403
View C ............................................................18 DEF Tank Temperature Is High........................... 188
View D ............................................................19 DEF Temperature Is Low ................................... 192
View E ............................................................20 Desulfation Is Frequent...................................... 196
View F ............................................................21 Diagnostic Capabilities ........................................31
Configuration Parameters ....................................38 Diagnostic Codes.............................................31
Check Programmable Parameters 630–2 (268- Diagnostic Trouble Codes....................................41
2) ..................................................................40 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in J1939 Order..........41
Coolant Contains Fuel ....................................... 144 Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Perkins Data Link
Probable Causes ........................................... 144 (PDL) Code Order ..........................................56
Recommended Actions .................................. 145 Diesel Particulate Filter Collects Excessive
Coolant Contains Oil ......................................... 145 Soot ............................................................... 200
Probable Causes ........................................... 145
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
602 M0070030-01
Index Section
Diesel Particulate Filter Has Changed Engine Overcrank Occurrence ........................... 227
Regeneration Interval ...................................... 203 Probable Causes ........................................... 228
Diesel Particulate Filter Has High Ash Load......... 206 Recommended Actions .................................. 228
Diesel Particulate Filter Has High Inlet Pressure .. 207 Engine Overspeeds........................................... 230
Diesel Particulate Filter Has Low Inlet Pressure... 209 Probable Causes ........................................... 230
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration ...................29 Recommended Actions .................................. 230
Regeneration...................................................29 Engine Shutdown Occurrence............................ 231
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) ..................29 Probable Causes for a E1466 or 6588-31
Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Is High ....... 210 Code ........................................................... 232
Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Is Low ........ 213 Probable Causes for a E265 Code .................. 232
Probable Causes for a E268, E369, or 5272-31
Code ........................................................... 232
E Engine Shutdown Occurs Intermittently............... 234
ECM - Replace ................................................. 584 Probable Causes ........................................... 234
A4:E4 Engine ECM and A5:E2 Aftertreatment Recommended Actions .................................. 235
ECM Replacement ....................................... 585 Engine Shutdown While Idling ............................ 237
Additional Procedures when Replacing the Engine, Probable Causes ........................................... 237
Engine ECM, Aftertreatment ECM, DCU, or Recommended Actions .................................. 237
CEM ........................................................... 586 Engine Stalls at Low RPM.................................. 237
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Control Unit (DCU) Probable Causes ........................................... 237
Replacement ............................................... 586 Recommended Actions .................................. 238
ECM Software - Install ....................................... 584 Engine Top Speed Is Not Obtained ..................... 240
ECM Will Not Accept Factory Passwords ............ 571 Probable Causes ........................................... 240
Probable Causes ........................................... 571 Recommended Actions .................................. 240
Recommended Actions .................................. 572 Engine Vibration Is Excessive ............................ 243
Electrical Connectors ..........................................32 Probable Causes ........................................... 243
Connectors for the Electronic Control Module Recommended Actions .................................. 244
(ECM) ...........................................................32 Ether Starting Aid - Test ..................................... 409
Injector Connectors..........................................35 Event Codes .......................................................72
Sensor Connectors ..........................................36 Active Event Codes..........................................87
Electrical Connectors - Inspect ........................... 590 Clearing Event Codes ......................................88
Check Connectors for Moisture and Event Codes in J1939 Code Order ....................72
Corrosion .................................................... 590 Event Codes in Perkins Data Link (PDL) Code
Check Individual Pin Retention into the Order ............................................................79
Socket......................................................... 592 Logged Event Codes........................................88
Check the Allen Head Screws on the Parts of the Event Code....................................87
Connectors.................................................. 592 Troubleshooting...............................................88
Check the Locking Mechanism of the Exhaust Balance Valve - Test ............................. 413
Connectors.................................................. 592 Exhaust Has Excessive Black Smoke ................. 244
Check the Wires for Damage to the Probable Causes ........................................... 244
Insulation..................................................... 591 Recommended Actions .................................. 245
Inspect the Connector Terminals ..................... 592 Exhaust Has Excessive White Smoke................. 246
Perform a Pull Test on Each Wire Terminal Probable Causes ........................................... 246
Connection .................................................. 592 Recommended Actions .................................. 247
Perform the Wiggle Test on the electronic service Exhaust System Contains Coolant...................... 250
tool ............................................................. 593 Probable Causes ........................................... 250
Electrical Power Supply - Test ............................ 406 Recommended Actions .................................. 250
Electronic Service Tool Does Not Communicate .. 572 Exhaust System Contains Fuel........................... 251
Electronic Service Tools.........................................7 Probable Causes ........................................... 251
Optional Service Tools........................................7 Recommended Actions .................................. 252
Perkins Electronic Service Tool ..........................8 Exhaust System Contains Oil ............................. 254
Service Tools.....................................................7 Probable Causes ........................................... 254
Electronic System Overview.................................10 Recommended Actions .................................. 254
Engine Cranks but Does Not Start ...................... 216 Exhaust Temperature Is High ............................. 256
Engine Does Not Crank ..................................... 219 Probable Causes ........................................... 256
Engine Has Early Wear...................................... 220
Probable Causes ........................................... 220 F
Recommended Actions .................................. 220
Engine Has Mechanical Noise (Knock) ............... 222 Factory Passwords............................................ 571
Probable Causes ........................................... 222 Fuel Consumption Is Excessive.......................... 260
Recommended Actions .................................. 222 Probable Causes ........................................... 260
Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable........ 225 Recommended Actions .................................. 260
Probable Causes ........................................... 225 Fuel Filter Is Restricted ...................................... 262
Recommended Actions .................................. 225 Probable Causes ........................................... 262
Engine Monitoring System ...................................30 Fuel Pressure Is High ........................................ 263
Viewing or Changing the Settings of the Monitoring Fuel Pressure Is Low ......................................... 269
System..........................................................30 Fuel System Water Separator Has Water ............ 273
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
M0070030-01 603
Index Section
G
S
General Information ..............................................5
Application Interface ..........................................5 SCR Catalyst Inlet Temperature Sensor - Test ..... 444
Clean Emissions Module (CEM)..........................5 SCR Warning System Problem........................... 312
Electronic Control System ..................................5 Associated Codes.......................................... 312
Fault Detection and Reporting.............................6 Engine Emissions Operator Inducement Service
Important Safety Information...............................5 Mode Override ............................................. 316
Overview...........................................................5 Operator Level Inducement ............................ 312
Troubleshooting.................................................6 Sensor (Data Link Type) - Test ........................... 451
Sensor Calibration Required - Test ..................... 447
Sensor Signal (Analog, Active) - Test .................. 454
I Sensor Signal (Analog, Passive) - Test ............... 468
Sensor Supply - Test ......................................... 474
Idle Speed Is High ............................................. 279 Service............................................................. 517
Probable Causes ........................................... 280 Service Tool Error Identifiers .............................. 565
Recommended Actions .................................. 280 Service Tool Features........................................ 517
Important Safety Information ..................................2 Active Diagnostic Codes................................. 518
Indicator Lamp Problem..................................... 280 Active Event Codes........................................ 519
Probable Causes ........................................... 280 Aftertreatment History .................................... 549
Recommended Actions .................................. 280 Calibrations ................................................... 523
Injector Solenoid - Test ...................................... 420 Diagnostic Tests ............................................ 520
Injector Trim File - Install .................................... 583 Dyno Mode.................................................... 528
Inlet Air Is Restricted ......................................... 281 Histogram Screens ........................................ 557
Intake Manifold Air Pressure Is Low .................... 282 Logged Diagnostic Codes............................... 519
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Is High.............. 285 Logged Event Codes...................................... 519
Introduction ..........................................................5 Override Parameters...................................... 517
Service Procedures........................................ 532
System Troubleshooting Settings .................... 518
N Shutdown (Ground Level) - Test ......................... 477
NOx Conversion Is Low ..................................... 288 Solenoid Valve - Test ......................................... 480
NOx Reduction System (NRS) - Test .................. 427 Speed Control - Test.......................................... 489
NOx Sensor - Test ............................................. 435 Speed/Timing - Test .......................................... 492
NRS Exhaust Gas Temperature Is High .............. 293 Switch Circuits - Test ......................................... 496
Symptom Troubleshooting ...................................89
System Overview ................................................10
O Other ECM Functions for Performance ..............10
Passwords ...................................................... 11
Oil Consumption Is Excessive ............................ 297 Programmable Parameters...............................10
Probable Causes ........................................... 297 System Operation ............................................10
Recommended Actions .................................. 297
Oil Contains Coolant ......................................... 299
Probable Causes ........................................... 299 T
Recommended Actions .................................. 300
Oil Contains Fuel .............................................. 302 Table of Contents ..................................................3
Measuring Fuel Dilution.................................. 302 Test ECM Mode ................................................ 582
Probable Causes ........................................... 302 Timing - Calibrate .............................................. 594
Recommended Actions .................................. 302 Troubleshooting Section ........................................5
Oil Pressure Is Low ........................................... 303
Probable Causes ........................................... 304
Recommended Actions .................................. 304 V
Oil Temperature Is High ..................................... 307 Valve Lash Is Excessive .................................... 316
Probable Causes ........................................... 308 Probable Causes ........................................... 316
Recommended Actions .................................. 308 Recommended Actions .................................. 316
Valve Rotator or Spring Lock Is Free................... 318
Probable Cause............................................. 318
P Recommended Actions .................................. 319
Power Is Intermittently Low or Power Cutout Is Variable Valve Actuator - Test............................. 498
Intermittent...................................................... 309 Variable Valve Actuator Response - Test ............. 503
Probable Causes ........................................... 309
Recommended Actions .................................. 309
W
Water in Fuel - Test ........................................... 514
Welding Precaution ...............................................6
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE
©2017 Perkins Engines Company Limited
All Rights Reserved
This document has been printed from SPI2. NOT FOR RESALE